Cities Index.
Agenda, regular meeting

Tehachapi City Council
September 8, 2026

Document
Agenda, regular meeting
Meeting
September 8, 2026
Body
Tehachapi City Council
Pages
35
Original file
57.1 MB
Text extracted from the city's file for reading and search. Open the original on www.liveuptehachapi.com. That file is the official record.

;,4

TE HACHAPI

10. USA Call - Pothole Existing Facilities:

A. On-airfield facilities can be Airport (city) or third-party utility.

B. Contractor to call USA and coordinate the response with airport representatives.

C. There is an electrical service in proximity to the work area. At the very least, should anticipated Southem Califomia Edison to respond and mark facilities.

I l. Airfield Safety and Security:

A. The airport will remain open at all times during the completion ofthe work of this project.

B. Contractor to review and become familiar with the Construction Safety and Phasing Plan (CSPP) included in the specifications.

C. Gate /airfield access protocol through automatic and manual vehicle access gates.

D. Vehicle safety flags (daytime only) or amber rotating beacons (day or night).

E. Employee safety PPE.

F. Gate code aulhority through cell phone app will be provided at stafi ofproject and terminated at conclusion.

G. Contractor to remain on designated access routes.

H. No background / security checks.

L Owner / engineer reserves the right to escon / permanently remove any employee offthe airport for the remainder ofthe project.

J. Airfield electrical to be fully functional at the end ofeach shift.

K. Contractor to maintain clean airfield pavements including haul / access routes, addressing all Foreign Object Debris (FOD).

12. Funding:

A. FAA (2 granls, a year apart)
B. Caltrans
C. City of Tehachapi
I 4. Construction Surveying:

A. Engineer to provide adequate control.

B. Contactor to perform all staking and layout

15. Materials Testing (Q/A): BSK Associates, Bakersfield. at Owners Expense ADDENDUM #1
City of Tehachapi
Taxilane Rehobilitatio n
Project No. A27l0l
Pre-Bid Job Walk AIRPORT
Fly Up.

13. Bid Schedules:

A. Two Bid Schedules: Base Bid Schedule and Additive Altemate A Bid Schedule.

B. Each bid schedule has 23 individual items.

C. Bid limiting items:
a. Mobilization, Item I and A I : maximum 8% of bid schedule total. b. Airport Safety and Secu ty. Item2andA2: maximum 5%of bid schedule total.

D. Line item budgets: Bid ltems 7 and 47, l0 and Al0 each have an identified budget amount. to be exercised at the sole direction ofthe RPR. Contractor to include the identified bid item amount for each of these in his bid total.

E. Bid ltem A I 7 is not used. "$0.00" has been filled in.

Page 3 of 6 ends

:C

TE HACHAPI
Fty Up

16. Construction Water:

A. Contractor to secure at contractor's expense.

B. In the past, construction water has been made available at a stand-pipe on the west side of Dennison Road, about 1.5 miles south ofTehachapi Blvd.

C. Hydrants on and in proximity to the airport are served by the City ofTehachapi. Construction water is NOT available from these hydrants.

I 8. Construction Site Environmental Management:

A. Base Bid work (Phase I & 2) -Bid hem 22:
a. Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) required. b. Contractor to apply for, secure, and manage a WDID for duration of Phase I and 2. c. Contractor to close out the permit at the appropriate time, when all work is complete, and secure a NOT.
d. All fees, report uploading, periodic inspections, by contractor.

B. Additive Altemate A work (Phase l) - Bid Item A22:
a. Contractor to perform construction site environmental management for the duration of Phase 3.
b. No SWPPP, WDID, or NOT.

19. Safefy Plan Compliance Document (SPCD).

A. Contractor to prepare as a submittal.

B. Based on his understanding ofthe Construction Safety and Phasing PIan, reflecting plans for implementation.

20. Contract Time:

A. Base Bid (Phase I & 2): 70 calendar days
B. Additive Alternate A (Phase 3): 70 calendar days
C. Within each work area, a contract suspension will be granted to address the 30-day hold for marking cure between first and second coats.

21. Liquidated Damages:

A. Overall project completion: $500.00 for each calendar day B. Phase l: $1,000 for each calendar day.

22. Engineers Construction Cost Estimate:

A. Base Bid: 5850.000
B. Additive Alternale: S750,000
Prevailing Wage project.

A. Wage rates in place at the date of bid.

B. State (DIR) or Federal (Davis Bacon), whichever is higher 23 ADDENDUM #1
PaBe 4 of 5
City of Tehachapi
Taxilane Reh abilitatio n
Project No. A27101
Pre-Bid Job Walk

17. Contractor Quality Control Plan:

A. Required ofthis contract.

B. Compensation through various items ofwork. No specific line-item payment.

AIRPORT
City of Tehachapi
Taxilane Rehabilitotion
Project No. A27l0l
Pre-Bid Job Walk

TE HAC HAPI
Fly Up

24. Contractor License and Regislration:

A. Contractor license requirement: Engineering A.

B. Contractor to be registered with the Department of Industrial Relations (DIR) at the time of bid.

25. Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE) Participation:

A. The city encourages and supports the participation ofdisadvantaged individuals and businesses to participate in all public works bidding opportunities.

B. There is no goal for this project.

C. No documentation for DBE participation or Good Faith Efforts required.

26. Bidding Procedures:

A. Deliver sealed. completed bid package before 2:00 pm, Thursday, July 23, ?026 to:

City ofTehachapi, City Offices:

I l7 South Robinson Street, Tehachapi, Califomia 93561
B. Sealed envelope with the project identified on the outside.

Sealed Bid For: "Taxilane Rehabilitation, City Project A27101" C. Complete all pages ofthe hoposal (pages l7-37, inclusive). Pages can be photo duplicated D. Fill in all blanks in bid schedule.

E. Sign proposal. [dentiry contact person.

F. ldentiry bid total in words below the bid table.

G. Identify subcontractors.

H. Provide a Proposal Guaranty Bond (Bid Bond).

I. Complete and sign all certificates
J. Acknowledge addenda, if any.

K. Provide direct experience with similar projects summary (No. 49 ofthe Instructions to Bidders).

L. No faxed bids.

27. Basis of Award:

Lowest responsive, responsible bid. being the sum total ofthe Base Bid Schedule plus the Additive Alremare A Bid Schedule.

30. Contract award:

Within 120 days after opening ofproposals.

31. A soils investigation was performed for this project. [t is included in its entirety as Appendix A of the specification booklet.

ADDENDUM #1 Page 5 of 5

28. Extent of Award:

It is the goal and intention ofthe city to award the contract reflective ofthe sum total ofthe Base Bid Schedule plus the Additive Altemate A Bid Schedule.

29. Issuing Addenda:

Addenda will be issued via e-mail to all plan holders ofrecord and will be made available. j, .f--l
E-J

TE HACHAPI
Fly Up

34. This has been a Non-Mandatorv Pre-Bid Job Walk

35. Thank you for your interest. Mandator,v Pre-Bid Job Walk

36. Addenda ltems ofNote: The following will be addressed in a forthcoming addendum:

A. Consistency of Bid Date: The Bid Date is 2:00 pm, Thursday, July 23,2026. This was conectly identified in the Notice Inviting Bids but incorrectly shown as Wednesday, July 22, 2026, on the specification cover and on the city website.

B. Basis ofAward: The determination ofthe low bidder and subsequent Basis of Award shall be based on the sum total oflhe Base Bid Schedule plus the Additive Ahemate A Bid Schedule.

Page 20 ends

on the total ofthe Base Bid.

C. Construclion Safety and Phase Plan (CSPP) revisions:
a. Paragraph 3D, Duration, incorrectly identifies contract duration and bid schedule format The project includes a Base Bid schedule and an Additive Altemate A schedule. The construction duration for the Base Bid Schedule is 70 calendar days. The construclion duration for the Addilive Altemate A Bid Schedule is 70 calendar days. b. The Phasing Plans in the appendix indicate the correct phasing, however they reference inconect bid schedules. The work of Phase I and Phase 2 is included in the Base Bid Schedule. The work of Phase 3 is included in the Addirive Altemare A Bid Schedule.

Page 6 of 5 ends

City of Tehachapi
Taxilane Reh abilitation
Project No. A27101
Pre-Bid Job Walk AIRPORT

32. Securing plans and Specifications:

Conlract documents may be obtained from the City ofTehachapi, City Offices, I l7 South Robinson Street, Tehachapi, CA, 93561 for a non-refundable payment of$30.00 for each set.

33. Plans and specifications on file at one or more electronic bid service websites.

ADDENDUM #1
loz
LJ.] oo
E
'tIq=t
2 E'
ltg
YI 5
sl
EI 3
Yt ll$
EI ;t
tl sl
'_:l
il
sl
!l .:t
HI
+l
i15l
ql
.V
=l
sb\U+s
GC $\U
IIt;o!(E
5o
\)-dJ
{St a--t- -$\i\
5,
\)
\)o
ilJt$AH
lr]
J
q.

To
\) \'s
}.-
\I${ax
_+Bt$
:-3s
\6\o
.Aa
\css\oa=\c=\o
\c\c
u:-\
rYl to6e..Dy
\oI
E9 r
C'.
\8
u3
tD$s
RsI d
!"5s
n
(\) 8T
c\
ry- xi
i-
-Y-s
!&
:a
L!:
la
a4
*)v:
,l
aaE3
.:
$A5
.l{I F
tr)
*(
Y.ds
-s
.sI JI
"$
\i{itfJt
liq!
\
-isN
'b
+-
\)
lrJ{t\!
.s'-)
a' i 4\
N
\,1et
rt
I,{qE
\.rl U
\lJ
.\t
ui
w\ {€s-'JN
.a) IlI
\9ss
:il s-<
.:l ar -?3
E
f ; 'ESx E: ai X NFr EqE=
:-. -o -X ll^r 5e 6YY< E.r, L Faa.1 O-C=r/av-)o -
eE-E("9 o' 5* E::i
E E T*+U
i=
F
-tzz,
Ec
a- 'a;
cl o-
,o
<
H>
b*I
City of Tehachapi
Tehachapi Municipal Airport
Taxilane Rehabilitation
Addendum No. I
t 9-t
19-2
B
Asphalt concrete shall be California State Type A, 1/2 inch, maximum aggregate (medium), conforming with Section 39 - Asphalt Concrete, ofthe State Standard Specifications, and shall be produced in a batch mixing plant. a continuous pugmill mixing plant or a drier-d rn mixing plant.

Proportioning shall be either by hot-feed conrol or cold feed control.

Job Mix Formula. No bituminous mixture for payment shall be produced until a job mix formula conforming to Califomia State Slandards has been approved by the Engineer. The Type A, l/2- inch maximum, medium job mix formula shall be a recent (less than 6 months old) Caltrans mix design or a mix design shall be prepared specifically for this project. The job mix formula shall be submitted in writing by the Contractor to the Engineer at least twenty (20) working days prior to the start ofpaving operations. Thejob mix formula submittal shall include test property curves (unit weight. percent voids, and Hveem stability vs. percent asphalt) and all test data used to develop the job mix formula.

The approvedjob mix formula shall be in effect until modified in writing by the Engineer. Should a change in sources of materials be made, a new job mix formula shall be established before the new material is used.

Prequalification of Materials. The Contractor shall provide all test results for prequalification of materials used in this item. Submittals of these test results shall be made with the job mix formula no less than twenty (20) working days prior to placement of materials. No separate payment will be made for prequalification tests.

MATERIALS
Asphalt Binder. Asphalt binder shall be PG 64-28 (PM). Asphalt shall conform to Section 92, "Asphalts," of the State Standard Specifications.

Aggregate. All aggregates shall be clean and free from decomposed materials, organic material and other deleterious substances. Coarse aggregate is material retained on the No. 4 sieve; fine aggregale is material passing the No. 4 sieve; and supplemental fine aggregate is added fine material passing the No. 30 sieve, including dust from dust collectors.

The combined aggregate, prior to the addition ofasphalt binder, shall conform to the requirements ofthis Section. Aggregate samples for testing will be obtained from plant bins or the cold feed in advance ofthe mixing drum. Conformance with the grading requirements will be determined by Califomia Test 202, modified by Califomia Test 105 when there is a difference in specific gravity of 0.2 or more between the coarse and fine portions oflhe aggregate or between blends ofdifferent aggregates. lf the results do not fall within the limits shown under "Operating Range," but are within limits for "Contract Compliance," placemenl of asphalt concrete may be continued for the remainder of that day. However, another day's work may nol be started until tests, or other information, indicate to the satisfaction ofthe Engineer that the next material to be used in the work will comply with the requirement for "Operating Range." B
Section l9 - Asphalt Concrete, Caltrans Type A ADDENDUIV #1 Page I of7 SECTION I9 . ASPHALT CONCRETE. CALTRANS TYPE A

DESCRIPTION
General. This work shall consist of fumishing and mixing aggregate and asphalt binder at a central mixing plant, spreading, and compacting the mixture as specified in these SpECIFICATIONS and as shown on the PLANS.

C.

City ofTehachapi
Tehachapi Municipal Airport
Taxilane Rehabilitation
Addendum No. I
C
D
E.

If the results of grading tesls are not within the limits for "Contracl Compliance." the asphalt concrete represented by these tests shall be removed unless the Engineer determines that said asphah concrete is structurally adequate and may remain in place. No single grading test shall represent more than 500 tons of aggregale or one day's paving, whichever is smaller.

Aggregate gadation and quality shall conform with the stale specifications.

Proponioning. Proportioning of materials shall conform to appropriate methods in the State Standard Specifications, Section 39-3.03, "Proportionin8." Mixing. Mixing shall be in conlormance with Section l9-3.04 ofthe State Standard Specifications.

Test Section. Not required ofthis project

ADDITIONAL ITEMS
Emulsified Asphalt Tack Coat. A bituminous tack coat shall be applied to all paved surfaces scheduled lo receive and asphalt overlay and to all vertical match and join edges of adjacent concrete or asphalt pavement.

The material shall comply with P-603, Emulsified Asphalt Tack Coat, ofthese specificalions.

CONSTRUCTION METHODS
General Requirements. Unless lower temperatures are directed by the Engineer, all mixtures, shall be spread, and the first coverage of initial or breakdown compaction shall be performed when the temperature of the mixture is not less than 275 degrees F. and all breakdown compaction shall be completed before the temperature ofthe mixture drops below 250 degrees F.

Asphalt concrete and asphalt concrete base shall not be placed when the underlying layer or surface is frozen, or when, in the opinion of the Engineer, weather conditions will prevenl the proper handling, finishing, or compaclion ofthe mixtures.

Asphalt concrete base shall be spread and compacted in one or more layers. Each layer ofasphalt concrete base shall be not less than 0. l5-foot nor more than 0.40-foot in compacted thickness, except that where the total thickness of asphalt concrete to be placed over asphalt concrete base is

0.20-foot or less, the layer of asphalt concrete base below the asphalt concrete shall not exceed

0.25-foot.

A layer shall not be placed over a layer which exceeds 0.25-foot in compacted thickness until the temperature ofthe layer which exceeds 0.25-ioot in compacted thickness is less than 160 degrees F at mid depth.

Asphalt concrete and asphalt concrete base to be placed on shoulders and other areas offthe traveled way having a width of 5 feet or more, shall be spread in the same manner as specified above. When the shoulders and other areas are less than 5 feet in width. the material may be deposited and spread in one or more layers by any mechanical means that produce a uniform smoothness and texture.

Unless otherwise shown on the plans. asphalt mixtures shall not be handled, spread or windrowed l9-3
19-4
Section l9 - Asphalt Concrete. Caltrans Type A ADDENDUI\4 #1 Page 2 of 7 Asphalt concrete shall be placed only when the atmospheric temperature is above 50 degrees F and the atmospheric temperatwe is rising. Asphalt concrete base shall be placed only when the atmospheric temperature is above 40 degrees F.

City of Tehachapi
Tehachapi Municipal Airport
Taxilane Rehabilitation
Addendum No. I
The completed mixture shall be deposited on the roadbed at a uniform quantify per linear foot, as necessary to provide the required compacted thickness without resorting to spotting, picking-up or otherwise shifting the mixture. Segregation shall be avoided, and the suriacing shall be free from pockets ofcoarse or fine material. Asphalt concrete or asphalt concrete base containing hardened lumps shall not be used.

Longitudinal joints in all other layers shall be offset not less than 0.5-foot altemately each side of the edges oftraffic lanes. The Engineer may permit other pattems ofplacing longitudinal joints if he considers that such pattems will not advercely affect the quality ofthe finished product.

Unless otherwise provided herein or permitted by the Engineer, the top layer of asphalt concrete for shoulders, tapers, transitions. curve widenings, and other such areas, shall not be spread before the lop layer of asphalt concrete for the adjoining pavement has been spread and compacted. At locations where the number of lanes is changed. the top layer for the through lanes shall be paved first. When existing pavement is to be surfaced and the specified thickness ofasphalt concrete to be spread and compacted on the exisling pavement is 0.20-foot or less. shoulders or other adjoining areas may be spread simultaneously with the through lane provided lhe completed surfacing conforms to the requiremenls of these specifications. Tracks or wheels of spreading equipment shall not be operated on the lop layer of asphalt concrete in any area until final compaction has been compleled.

At locations shown on the plans. specified in the special provisions or as directed by the Engineer. the asphalt concrete shall be tapered or feathered to conform to existing surfacing or to other facilities.

At locations where the asphalt concrete is to be placed over the areas inaccessible to spreading and rolling equipment, the asphalt concrele shall be spread by any means to obtain the specified results and shall be compacted thoroughly to the required lines. grades and cross sections by means of pneumatic tampers, or by other methods that will produce the same degree of compaction as pneumatic tampers.

The Contractor shall construct a variable-thickness asphalt pavement pre-leveling course on the runway and taKiways at those locations shown on the plans. The Contractor shall construct a variable-thickness leveling course on the runway and taxiways and a uniform thickness leveling course in the ramp. The Contractor shall construct a uniform thickness surface course on the runway. ta\iways, and ramp. The surface course shall be of%" material. AII other courses shall be constructed of%" material. Due to the irregularity ofthe pre-leveling course,Ihis material will not be subject to the performance criteria (and associated compensation adjustments) ofother asphalts construction on this project.

Spreading. In advance ofspreading asphall concrete over an existing base, surfacing, or pavement. ifordered by the Engineer. asphalt concrete shall be spread to level irregularities, and to provide a smooth base in order thal subsequent layers will be of uniform thickness. The asphalt concrete may be spread with any equipment conforming to the requirements in Paragraph l9-5. A. "Spreading Equipment." No additional compensation will be allowed for spreading asphalt concrete as above specified, and full compensation for all work incidental to such operations will be considered as included in the contract price paid for the asphalt concrete.

B
Section l9 - Asphalt Concrete, Caltrans Type A ADDENDUN/ #1 in a manner that will stain the finished surface of any pavement or other improvements.

Page 3 ends

City of Tehachapi
Tehachapi Municipal Airport
Taxilane Rehabilitation
Addendum No. I
C
When directed by the Engineer, bituminous binder shall be applied to any layer in advance of spreading the next layer.

Before placing the top layer adjacent to cold transverse construction joints, such joints shall be trimmed to a vertical face and to a neat line. Transverse joints shall be tested with a 12 foot straightedge and shall be cut back as required to conform to the requirements specified in Paragraph l9-4, C. "Compacting," for suface smoothness. Connections to existing surfacing shall be feathered to conform to the requirements for smoothness. Longitudinal joints shall be trimmed to a vertical face and to a neat line if the edges of the previously laid surfacing are. in the opinion of the Engineer, in such condition that the quality ofthe completed joint will be affected.

All layers, except ils otherwise provided in these SPECIFICATIONS, shall be spread with an asphalt paver. Asphalt pavers shall be operated in such a manner as to insure continuous and uniform movement of the paver.

For this project, the use ofa Malerial Transfer Vehicle (MTV) is not required Compacting. Compacting equipment shall conform to the provisions of Paragraph l9-5, B, "Compacting Equipment."
A pass shall be one movement ofa roller in either direction. A coverage shall be as many passes as are necessary to cover the entire width being paved. Overlap between passes during any coverage, made to ensure compaction without displacement of material in accordance with good rolling practice, shall be considered to be part of the coverage being made and not part of a subsequent coverage. Each coverage shall be completed before subsequent coverages are started.

Rolling shall commence at the lower edge and shall progress toward the highest portion. except that when compacting layers which exceed 0.25 foot in compacted thickness, and ifdirected by the Engineer, rolling shall commence at the center and shall progress oulward.

Asphalt concrete shall be compacted to relative compaction of not less than 94 percent as determined in accordance with Paragraph l0-4, D. "Relative Compaction Acceptance and Testing." The completed surfacing shall be thoroughly compacted, smooth, and free from ruls, humps. depress ions, or irregularities. Any ridges. indentations or other objectionable marks left in the surface ofthe asphalt concrete by blading or other equipment shall be eliminated by rolling or other means. The use ofany equipment that leaves ridges, indentations, or other objectionable marks in the asphalt concrete shall be discontinued. and other acceptable equipment shall be fumished by the Contractor.

Relative Compaction Acceptance Sampling and Testing. Asphalt concrete shall be compacted to a relative compaction ofnot less than 94 percent ofthe density of laboratory specimens compacted in conformance with Califomia Test 304. In-place density ofasphalr concrete will be determined from cores in accordance with Califomia Test 308. Three cores of the finished pavement mat shall be taken for each lot. A lot shall be l/2-day's paving.

Sampling. Cores of the finished, compacted pavement shall be taken by the Contractor. Core locations shall be marked by the Engineer. Samples shall be neatly cut with a core drill. The cutting edge ofthe core drill bit shall be ofhardened steel or other suilable material with diamond chips embedded in the metal cutting edge. The minimum diameter ofthe sample shall be four (4) inches. Samples that are clearly defective, as a result of sampling, shall be discarded and another D
E
Section | 9 - Asphalt Concrete. Caltrans Type A ADDENDUIVI #1 Page 4 of7 City of Tehachapi
Tehachapi Municipal Airport
Taxilane Rehabilitation
Addendum No. I
sample taken. The Contractor shall fumish all tools, labor, and materials for cutting samples and filling the cored pavement. Cored holes shall be filled with hot mix asphalt concrete in a manner acceptable to the Engineer and within one day after sampling.

Ifthe test results for any lot ofasphalt conuete indicate that the relative compaction is below 94.0 percent, the Conlractor will be advised that he is not atlaining the required relative compaction and that his materials or his procedures, or both, need adjustment. Asphalt concrete spreading operations shall not continue until the Contractor has notified the Engineer of the adjustment that will be made in order to meet the required compaction.

Ifthe test results for any lot of asphalt concrete indicate that the relative compaction is less than 9l.0 percent. the asphalt concrete represented by that lot shall be removed, except as otherwise provided below. Asphalt concrete spreading operations shall not continue until the Contractor makes significant adjustments to his materials or procedures or both in order to meet the required compaction. The adjustments shall be as agreed to by the Engineer. However, ifrequested by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer. asphalt concrete with a relative compaction of between

93.9 percent and 91.0 percent may remain in place and the Conlractor shall pay to the City the amount of reduced compensation for such lot with low compaction. The City may deducl an amounl of reduced compensation from any monies due, or that may become due the Contractor under the CONTRACT. The amount ofreduced compensation the Conlractor shall paytotheCity will be calculated using the total tons represented in the lot with low compaction times the CONTRACT price per ton for the CONTRACT items of asphalt concrete involved times the following reduced compensation factors:

Compensation Adjustment Based on Relative Compaction
Relative Compaction
(Percent)
Reduction
Compaction Factor
Relative Compaction
(Percenr)
Reduction
Compensation Factor
9,1.0 0.000 92.'l 0.062

93.9 0.002 0.068

93.8 0.004 92.2 0.075

93.1 0.006 92. t 0.082

93.6 0.009 92.0 0.090

93.5 0.0r2 91.9 0.098

93.4 0.0r5 9l .8 0.108

93.3 0.018 91.7 0.tl8

93.2 0.022 91.6 0.t29

93. I 0.026 9t.5 0.1,12

93.0 0.030 91.4 0.157

92.9 0.03,1 91.3 0.175

92.8 0.019 9l 0.t96

92.7 0.044 9t.l 0.225

92.6 0.050 s 1.0 0.300

92.5 0.056 Less than 91Yo Reiect - remove
Surface Tolerances. The Contractor shall have on site a l2-foot straightedge for testing the AC surface when said straightedge is laid on the finished surface and parallel with the center line. the surface shall not vary more than 0.01 foot from the lower edge of the straightedge. The transverse slope ofthe finished surface shall be uniform to a degree such that no depressions greater than 0.02 foot are present when tested with a straightedge l2 feet long. No skin patching will be allowed to correct depressions.

Section I 9 - Asphalt Concrete. Caltrans Type A ADDENDUM #1 Page 5 of 7 E.

92.3 City of Tehachapi
Tehachapi Municipal Airport
Taxilane Rehabilitation
Addendum No. I
F Thickness Tolerance. The pavement thickness shall be determined by measuring the average thickness ofcore samples taken from the pavement for density determination. Thickness will be determined from the cores and shall be based upon the average of the cores per lot and sublot as described for density determination. The asphalt thickness indicated on the cross sections shall be maintained. Thickness deficiencies in excess of 3/8-inch shall be corrected by removal and replacement or overlay at the Engineer's discretion. No skin patches or overlays less than 1-1/2 inches will be allowed. The pay amount shall be reduced for thickness deficiencies equal to or less than 3/8-inch in proportion to two times the percenl of thickness deficiencies to the specified pavement thickness (i.e., a l/4-inch thickness deficiency in a pavement with a Z-inch specified thickness would result in a reduction of the unit price of (2 x 0.25)12.0 : 25 percent) for the lot containing a thickness deficiency. No payment shall be made for thickness in excess of l/,l-inch ofthose specified. Adjusted pay quantities shall be deducted from the CONTRACT in accordance with Paragraph l9-7.

The asphalt paver shall operate independently ofthe vehicle being unloaded or shall be capabJe of propelling the vehicle being unloaded in a satisfactory manner and, if necessary. the load of the haul vehicle shall be limited to that which will insure satisfactory spreading. While being unloaded the haul vehicle shall be in contact wilh the machine at all times. and the brakes on the haul vehicle shall not be depended upon to maintain contact between the vehicle and the machine. The procedure whereby material is deposited in a windrow. then picked up and placed in the asphalt paver with loading equipment will be permitted for all asphalt concrete except Open Graded, provided the asphalt paver is of such design that the material will tall into a hopper which has a movable bottom conveyor to feed the screed and the loading equipment is constructed so that substantially all of the malerial deposited on the roadbed is picked up and deposited in the paving machine. No portion of the weight of hauling or loading equipment. other than the connection, shall be supported by the asphalt paver, and no vibrations or olher motions oi the loader, which could have a detrimental effect on the riding quality ofthe completed pavement, shall be transmitted to the paver.

Compacting Equipment. For each asphalt paver, the Contractor shall fumish sufficient number of rollers to achieve the compaction and surface finish required by these SPECIFICATIONS. Each roller shall have a separate operator. All rolling equipment shall be self-propelled and reversible.

All rollers shall be equipped with pads and water systems which prevent sticking of asphalt mixtures to the pneumalic- or steel-tired wheels. A parting agent which will not damage the asphalt mixture, as determined by the Engineer. may be used to aid in preventing the sticking ofthe mixture to the wheels. Other equipment, approved by the Engineer in accordance with Califomia Test 113, may be substituted for 3-wheel or tandem rollers when used as specified in paragraph l9-4. C. "Compacting."
l9-5
B
Section I9 - Asphalt Concrete, Caltrans Type A ADDENDUIV #1

EQUIPMENT
Spreading Equipment. Asphah pavers shall be self-propelled mechanical spreading and finishing equipment, provided with a screed or strike-offassembly capable ofdistributing the material to not lessthanthe full width ofa traffic lane. Screed action shall include any cutting, crowding, or other practical action which is effective on the mixture without tearing, shoving or gouging, and which produces a surface texture of uniform appearance. The screed shall be adjustable to the required section and thickness. The paver shall be provided with a full width roller or tamper or other suitable compacting devices. Pavers that leave ridges, indenlations or other marks in the surface that cannot be eliminated by rolling or prevented by adjustment in operation shall not be used.

Page 6 ends

City olTehachapi
Tehachapi Municipal Airport
Taxilane Rehabilitation
Addendum No. I
Pneumatic-tired rollers shall be the oscillating type having a width of not less than 4 feet with pneumatic tires ofequal size and diameter, and having treads satisfactory to the Engineer. Wobblewheel roliers will not be permitted. The tires shall be spaced so that the gaps between adjacent tires will be covered by the following tires. or shall be spaced so that any resulting uncovered gap will not exceed I - I /2 inches in width when the tires are inflated to 90 psi and the operating weight is 2.000 pounds per tire.

When the pneumatic-tired roller fumished by the Contractor is constructed so that there is a resulting gap between tire tracks as permitted in the preceding paragraph, the complete coverages ofasphalt concrete with the roller required in Paragraph l9-4, C, "Compacting," shall be increased by one complete coverage for each 1/2 inch. or fraction thereot of the maximum uncovered gap between anv 2 tire tracks.

The tires shall be inflated to 90 psi, or such lower pressure as designated by the Engineer. and maintained so that the air pressure will not vary more than 5 psi fiom the designated pressure.

Pneumatic-tired rollers shall be constructed so thal the total weight ofthe roller can be varied to produce an operating weight per tire ofnot less than 2.000 pounds. The total operating weight of the roller shall be varied as directed by the Engineer.

I9-6 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
Asphalt concrete pavement shall be measured by the number of tons of bituminous mixture used in the accepted work. Recorded batch weights or truck scale weights will be used to determine the basis for the tonnage. Payment for asphalt concrete surface course (bituminous surface course) shall be made at the contract unit price per ton under Bid Item No's l4 and A 14.

Asphalt concrete in a lot that is accepted on the basis of reduced payment will be paid for at the conlract prices for the items of asphalt concrete involved, adjusted by the factors detailed in Paragraph l9-4, D.

Price adjustments for deficiencies in pavement thickness shall be according to Paragraph l9-4, F. lf payment factors for both thickness and mass density apply. the reduced price will be determined by successively multiplying the contract price by both pay factors.

Bituminous tack coat (asphalt tack coat) is considered incidental to the overall hot mix asphalt paving effort.

No measurement or payment for this material and its installation will be made.

Said payments as described and made shall be full compensation for fumishing all materials and for all operations, hauling and placing ofthis material, and for all labor, equipmenl. tools and incidentals necessary to complete these ilems of work.

Section l9 - Asphalt Concrete, Caltrans Type A ADDENDUM #1 Page 7 of 7 ATTACHMENT 3
ADDENDUM N O.2
Addendunr #2

REHABITITATE & RELOCATE TAXIWAY A
Tehachapi Municipal Airport
I'roject No. A27l0l
AIP J-()6-0253-02r-21)26
AIP J-06-025J-02r-2027
City of Tehachapi
117 South Robinson Street
Tehachapi, California, CA 93561

TE HACHAPI
Fly Up.

Contractors interested in bidding the work of this project are hereby notified ofthe following additions, deletions. changes. revisions, and,/or modifications to the Plans and Specifications for this project.

To: All Plan Holders and Bidders
From: City ofTehachapi, Airport
This Addendum and all attachments mentioned her€in. are hereby made a part ofthe Contract Documents to the same extent as though they were originally included therein; all other conditions shall remain the same.

Bidders are required to acknowledge rcceipt ofthis addendum in the space providcd in the propossl, page 17.

Page l8 ofthe bid proposal section: Two modifications were made to the estimated quantities in the Base Bid Schedule. Page l8 has been revised and is included as an attachment to this Addendum. The contractor shall us€ the revised bid schedule page released in conjunction with this Addcndum.

Summary of Bid Schedule Changes:

Item I I ; Subgrade Preparation - Pavement and Concrete Flatwork Areas: Change of quantity from 0.0 SY to now be 2.040.0 SY.

Item l2; Shoulder and Drainage Grading: Change ofquantity from 2,040 SY to now be 8J00 SY.

July 20,2026 Page I of2
I Chanses to Bid Schedule

AIRPORT
luly 20,2026
Bid Date and Time Remain: 2:00 pm, Thursday, July 23,2026 Bidding Contractors must acknowledge receipt ofthis Addendum in the appropriate blank on Page l7 ofthe contract book.

Ei\'-D OF ADDE-\--DUM No. 2
Aftachments:

L Revised Base Bid Schedule
J\ly 20,2026 Page 2 of2
City ofTchachapi
Tehachapi Airport
Taxilane Rehabilitation

BID SCHEDULE
FOR

TAXILANE REHABILITATION
Base Bid Schedule
Item
No,
Spec.

Section Description Estimated
Ouantitv
Unit Unit Price
(Fisures)
Ertended Total
(Ficures)
I c- 105 Mobilization (8% max) s S
1 c- l04T Airport Safcty and Security (5%
max) t.0 LS s $
3 P-r0l Sawcut 2r0.0 LF s s
I P- l5l Clcar & Grub Site 8,200.0 SY 5 s
5 P-l0t Pulverize Existing Asphalt and
ConcreE Sections, Haul to Stockpile 2,080.0 SY S S
6 P-1027 Miscellaneous Demolition and
Removals

1.0 LS s s
1 P-IO2T T&M $ 5.000.00
P- 152 Excavation 1,300.0 CY s S
s P-152 Embankment CY s S
l0 P-t52 Unsuitable Subgrade 1.0 T&M $ 20,000.00 s 20,000.00 ll P-t52 Subgrade Preparation - Pavement
and Concrete Flafwork Areas

2.040.0 SY s S
l2 P- 152 Shoulder and Drainage Grading SY S S
t3 P-209 Crushcd Aggregate Base 920.0 TON $ s
t4 P-403 Asphalt Mix Pavement TON S $
15 P-610 PCC Flatwork: Apron & Valley
Gutter
SF S S
16 L-l l0 Electrical Duct Bank 70.0 LF S S
11 D-7077 Surface Drainage lmprovements LS $
I8 P-620
Pavement Marking:
2-Coat w/ Retlective
200.0 SF S s
t9 P-620
Pavement Marking
2-Coat 400.0 SF S S
20 P-620
Pavement Marking:
l-Coat wlReflcctive 5 0.0 S
21 P-620 Pavement Marking
1-Coat
r 00.0 SF S $
22 c-1037 Storm Water Pollution Prevention
Plan (SWPPP) 1.0 LS S S
23 T-901 Hydro-Mulch Erosion Control 2.0 ACRE 5 S
$

BID PROPOSAL
ADDENDUM #2

Page 18 ends

1.0 LS
Unidentifi ed Underground Utilities 1.0 s 5.000.00
ll

50.0 8.200.0
100.0

3.940.0

1.0 s
SF S
Total. Base Bid Schedule (Written in Figures):

SECOND AMENDMENT TO ENGINEERING SERVICES AGREEMENT
THIS AMENDMENT TO AGREEMENT made this day of .
',2026,
by and between the CITY OF TEHACHAPI, a municipal corporation (the "City"), and TARTAGLIA ENGINEERING, a Califomia Sole Proprietorship (the "Contractor"), WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, City and ConliaEioi-EntEred-1il[6-an engineering services agreement dated January 6, 2020 (the "Agreement") and subsequent amendment (the "First Amendment") on June 3, 2024 to provide those services described in Exhibits *A", *8", "D" and "E" attached to the Agreement and for compensation based on Contractor's rate schedule as more directly described in Exhibit "C" to the Agreement; and
WIIEREAS, the parties wish to amend the Agreement as hereinafter described. l. The parties incorporate the foregoing recitals as if fully set forth herein verbatim. The capitalized terms used herein shall have the same meaning as in the Agreement unless otherwise specifically described herein2. The parties hereby replace all ol the Exhibits in the First Amendment with the Exhibits attached hereto and by this relerence made a part hereof. The parties agree that Contractor's fee schedule shall be amended as shown in Exhibit "C" attached hereto.

3. Except as amended herein, the parties agree that each and every term and condition of the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect. In the event of any inconsistency or ambiguity between this Amendment and the Agreement, the terms oithis Amendment shall prevail.

4. This Amendment may be executed in counterparts. The pa(ies agree that a facsimile or electronic copy of this fully executed Amendment shall be as elfective as the original for all purposes.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment to be eflective on the date first hereinabove written.

I
NOW, TIIEREFORE, the parties hereby amend the Agreement as follows:

Joan Pogon-Cord, Mayor
City of Tehachapi
John Smith, Owner
Tartagtia Engineering
Exhibit A
Scope of Services
Taxilane Rehabilitation
August,2026

SCOPE OF THE PROJECT
The Rehabilitate Southwest Diagonal Taxilane project focuses on an existing taxilane serving the majority of aircraft storage hangars at the airport, in addition to being a critical circulation link from east to west.

The tarilane extends approximately 1200 feet, from Taxiway A to the southwest. The scope includes removal and reconstruction ofthe structural section and the installation ofvalley gutters to convey surface flows across and through the area. In addition. the work includes suriace area drainage grading, pavement marking, shoulder grading, and construction site environmental.

Elements of construction include:
. Airfield safety and security.
. Environmental site monitoring and management.
o Removal ofthe existing structural section through an in-place recycling effort. . Temporary stockpile ofthe recycled product, for placement back into the structural section. . Earthwork and subgrade preparation.
. Placement ofthe recycled malerial into the section as a sub-base. . lmport, place and compact crushed aggregate base.
. Construct concrete surface facilities.
. Construct a hot-mix asphalt pavement surface course.
. Pavement markings.
. Shoulder grading and compaclion.
lt is anticipated the construction will be funded in-part by federal grants from the FAA in September (2026).

Tartaglia Engineering is under contract wilh the City ofTehachapi for the heliminary Engineering. Design, and Bidding Phases of this improvement project. The design is complete and the project has proceeded through the public bidding process. It is anticipated that construction will start in lale 2026 or mid-April 2027 aflet lhe rainy season.

Miller Equipment was the low bidder. The construction contract will include all bid schedules, for a total contract amount of 51,929,890.00.

Tehachapi Municipal Airport Page I Tadaglia Engineering Exhibit A
Scope of Services
Taxilane Rehabilitation
Au ust, 2026
SCOPE OF SERVICES: Construction & Completion Phases
Services Io be provided by Tartaglia Engineering may include, but not necessarily be limited to, the following:

Construction Phase ( 140 Calendar Days):

A. Schedule, chair, and take minutes at a Pre-Construction Conference. Attendees to be invited include the owner, the FAA. the general contractor and subcontractors of significance. airport users and tenants.

B. Perform final plan and contract documenl packaging, reflective of any last-minute changes in the design and also to accommodate and document changes made during the bidding process through addendum.

C. Perform construction contract administration / management:
a. Serve as primary communicalion link between the contractor and the owner. b. Receive and review all project submittals and shop drawings. c. Review and monitor the contractors schedule.
d. Prepare and process contractor periodic pay requests. e. Negotiate, prepare, and process Change Orders and supplemental agreements, if necessary.
f. Receive and respond to Requests for Information (RFI's). g. Schedule, chair, and take minutes at periodic construction progress meetings. h. Perform field engineering and interpretation ofplans and specifications. i. Perform employee interviews, assuring compliance with Davis-Bacon compensation requirements.
j. Participate in a fteliminary Final Inspection. Prepare a project Punch List. Participate in a Final Inspection.

D. Construction observation:
a. Active daily inspection ofall construction activities. b. Review all materials brought on sile for compliance with the approved submittals. c. Preparation ofa daily inspection report documenting weather and working conditions, work accomplished, men and equipment on-site, problems and issues, and contract time. d. Preparation and submission ofa weekly inspection repon to the FAA. e. Photo documentation ofall work and construction activities. f. Active participation in periodic construction progress meetings. g. Schedule and coordinate construction survey / Iayout and construction materials testing. h. Measure and document all construction activities for payment. i. Generation ofpay quantities for each bid item for each periodic pay request. j. Daily review ofthe construction site, contractor yard, haul routes, earth borrow / disposal sites, etc., for safe condition and neat operation.
k. Participate in airport site access / security and airport safety. reviewing and observing all contractor operations. Identi$, shortfalls and issues to the contactor in a Iimely manner. l. Periodic review ofthe contractor marked up drawings to be submitted as as-built plans al the end ofthe project.
m. Participate in a Preliminary Final lnspection and a Final Inspection. Cenerate final pay quantities.

Tehachapi Municipal Airport Page 2 Tsrtaglia Engineering Exhibit A
Scope of Services
Taxilane Rehabilitation
August, 2026
E. Perform construction survey re-fresh. Work with contractor's grade checker and surveyor regarding the model and control. and verification, ifrequested. hovide adequate horizontal and vertical control as necessary to construct the improvements.

Completion Phase
A. Provide projecl management, communication, invoicing, and overall coordination of Tartaglia Engineering and associated subconsultants though the work ofthis phase.

B. Establish final pay quantities and final compensation to contractor. including any adjustments based on performance. Prepare Balancing Change Order.

C. Receive the contractor-prepared. marked-up as built plans. With Inspector input, revise electronic file version of the project plans to reflect the completed project.

D. Complete all state documentation including fees and secure a project Notice of Termination (Nor).

E. Assure complete conlractor vacation of the airport and yard, removal of any contractor locks, removal ofall excess malerials and disposal facilities for solid and sanitary waste, etc.

C. Prepare a Final Engineer's Report documenting the project from start to successful completion, including photo documentation and all materials testing results.

H. Prepare a Construction Project Final Acceptance form (5100- 129) and provide to the City for signature and processing to lhe FAA.

Provide final accounting documentalion for the conlractor and professional support team. Provide documentation to City in support ofeither a grant amendment or de-obligation of unused grant funds.

Tehachapi Municipal Airport Page 3 Tarlaglia Engineering F. Through a third-party. perform construction materials testing of subgrade, aggregate base, hotmix asphalt pavement. and portland cement concrete materials. Seek submittal review / input for hot-mix asphalt pavement submittal, and participation in the Pre-Pave Workshop.

F. Confirm receipt ofall O&M manuals, contractor close-out submittals.

The following deliverables are due at the conclusion ofthe Completion Phase:
. Final Engineer's Report.
o Project accounting including final contractor pay quantities and balancing change order. . Project photos.
. All materials testing results.
. As-Built plans.
o Material submittals.
. AII weekly progress reports.
r alldaily construction inspection reporls.
. Results ofall payroll interviews.

Exhibit A
Scope of Services
Taxilane Rehabilitation
August,2026
Tartaglia Engineering letter certifying the project as complete and in support ofgrant closure.

PROFESSIONAL REPRESENTATION / CONTROL
The work of this contract will be performed under the control, oversite. and at the direction of John A.

Smith. Mr. Smith is a Califomia registered civil engineer (RCE 46852). Mr. Smith will provide engineering stamp approvals to plans, specifications, and reports.

TINIE FOR PERFORMANCE
Tartaglia Engineering served this projecl through the Bidding Phase in accordance with the authorization to proceed to public bidding from the FAA. and in accordance with City of Tehachapi slandard public bidding protocol. The firms work will continue through the Construction Phase in accordance with the schedule for construction provided by the contractor, in accordance with the contract documents.

Tartaglia Engineering will provide and perform all work within the Completion Phase within 60 calendar days after Notice of Acceptance ofthe work has been filed.

CONSULTING TEAM
Tartaglia Engineering will be supported in their effons by BSK Associates, Inc. BSK will be providing construction materials testing in a QA role and will provide technical input 1o Tartaglia Engineering regarding construclion activities and construction materials. when called upon.

ADDITIONAL SERVICES
While not currenlly anticipated, from time to time the need for additional services develops during the Construction Phase of improvement projects. either through minor project expansions, the identification of information or conditions previously not known, or through common sense association with the scope of project work related to phasing. controlled access. or economic advantage due to economic advantages of scale. Tartaglia Engineering is available to provide additional services as needed, at the request ofthe City ofTehachapi. Additional services can be provided on a Time and Materials (T&M) basis, at rates identified on the Fee Schedules for Tartaglia Engineering, or additional services can be procured through fee estimates based on City-prepared scope ofwork summaries.

Tehachapi Municipal Airport Page { Tartaglia Engineering o Documentation regarding final pay to all DBE's.
. O&M Manuals and other close-out submittals.

Exhibit B
Project Sub-Consultant Schedule
Taxilane Rehabilitation
August,2026
For the work within the Construction and Completion Phases of this project, Tartaglia Engineering will be assisted in our efforts by BSK Associates, Inc. Their scope and fee proposal is included in this Exhibit B.

Total number ofpages of Exhibit B. including this cover, is I 8.

Tehachapi Municipal Airport Page I Tartaglia Engineering 4820 Rosedale Lane
Bakersfield, California, 9331 4
P 661 -327 -061 1
www.bskassoc ates.com
@

ASSOCIATES
BSK Proposal C26000852
Subject; Materials Testing Services
Tehachapi Taxilane Rehabilitation
314 N Hayes St.

Tehachapi, California 93561
Dear lMr. Hargreaves:

BSK Associates is pleased to submit this proposal for the N,laterials Testing Services required for the Tehachapi Taxilane Rehabilitation project in Tehachapi, California. We have d€veloped this proposal package specifically with your needs in mind and based on our experience with Special lnspection requirements of the California Building Code, our review of the provided project plans dated i.0112812026) and Tartaglia Engineering RFP dated (7121/2026), correspondence with you regarding the pro.iect, and our prior experience with proiects of this size and nature. BSK understands that there is no construction schedule available for review. lf a schedule is provided, BSK may revise the proposal, as needed.

For your approval, we have included our scope of services and fee estimate, our basis for invoicing, and an authorization and acceptance form for our agreement. Rates not specifically quoted will be charged per our published Schedule of Fees. The hourly rates/charges quoted are for the project duration. lt is our understanding that there is no Project Labor Agreement in-place on this project, and that the project is subject to State of California prevailing wage requirements.
ln order for BSK to assist you in reducing exclusions from our Final Report, a copy of the project Testing and lnspection Sheet (prepared by the Structural Engineer, Architect and/or Building Official) should be submitted to our office prior to our first site visit. Further, our tech nicians are required to note th€y are referring to Ap proved Plans during their site inspections; a copy should be made available at the project site or fabrication location.

We appreciate the opportunity to submit this proposal. lf you should have further questions or comments, please give us a call. We appreciate the opportunity to work with you. We will schedule the work upon your return of our Standard Agreement.

Santiago Espinoza, PE Adam Terronez, PE, GE
Senior Professional Branch lvanager
Enclosures: Scope of Services and Fee Estimate, Basis for lnvoicing, and Standard Agreement, Fee Schedule Environmental, Geotechnical, Construction Services, Analytical Testing - An Employee-Owned Company IAugust 3,2026
lason Hargreaves
Tartaglia Engineering
PO Box 1930
Bakersfield, California 93423
Respectfully submift ed,
BSK Associates
Tehachapi Taxilane Rehabilitation
3'14 N Hayes 5t.

Tehachapi, California
BSK Proposal No. C26000852
August 3.2026
pase .1

SCOPE OF SERVICES AND FEE ESTIMATE
l\,4aterials Testing Services
Tehachapi Taxilane Rehabilitation
314 N Hayes St., Tehachapi, California

BUDGET SUMN/ARY
FIELD SERVICES PHASE 1 & 2
Earthwork
Concrete $1 1,480.00
Asphalt $3,880.00
I\,,!ATERIALS LABORATORY TESTI NG $20,532.00
$8,'160.00
TOTAL BUDGET ESTIMATE PHASE 1 & 2 185,722.00
FIELD SE RVICES PHASE 3
$39,840.00
Concrete $'1 1,480.00
Asph a lt $3,880.00
MATERIALS LABORATORY TESTING $11 ,247.00
BSK SERVICE ADM INISTRATION $7,280.00
TOTAL BUDGET ESTIMATE PHASE 3 J73,727.OO
E=K.

ASSOCIATES

SERVICE TOTAL
$41,670.00
BsK SE RVICE ADMINISTRATION
Earthwork
TOTAL BUDGET ESTIMATE $159,449.00
Tehachapi Taxilane Rehabilitation
314 N Hayes St.

Tehachapi, California
FIELD SERVICES - PHASE 1 & 2
EARTHWORK-PHASEl&2
CONCRETE.PHASEl &2
Compaction Testing - Recycle &
Stockpile P-207
2 4 $215.00 $1,720.00
Compaction Testing - Recycle &
Stockpile P-207
2 8 16 $215.00 $3,440.00
Compaction Testing - Earthwork P-'152 5 4 20 $215.00 $4,300.00 Compaction Testing - Earthwork P-'152 5 40 $21s.00 $8,600.00 1 4 4 $215.00 $860.00
Compaction Testing - Storm Drain
Backfill
,] 8 8 $215.00 $1,720.00
Compaction Testing - P-209 Aggregate
Base
1 4 4 $21s.00 $860.00
Compaction Testing - P-209 Aggregate
Base
4 8 32 $215.00 $6,880.00
Compaction Testing - N4isc Grading
P-'t52
4 4 16 $21 5.00 $3,440.00
Compaction Testing - Misc Grading
P-152 4 32 $215.00 $6,880,00
Trip Charge ([/ileage) 27 $1 10.00 $2,970.00
Concrete sampling - P-610 Concrete 4 4 16 $220.00 $3,520.00 Concrete sampling - P-6'10 Concrete 2 8 '16 $220.00 $3,520.00 Sample pick up 6 4 24 $130.00 $3,120.00
Trip Charge (Mileage) 12 $1 10.00 $1,320.00
E-J<.

ASSOCIATES
BSK Proposal No. C26000852
August 3,2026

Page 2 ends

DESCRIPTION DAYS
HRS/
DAY

HOURS /

UNITS RATE EXTENSION
8 Compaction Testing - Storm Drain
Backfill
Subtotal - Earthwork s41,570.00

DESCRIPTION DAYS
HRS/
DAY

HOURS /
uNtrs RATE EXTENSION
Subtotal - Earthwork $11,rlEo.(x,
I
Tehachapi Taxilane Rehabilitation
314 N Hayes St.

Tehachapi, California
BSK Proposal No. C26000852
August 3,2026
page 3
LABORATORYTESTING. PHASE 1 & 2

DESCRIPTION DAYS
HRS/
DAY

HOURS /

UNITS RATE EXTENSION
Compaction Testing - P-401 Production 2 8 16 $215.00 $3,440.00 Trip Charge (Mileage) 4 $1 '10.00 $440.00
Subtotal - Asphalt $3,EEo.00

DESCRIPTION FREQUENCY SETS/UNITS RATE EXTENSION
Subgrade
Subgrade - Soil Gradation (ASTM
D422) 1 per test 6 s246.OO $1,476.00
4 $367.00 $1,468.00
Agg Base - Compaction Curves -
Site Soils (6" Mold) 1 $3 67.00 $367.00
Agg Base - Aggregate Gradation
(ASTM C136) - Coarse
1 per sample 4 $121.00 $484.00
Agg Base - Aggregate Gradation
(ASTN/ C]35) - Fine
1 per sample 4 $246.OO $984.00
Concrete - Compression Test of
concrete -4(ASTM C39)
1 per test $197.00 $788.00
Hl\,,1A - JMF Production Startup -
Superpave 1 oer lvlix 1 $6,969.00 $6,969.00
H l\.4A - Gyratory Compaction 2 $483.00 $966.00
HIVA - TSR 1 $1,582.00 $1,582.00
HMA - Aggregate iioisture
Content (ASTM D22'l 6)
1 per day 2 $5'1 .00 $102.00
HN/A - Aggregate Gradation (ASTlvl
Cl35) - Coarse
2 per day $121 .00 9484.OO
HN/A - Aggregate Gradation (ASTIV
C'136) - Fine
2 per day $246.00 $984.00
HlvlA - Asphalt Binder Content -
AASTTO T3O8
2 per day 4 $ 323.00 $1 ,292.00
HMA - Asphalt Binder Content -
AASTTO T3O8
1 $7 52.00
E-J<.

ASPHALT-PHASEl &2
Subgrade - Compaction Curves -
Site Soils (4" Mold) 1 per test
'1 per test
4 4
4 'l per '10 tests $752.00

ASSOCIATES
Tehachapi Taxilane Rehabilitation
314 N Hayes 5t.

Tehachapi, California
BSK Proposal No. C26000852
August 3,2026
PaEe 4
2 $ 362.00 $724.OO HMA - Theoretical Maximum
Specific Gravity - ASTM D204'l
'1 per day
10 $92.00 $920.00 HMA - Asphalt Specific Gravity of
Core - ASTlvl D2726
1 per test
$190.00 H l\,4A - H l\,4A lvloisture Content (CT
226 or 370)
1 per day 2 $9s.00
BSK ADTVINISTRATION SERVICES PHASE 1 & 2
Principal 4 $285.00 $ 1 ,'t 40.00
Registered Engineer (Review, support and reporting) 8 $250.00 $2,000.00 Project Manager (Field Oversight, Daily Report Review) 8 $ 1,840.00 4 $520.00
Project Administrator (Project Setup & Contract
Compliance)
Administration (Data Processing, Report Prep., Field
Coord ination) 16 $1 10.00 $1,760.00
DIR / CPR Reporting / Processing 3 $300.00 $900.00
E_J<.

ASSOCIATES

DESCRIPTION FREQUENCY SETS/UNITS RATE EXTENSION
SUBTOTAL . LABORATORY TESTING i20,532.00

DESCRIPTION
HOURS/

UNITS RATE EXTENSION
$230.00
$130.00
SUBTOTAL . BSK SERVICES ADMINISTRATION $8,160.00
Tehachapi Taxilane Rehabilitation
314 N Hayes St.

Tehachapi, California
BSK Proposal No. C26000852
August 3,2026
Paqe 5
FIELD SERVICES. PHASE 3
EARTHWORK - PHASE 3
CONCRETE. PHASE 3
Compaction Testing - Recycle &
Stockpile P-207
2 4 8 $215.00 $1,720.00
Compaction Testing - Recycle &
Stockpile P-207
2 8 16 $215.00 $3,440.00
Compaction Testing - Earthwork P-152 5 4 20 $2'r s.00 $4,300.00 Compaction Testing - Earthwork P-152 5 8 40 $215.00 $8,600.00 1 4 4 $215.00 $8 60.00
Compaction Testing - Storm Drain
Ba ckfill 8 8 $215.00 $'r,720.00
Compaction Testing - P-209 Aggregate
Base
2 4 8 $1,720.00
Compaction Testing - P-209 Aggregate
Base
6 8 $21s.00 $10,320.00
Compaction Testing - N/lisc Grading
P-152
3 4 12 $215.00 $2,580.00
1 8 8 $215.00 $1,720.00 Compaction Testing - NIisc Grading P-152
Trip Charge (Mileage) 26 $1 10.00 $2,860.00
E
Concrete sampling - P-6'10 Concrete 4 4 16 $ 220.00 $3,520.00 Concrete sampling - P-610 Concrete 2 8 16 $ 220.00 $ 3,520.00 Sample pick up 6 4 24 $130.00 $3,120.00
$1,320.00
3t 1,480.00
Trip Charge (Nilileage) 12
E[-K.

ASSOCIATES

DESCRIPTION DAYS
HRS/
DAY

HOURS /

UNITS RATE EXTENSION
Compaction Testing - Storm Drain
Backfill
1 $215.00
48 subtotal - Earthwork $39,8,O.00

DAYS EXTENSION
HRS/
DAY

HOURS /

DESCRIPTION UNITS RATE
$1 10.00
Subtotal - Earthwork
ttl
Tehachapi Taxilane Rehabilitation
3'14 N Hayes St.

Tehachapi, california
BSK Proposal No. C26000852
August 3, 2026
Pase 6
LABORATORY TESTING - PHASE 3

DESCRIPTION DAYS
HRS/
DAY

HOURS /

UNITS RATE EXTENSION
Compaction Testing - P-401 Production 2 8 16 $215.00 $3,440.00 Trip Charge ([/ ileage) 4 $1 10.00 $440.00
Subtotal - Asphalt $3,880.00

DESCRIPTION FREQUENCY SETS/UNITS RATE EXTENSION
Subgrade
1 per test 6 $246.00 $1,476.00
Subgrade - Compaction Curves -
Site Soils (4" Mold)
'l per test $3 67.00 $'1,468.00
Agg Base - Compaction Curves -
Site Soils (6" [/old) 1 per test 1 $367.00 $367.00
Agg Base - Aggregate Gradation
(ASTM C136) - Coarse
1 per sample 2 $121 .00 $242.0A
Agg Base - Aggregate Gradation
(ASTlvl C'136) - Fine $246.00 $492.00
Concrete - Compression Test of
concrete-4(ASTM C39)
4 $197.00 $788.00
2 $483.00 $966.00
H[/A - Aggregate Moisture
Content (ASTM D2216) 1 per day 2 $5't .00 $102.00
HMA - Aggregate Gradation (ASTN,I
C'136) - Coarse
2 per day 4 $121 .00 $484.00
HMA - Aggregate Gradation (ASTlvl
C136) - Fine 2 per day 4 $246.A0 $984.00
HMA - Asphalt Binder Content -
AASTTO T3O8
2 per day $323.00 $1,292.00
HN/A - Asphalt Binder Content -
AASTTO T3O8
1 per 10 tests 1 $ 75 2.00
1 per day 2 $352.00 $724.OO
HMA - Asphalt Specific Gravity of
Core - ASTM D2726
1 per test 10 $92.00 $920.00
EliK.

ASSOEIATES
ASPHALT. PHASE 3
Subgrade - Soil Gradation (ASTM
D422)
4 1 per sample 2
'l per test
H N/A - Gyratory Compaction
4 $752.00
HMA - Theoretical Maximum
Specific Gravity - ASTM D2041
Tehachapi Taxilane Rehabilitation
314 N Hayes 5t.

Tehachapi, California
BSK Proposal No. C26000852
August 3, 2026
page 7
HMA - HMA l\4oisture Content (CT
226 or 370) 1 per day 2 $95.00 $190.00
BSK ADMINISTRATION SERVICES PHASE 3
Prin cipa I 4 $2 8s.00 $1 ,140.00
Registered Engineer (Review, support and reporting) 8 $250.0 0 $2,000.00 Project Manager (Field Oversight, Daily Report Review) 8 $230.00 $1,840.00 Project Administrator (Project Setup & Contract
Compliance) 4 $'130.00 $520.00
Administration (Data Processing, Report Prep., Field
Coordination) 8 $1 10.00 $880.00
DIR / CPR Reporting / Processing $300.00 $ 900.00
EISK.

ASSOCIATES

DESCRIPTION FREQUENCY SETS/UNITS RATE EXIENSION
SUBTOTAT . TABORATORY TESTING 111,247.OO

DESCRIPTION
HOURS/

UNITS RATE EXTENSION
SUBTOTAL - BSK SERVICES ADMINISTRATION 37,280.00
Tehachapi Taxilane Rehabilitation
3'14 N Hayes St.

Tehachapi, california
85K Proposal No. C26000852
August 3, 2026

Page 8 ends

BASIS FOR INVOICING, FEES, AND LIMITATIONS
BASIS FOR INVOICING:

The enclosed fee schedule includes the billint rates and charte schedule that will be used as our basis for invoicing.

FE ES:

Our services will be performed on a time and material basis at unit rates herein listed. Portal-to-portal charge is based from our Bakersfleld office. Rates/charges not specifically quoted will be charged per our published Schedule of Fees. We estimate our fees for this project at 1159.449.00. This estimate is based upon our years of experience in this profession, but it is an estimate only. We endeavor to limit our charges to this estimate; however, events beyond our control may affect total cost. For example; if the work progresses quickerthan anticipated, fees could be considerably less; or, if the work progresses slower than anticipated, our fees may exceed this estimate.

It is our practice to notify you if it appears our fees will exceed our estimate, but due to the timing and nature of our servic€s and to ensure that your project is not delayed. this may not always be possible. Our invoices however will serye as an update of our progress as well as fees charged versus our estimate. lnvoices are payable upon receipt and deemed delinquent if not paid within 30 days. Delinquent invoices may be subject to interesvservice charges, and collection expenses including attorne/s fees, at our election. fu necessary to accommodate the construction schedule, BSK may use contract special inspectors to augment our staff. lnspections performed by contract providers will be billed as specified for BSK employees, herein, and at the rates included in the Fee Estimate.

LIMITATIONS:

BsK Associates provides special inspection services to assist you in verifi/ing that the work is in substantial conformance to the project documents and as required by the California Building Code. These services shall not be construed as acceptance of the work or relieve the contractor in any way from his/her obligations and responsibilities as outlined in the applicable construction documents. BSK assumes no responsibility for the safety of others on the jobsite or the methods and means of construction. BSK will make every effort to respond to the emergent needs of your project, to assure better service we ask that you schedule inspection/testing activities at least 24 hours in advance. To avoid show-up charges, cancel such requests at least four hours in advance of our arrival time. Section 1701 of the CBC requires the special inspection agenry to file a final report for the project. The report will be issued upon complete reconciliation of your account. This proposal for construction services shall be valid for not more than sixty (60) days from the date of presentation.

E-.<.

ASSOEIATES
Tehachapi Taxilane Rehabilitation
3'14 N Hayes St.

Tehachapi, California
BSK Proposal No. C26000852
August 3,2026

Page 9 ends

INVOICE AND REPORT DISTRIBUTION
85K Associat€s will issue our invoice to the following firm/contact. Pl€ase provide a separate ac€ounts payable (AP) contact as appropriate:

Client Accou nts Payable
Company: Tartaglia Engineering
Address: PO Box 1930
Atascadero, California 93423
lason Hargr€aves AP Contact:
805.466.5660 AP Phone:

E-Ma il: [email protected] AP Email:

BSK will issue special insp€ction and materials testint reports by electronic deliv€ry to the following recipients. lf additional recipients are desired, please complete and return this form accordintly:

Client Blildinglepartment
Company: Tartaglia Engineering Agency:

Address: PO Box 1930 Address:

City, State, Zip: Atascadero california 93423
Contact Name: Jason Hargreaves
contact Phone;
E-Mail [email protected] E-Mail:

Other Other
Company: Company:

Address: Address:
city, state, zip: City, State, Zip:

Contact Name: Contact Name:

Contact Phone: Contact Phone:

E-Mail:

E-.<.

ASSOCIATES
City, State, Zip:

Contact Name:

Contact Phone:

Report Distribution
City, State, Zip:

Contact Name:
805.466.5660 Contact Phone:

E-Mail:

Tehachapi Taxilane Rehabilitation
314 N Hayes 5t.

Tehachapi, California
BSK Proposal No. C26000852
August 3, 2026
Pase 10

AGREEMENT FOR SPECIAL INSPECTION & MATERIALS TESTING SERVICES THIS AGREEME T, effective as of 712812026, is by and between Tartaglia Engineering ("Client") and BSK Associates ("Company").

THIS PROIECT is Benerally described as:

Mate ols festing Seruices
f ehochopi foxild ne Reho bi litotion
and is located at:
311N Hoyes St.
fehochopi, Colilonio ("Prolect Site")
THIS AGREEMENT consists of the following documents which are incorporated herein by reference:

PROPOSAL NO. C26000852, DATED Augusr 3, 2026
North of River Sanitary District No.1 Master Service Agreement with consultant for Professional Services dated August 15, 2017.

Consultant agrees to perform the Services set forth in this Agreement and in accordance with its terms, including all attachmenB incorporated herein by reference. This agreement may not be modified or altered, except in writing as specifically described in this Agreement.

Signature
Print Name:

Title:

Company: TartaSlia Engineering BSK Associates
Address: PO Box 1930 4820 Rosedale Lane
Atascadero, California 93423 Bakersfield, California 93314 Date:

E_J<^

ASSOCIATES
CLIENT: coMPANY (BSrO:

GeNenel CoruorrroNs FoR CoNSTRUcrtoru MlrenrALs ENGtNEER|HG aruo TesrNo Senuces
I. DEFINITIONS

1.1 Cedilication. CONSULTANT's expression ot a professional opinion based upon the seivic* CONSULTANT performed. A certitication does not conslitute a warranty or guarantee, either express or implied.

1.2 Constructor. The managing general consltuctor ( GC) and other constructor(s), including itsnheir subcontracting constructors (subconstructols) of every tier, retained to perform construction work on the project for which CONSULTANT is providing services under this AGREEMENT.

1.3 CONSULTANT Entities. The CONSULTANT and its subconsultants, subcontractors, and agents, and all of their respective shareholders, direclors, officers, employees, and agents, and their heirs and assigns.

1.1 Day(s), Calend day(s) unless otherwise stated.

1.5 Hazatdous flateriars. Contaminants regulated by a public authority, typically because they are known or suspected to jeopardize human health and safety, through exposure of some kind, e.9., contact, inhalation, ingestion, absorption, or radiation. Such materials are listed in various federal, state, and local statutes and regulations. This also includes any toxic substances, chemicals, radioactivity, pollutants, or other materials, in whatever form or slate, known or suspected to impair the envaronment in any way whatsoever.

1.6 tnspect, lnspection. Visual determination of conformance with specific requirements.

1.7 lnstrumen's of Professiora, Service. All documents and information - e.9., lette.s, memoranda, reports, boring logs, maps, fleld data, field notes, drawings and specificatjons, and test data - prepared by CONSULTANT in the course of the Services.

1.8 Managing Gene.",t Constructor (MGC). The constructor that has overall responsibility for prolect-site activities, in-uding site safety and security, and as in charge of all other constructors and subconstructors hired fo. the projecl.

1.9 ObseMation, Observe. On the basis of CONSULTANT's professional judgment, the act of visual evaluation or visually evaluating general conformance with requirements. ,,rO Se|ices. The professional services provided by CONSULTANT under this AGREEMENT, including services described in the scope of services included in Exhibit A and any written task order or amendment to this AGREEMENT.
1,11 Subconstructot A constructor hired by the managing general conatructor or another constructor or subconstructor.

1.12 Tesqs), fesring. Measurement, examination, and other activities to assess the characteristics or performance of materials.
,.13 lyorf,. A constructo/s, or subconstructoas labor, materials, equipment, and construcled resulls.

2. ACCEPTANCE OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
Unless otherwise specifically stated by CLIENT in writing, CLIENT's request that CONSULTANT initiate Services will constitute CLIENT's acceptince ofthis AGREEMENT and all of its terms and conditions. Any additional or different terms that CLIENT provides in any subsequent acknowledgment, purchase order, task order, or other document that vary from any of the terms herern are hereby objected to and rejected. Any such terms proposed by CLIENT, whether by offer or acceptance, shall be void unless CONSULTANT expressly agrees to them in writing'

3. SCOPE OF SERVICES

3.1 Seruices ptovided; lndependent Contractor. CONSULTANT will provide the Services set forth in the scope of services (Exhibit A) as an independent contractor.
g.2 Authority of corvsulTAirr. coNSULTANT will report to cLIENT data and results of observation, lnrpection and Testing aj set forth in the scope of services (Exhibit A). CONSULTANT will report to CLIENT or CLIENT's representati-ive Obseryed or lnspected work that, in CONSULTANT's opinion, fails to conform to project plans and specilications. coNsuLTANT has no right or responsibility to approve, accept, reject, or stop work of any ionstructor, Subconstruclor, or othei agent of CLIENT. No action of CONSULTANT or CONSULTANT's site representative(s) shall be construed by any party as revoking' altenng, enlarging, relaxing or releasing,any- -
requirement oithe plans, specificationL, o; codes applicable to the proiect or any agreement between CLIENT and others. Such rights are reserved solely for CLIENT.
02021 GBA Allnghls ReseNed
iiitiaa.OOC*;1 )a Righs Reseved. Duplication, copying, reproduction ot any We, use of the language invotued' 'excetplion, or elecionic itorage requires the exprcss wtilten permission ol THE GEoPRoFESS/olr L Bus/ivEss Assocr^,,orv.

3.3 Refererced Stardards. CONSULTANT will perform Obseryations, lnspections, and Tests, in general accordance with the applicable standards referenced by CONSULTANT. CONSULTANT makes no representation about compliance with any other standards.

3.1 Vaiation of l abrial Characb stics and Conditions. CONSULTANT'S Observations and standardized sampling, lnspection, and Testing procedures indacate conditions of matenals and construction activities only at the precise location where and precise time when CONSULTANT performed Services. CLIENT recognizes that conditions of materials and construction activities at other locations may vary from those measured, Observed, or lnspected, and that conditions at one location and time cannot be relied on to indicate the conditions at other locations and times even when the materials involved appear to be identical. Notwithstanding the foregoing, CONSULTANT may make inferences based upon the information derived from these procedures to formulate professional opinions about conditions in other areas. CONSTJLTANT is responsable only for those data, interpretations, and recommendations about the actual materials and construction activities it Observes, ln3pects, samples. or Tests. Even if performed on a continuous basis, Services do not and should not be interpreted to mean that CONSULTANT is Observing, lnspecting, or Testing all materials on the proJect. CONSULTANT is not responsible for other parties' interpretations or use of the information CONSULTANT developed.

3.5 Scheduling and Frequency of Obseruations, lnspections, and fesfiag. CLIENT acknowledges that CLIENT - directly or indirectly through its designee - has the sole right and sole responsibility to determine the extent, frequency, and schedulang of Observations, lnspecliona, and T$ting performed by CONSULTANT. Accordingly.

CLIENT also acknowledges that CONSULTANT bears no responsibility for damages that may accrue because CONSULTANT did not perform Observations, lnspectiona, or Testing that CLIENT failed to request or schedule.

3.6 Changes in Scope. CLIENT may request changes to the scope oI Services (Exhibit A). Any such change, including any change in CONSULTANT's compensation or time of performance, wall be incorporated rnto this AGREEMENT only when it takes the form of a written amendment signed by cLIENT and CONSTJLTANT or, if agreed to orally only when it is confirmed by CLIENT and CONSULTANT in writing within 10 Days of the date of the oral agreement.

3.7 Excluded SeNices. CONSULTANT's Services include only those Services specified in the scope of Services (Exhibit A). CLIENT expressly waives any claim against CONSULTANT relating to any additionat Services that CONSULTANT recommended, but that CLIENT either failed to authorize or instructed CONSULTANT to not perform.

3.8 Fiduciary ResporsrbrTity. This AGREEMENT does not create a fiduciary responsibitity to CLIENT by CONSULTANT or to CONSULTANT by CLtENT.

4. PAYMENTS TO CONSULTANT
CLIENT agrees to pay CONSULTANT for Servicea rendered in accordance with the payment terms provided in this Agreement and/or any written amendments hereto. lnvoices wall be submitted at the completion of Sen ices or on a two-week or four-week basis, at the discretion of Consultant. Payment is due upon receipt of invoice. Amounts unpaid 30 days afterthe due date shall bear interest at the lesser rate of 18% per annum or the maximum interest rate allowed by law from the date of the invoice. CLIENT shall pay all expenses incuned by CONSULTANT associated with placing a lien or otherwise incurred in collecting any delinquent amount, including, witiout limitation attomeys, and filing fees. CLIENT shall pay all costs of CONSULTANT in enforcing its rights hereunder, including, withoutiamrtation attomeys' and iling fees and expenses.

5. PERFORiIANCE STANDARD
5', Pro&ssiona, St adards. CONSULTANT shall, in performing its Services, exercrse the same degree of skill and care ordinarily exercised under similar circumslances and conditions by practicing professionals und;daking similar services in the same locality at the same time. Subsequent standarJs will not be applied in judging CONSULTANT'S Services. CLIENT agrees that the services will be rendered without any wananiy o-r g-uarantee, whether expressed or implied. CONSULTANT will not be liable for the interpretation by others of daia or-information CONSULTANT develops. CONSULTANT's Services do not constitute Observing, lnipecting, or verifying placement of all materials of the prolect.
_

5..2 Safp,ing, Obse,vation, tnspection, and Test LocaUons. Unless specifically stated otherwise, the scope of Seryices (Exhibit A) intentionally excludes surveying the project site or precisely ideniifuing sampling, Observaiion, lnspection, or fest locations, depths, or elevations. ln accordance with customary praitice-, COttsUiTnut will oase sampling, Observation, lnspection, and Test locations, depths, and elevations on field estimates and information furnished by CLIENT and its representatrves. Unless stated otherwise in CONSULTANT's report(s), such locations. depths, and elevations are approxjmate.

5.3 sa,nple DisPosar' CoNSULTANT will dispose of samples immediately alter submitting the report covering those samples. lf CLIENT prefers coNSULTANT to store samples for a longer period or tranafer them to anothe; party, cLIENT shall submit to coNSULTANT a timety wntten notace through which cLIENT atso agrees to appropriately compensate CONSULTANT for the additional service.

O2021 GBA Allnghts Reserved
{O11171U.DOCX;1 }A Rights Reseryed. Duplication, copying, reproductioo of any type, use ot the lenguage invotued, excerPtion, ot electroaic stodge requircs the express wrifiei petmiirion ot THE Gio;RoFEssrorvrr Busiiess-lssoiai/n.

5.1 Buded Wlities and Structurcs; Ptopefty/Wod( Restontion lf the Seryices require borings, test pits, or other invasive subsurface-exploratory Services, CLIENT will provide to CONSULTANT all information it possesses about the loc€taon and nature of underground utrlities and struclures. To reduc€ the risk ofdamage or injury to underground utilities and structures, CONSULTANT will rely on CLIENT-fumished information and will also contact an appropriate utility locator. CLIENT agrees to hold CONSULTANT harmless for any damage to underground utilaties or structures that are not called to CONSULTANT's attention or that are shown incorrectly on plans or drawings tumlshed for the purpose oI locating such utilities and struclures. CONSULTANT will take reasonable precautions to limit the damage to the project site or Work caused by the performance of its Services. CLIENT understands that some damage may necessarily occur in the normal course of performing Services, and that this AGREEMENT excludes repair of such damage unless specifically stated otherwise in the scope of Services (Exhibit A) or via a subsequent amendment to this AGREEMENT.

6. CONSTRUCTOR'S PERFORMANCE
CONSULTANT is not responsible for any Constructorc' means, methods, techniques, or sequences dunng the performance of any Conslructols Work. CONSULTANT will not supervise or direct any Constructo13' Work nor be liable for any faalure of Constructor to complete its Wo* in accordance with the project's plans, specifrcations, and/or applicable codes, laws, and regulations. CLIENT understands and agrees that the Constructor, not CONSULTANT, has sole responsibility for the salety and security of persons and property at the project site.

7. CLIENT'S RESPONSIBILINES
ln additaon to compensating CONSULTANT for Services, CLIENT agrees to.

7., Access, Grant or obtain free access to the project site for all equipment and personnel necessary for CONSULTANT to perform its Services.

7.2 Reptesentative. Designate a representative to transmit notices and informataon pertaining to the Services, communicate CLIENT's policies and decisions, and assist as necessary in matters pertaining to the project and this AGREEMENT. CLIENT may change its representative by written notice. 1,3 tnlormation. Supply to CONSULTANT all information and documenls relevant to the Services. CONSULTANT may rely upon such information without independently verirying its accuracy. CLIENT will notify CONSULTANT of any known potential or possible health or safety hazard associated with the matenals to be Tested, induding their intended use, chemical composition, relevant MSDS, manufacturers' speciflcations and literature, and any prevaous Test results

7.1 project lntormatioa. Wthin 7 Days of receiving CONSULTANT's written request to do so, CLIENT will provide to CONSULTANT a correcl statement of the recorded legal title to the property on which the project is located and the CLIENT s and/or owner s interest lherern

8. CHANGED COND]TIONS
CONSULTANT will give to CLIENT written notice of CONSULTANT's discovery of conditions or circumstances CONSULTANT did ;ot contemplate at the time of this AGREEMENT ("changed conditions"). CLIENT and coNSULTANT will then negotiate an appropriale amendment to this AGREEMENT. lfthey cannot agree upon ao amendment wathin 30 Days;frer CONSULTANT gives notice, CONSULTANT may terminate this AGREEMENT and be compensated as set forth in Section 13, "Suspension and Delay; Termination."

9. CERTIFICATIONS
CONSULTANT will not execute any Ceiification for the Services performed or Work Observed, lnspected, or Tested. unless CONSULTANT haa reviewed before execution of this AGREEMENT and approved in wntinS tryr 9x d form of such certification. cLIENT will not condition payment or the resolution of any dispute upon coNSULTANT'S signing a Certification.

10. ALLOCATION OF RISK
1O-1 Limitation of Liab,lity. Client and Consultant agree to allocate certain risks so that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, Consuha;t's total aggregate liability (including its sha.eholders, directots, olficers' employees ind agents (collectively "C;nsultrnt Entities")) to Client and anyone claiming by, through, or un;erihe Client, L limiied to the greater of $50,O0O or Consultant's feea actuelly paid with respect to this Agreement, for any and all of Clie;t,s iniuries, damageE, claims, losses, erpenses, costs, or claim elpenses (in-cluding ieasonible attomeys, and expert witness' lees) arising out of this Agreement from any cause or causes. S-uch causes may inciude, but;re not limited to, Consultant's negligence, erron'' omissions, strict liability, statutory liability, breach of contract, breach of express or implied warranty' contractual or common law indemnification, negiigent misrepresentation, or other acts giving rise to liability based upon contract, tort, or statute. This proviaion takes precedence over any conflicting provisions of this Agreement

10.2 tndemnitication of CLIENT. Sublect to the terms and limitationsof this AGREEMENT, CONSULTANT will indemnify and hold harmless cLlENT, its shareholders, offic€rs, directors, and employees, lrom and against any and @2021 GBA All rights Reserved
iiieuet.ooc*l ytt Rights Reseved, Dupticatioo, copying, Eproduction of.ny type, use ot the l.oguage involved, &i"iti"r, i, "ti"i-nic itoage rcquires th; erpress wrine, permiss ion ot THE cEopRoFEssrorar Eusr/vEss Assocrarrofl. all claims, suits, liabilitjes, damages, expenses (including without limitation reimbursement of reasonable attomey's fees and defense costs), and other losses (collectively "Losses") to the exlent caused by CONSULTANT's proporlional negligence in performance of this AGREEMENT. CONSULTANT's defense obligation under this indemnrty paragraph is expressly limited to the reimbursement of reasonable defense costs to the exlent of CONSULTANT's actual indemnity obligation hereunder.

10.3 lndemnification of CONSULTANT. CLIENT will indemnify and hold harmless CONSULTANT Entities from and against any and all Losses to the extent caused by CLIENT's proportional negligence. ln addition, except to the extent caused by CONSULTANT's negligence, CLIENT wi defend, indemnify and hold harmless CONSULTANT Entities from and against any and all Losses arising from or related to the existence, disposal, release, discharge, treatment, or transportation of Hazardous Materials, or the exposure of any person to Hazardous ltlaterials, or the degradation of the environment due to the presence, discharge, disposal, or release of or exposure to Hazardous iraterials

10.1 No Personal LtbbtTity. CLIENT and CONSULTANT intend that CONSULTANT's Services witt not subject CONSULTANT's individual employees, officers, or directors to personal liability. Therefore, and notwithstanding any other provision of this AGREEMENT, CLIENT agrees as its sole and exclusive remedy to direct or assert any ciaim, demand, or suit only against the business entity identified as "CONSULTANT" on the first page of this AGREEMENT.

10.5 Consequential Damages. Neither CLIENT nor CONSULTANT will be liable to the other for any special, consequential, incidental, or penal losses or damages, including, but not being limited to, losses, damages, or claims related to: the unavailability of property or facilities; shut{owns or service interruptions, loss of use, proits, reuenue, o;. inventory: or for use charges, capital costs, or the cost of the claims of the other party and/or its customers.

10.6 Deviation from Recommendations. Unless specifically agreed otherwise in writing, CLIENT agrees that CONSULTANT bears no responsibility for ensunng CLIENT's or any othe. party's compliance with anyipecifications procedures or recommendations provided by CONSULTANT to CLIENT under thas AGREEMENT (;llectively, "Recommendations"). CLIENT hereby releases CONSULTANT from all liability arising from any other party s fiilure to fully comply with Recommendations, and CLIENT will defend, indemnify, and hold harmless cbNSuLTattt fro, any party's clarms for losses arising from or related to CLIENT'S or any other party's failure to fully comply with Recommendations10.7 Contnuing AGREE tE TL The provisions of this Sectron 10, "Allocation of Risk," will survive the expiration or termination of this AGREEMENT. lf CONSULTANT provides Services to CLIENT that the parties do not confirm through execution ol a written amendment to this AGREEMENT, provisions of this Section 1O will apply to such services as if the parties had executed a written amendment.

I1. INSURANCE

11.1 CONSULTANT's lnsurance.lf reasonably available, CONSULTANT will maintain Wo*ers' Compensation lnsu.anc€, General Liability lnsurance, Automobile Liability lnsurance, and Professionat Liability lnsurance. lf CLIENT desires additional insured status for itself or other named entities, coNSULTANT will evidence;uch additional insured status when commercially available.

11.2 CLIENT'S lnsunnce. As appropriate, CLIENT will obtarn builder's risk insurance or other property jnsurance to protect it from injury ordamageto the project, andwhich waives all rights ofsubrogation agatnst bO StjlfnNf.

Proc€eds from such insurance wall be held by CLIENT as trustee and witl Ue payable to COiNSULTANT as its interests appear.
l1.i certificahs of lnsurance. upon request, coNSULTANT and cLIENT will each provide to the other certificate(s) of insurance evidencing the existence of the policies required herern. Except for professionat iiaoitrty ano workers' compensation ansurance, all policies required under this AGitEEIVENT shall contain a wair". of srUiollGn.

12. OWNERSHIP AND USE OF CLIENT DOCTJMENTS AND INSTRUMENTS OF PROFESSIONAL SERVICE

12.1 CLIENI Documenrs. All documents provided by CLIENT will remain CLIENT's property. CONSULTANT wll return all such documents to CLIENT upon CLIENT's request. CLIENT will permit CoNSULTANT to make and retain copies of all CLIENT documents.

12.2 lnstrumenb of Professionar sa,ice. Except as otherwise agreed to by cLTENT and coNsuLTANT, lnstrumentg of Profe3sional service are and shall remain coNSULiANT,s property, and coNsuLTANT has the right, in its sole discretion, to dispose of or retain the lnstruments of Profession;l service. CLIENT will not pioviJe lnstrumenB of Profeasional Service to any other person or entity without CONSULTANT's pnor writt"n "oi"unt. 12.2.1 use by cLlENr cLtENT has coNSULTANT's permission to reuse coNSULTANT's tnsuuments of Professional Service for purposes reasonably connected with this project, including, without lim,t"6;1h" p.oJ""i; design and licensing requirements.

12.2.2 use by coNsulrrNr. coNSULTANT may use coNSULTANT's rnstruments ot profesaionar seryice for any purpose. coNSULTANT owns any pateniabre concepts or copynghtaote materrats arising tro; CONSULTANT's Services. @2021 GBA All nghts Reserved
{u1fi'a1.Docx:1 )Al Righrs R.seN"d. Duprication, copying, rcprcduction of any we, use of ,he ranguage invorved, excetPtion, or elect onic storage raquires the express wriiten permission of rne cioinoresstoMt aus;Es;lssocrniZr_

12.3 Etectronic Media. At CLIENT's request, CONSULTANT will provide lnstruments of Professional Service to CLIENT in an electronic format, but CLIENT recognizes that CONSULTANT makes no warranties, either express or implied, about the ftness or suitability of any electronically transmitted lnstruments of Profe!sional Service or media. CLIENT agrees that CONSULTANT's original, hard-copy lnstrument! of Prof$sional Service remarn the actual lnstruments of Professional Service.

12.1 lJnauthodzed aJse. No party other than CLIENT may rely on CONSULTANT's lnstruments of PTofesaional Service without CONSULTANT's prior written consent and CONSULTANT's receipt of additional compensation.

CLIENT waives any and all claims against CONSULTANT resulting from the unauthorized use or alteration of lnstruments of Professional Service by CLIENT or any party obtaining Inauuments of Professional Service through CLIENT. CLIENT will defend, indemnify, and hold harmless CONSULTANT from and against any claim, action, or proceeding brought by any party claiming to have relied upon information or opinions contained in lnstruments of Professional Seruice wathout having obtained CONSULTANT's prior written consent to do so, and any claim ansing out of or related to the unauthorized use, reuse, or modification of the lnstluments of Professional Service by CLIENT or any party obtaining them through CLIENT.

12.5 Confidentiatily- CONSULTANT will hold confidential business and technical information obtained from CLIENT or CLIENT's representatives or generated rn the performance of the Service3 under this AGREEMENT and first identified in writing by CLIENT as "confdential." CONSULTANT will not disclose such information without the consent of CLIENT except to the extent required for: 1) performance of Services under this AGREEMENT; 2) compliance with professional or ethical standards ot conduct Ior preservation of public health, safety, and welfare 3)compliance with any court order or other govemment directive; and/or 4) protection of CONSULTANT against claims or liabilities arising from perfomance of Services under this AGREEMENT. CONSULTANT's obligation hereunder will not apply to information in the publac domain or lawfully acquired from others on a nonconfdential basis.

13. SUSPENSION AND DELAY; TERiTINATION

13.1 Suspension and Detay. Upon 1O Days written nolice to CONSULTANT, CLIENT may suspend CONSULTANT's Services. Upon 1O Days'written notice to CLIENT, CONSULTANT may terminate this AGREEI\IENT if CLIENT suspends the Services for more than 60 Days. in which case CLIENT will compensate coNSULTANT as provided in section 13.4. lf cLIENT suspends the service3, or if cLIENT or others delay CONSULTANT's Services, CLIENT and CONSULTANT agree to equitably adjust the time for completion of the Services and CONSU LTANT's compensation for the add itional labor equipment, and other expenses associated with maintaining coNSULTANT'S workforce for CLIENT',s benefit during the delay or suspension, and any expenses incurred by CONSULTANT for demobilization and subsequent remobilization.

13.2 lermination for Co,yeaierrce. CONSULTANT and CLIENT may terminate this AGREEMENT for convenience upon 1O Days' wntten notice delivered or mailed to the other party. l3,S lemination for Cause. ln the event that either party seemingly breaches this AGREEMENT, the nonbreaching party will deliver to the breaching party a wntten termination notice that states the basis for termination.

Neither part/may ierminate this AGREEMENi for cause if the breaching party cures the breach-witlin- 10 Day3 afrer receiving th; termination notice. The nonbreaching parly has the right to terminate this AGREEMENT rfthe breaching party fails to cure the breach within the 1o-Day period. 13-l payment on Tennination. Following termination other than for CONSULTANT's breach of this AGREEMENT.

CLIENT will pay CONSuLTANT for the Services performed pior to the termination-notice date, and for any necessary Services and expenses incuned in connection with the terminalion, lncluding, but not limited to, the costs of completing analyses, records, and reports necessary to document project status at the time of termination and costs associateJ with iermination of subconsultant and/or subcontractor contracts in accordance with CONSULTANT's thencurrent schedule of charges in Exhabit A. 1i,5 Force najeurc.ln the event that coNSULTANT is prevented from completing performance of its obligations under this AGRELITENT by an occurrence beyond the control of CONSULTANT ("Force Majeure") lhen CONSULTANT will be excused from any furth;r performance of its obligations and undertakings. ln the event oI a Force Majeure delay that does not result in termination of the AGREEMENT, schedules will be equitably adjusted.

I4. DISPUTES
cLIENT and CONSULTANT shall endeavor to negotiate all claims, disputes, and other matters in controversy between aONSULTANT and CLIENT arising out of or in any way related to this AGREEMENT in good faith for a period of 30 days from the date of notice, pnor to exercising th;ir rights at law. lf the parties fail to resolve the dispute within 30 Jais, all aai.s, disputes, an; other matters will be submitted to non-binding mediation before and as a condition piJ""o"ni io og,"r ,"medies provided by law. lf a dispute at law arises related to the servic* provided under this iCigef.,f fuf ana $at dispuie require j litigation, then: (a) CLIENT assents to personal iurisdictior in the Staie of.

Califomia and (b) The claim will be broughiand tried in ludicial iunsdiction of the court of Fresno County and CLIENT waives the right to remove the aclion to any other county or judicial jurisdiction.

Causes of action arising out of CONSULTANT's Services or this AGREEMENT regardless of cause(s) or the.theory of liability, including negligence, indemnity or other recovery shall be deemed to have accrued and the applicable 02021 GBAAII rights Reserved
liitiie.ooch la Rights Reseved. Duplication, coPing' reprcduction of any type, use of the languag'-involved' Lxcerptioa, or elecionic itorage requires the .Jxpress wai* permission ot THE cEopRoFEssro lr Bus/vEss Assocra zox. statute of limitations shall commence to run not later than the date of CONSULTANT'S substantial completion of Seryices on the Project.

15. MISCELLANEOUS
iS.1 Assignment and Subcontacb. During the term of this AGREEMENT and following its expiration or termination for any reason, neither party may assign this AGREEMENT or any right or claim under it, in whole or in part, without the prior written consent of the other party, except for an assignment of proceeds for financing purposes.

Any assignment that fails to comply with this paragraph will be void and of no effect. CONSULTANT may subcontract forihe services of others without obtaining CLIENT's consent if CONSULTANT deems it necessary or desirable for others to perform c€rtain Services.
15,2 tntegration and Severabirity. This AGREEMENT reflects the parties' entire agreement with respect to its terms and lmitations and supersedes all prior agreements, written and oral. lf any portion of this AGREEMENT is found void orvoidable CLIENT and CONSULTANT will consider that portion stricken andwill reform the AGREEMENT to achieve as much of the stricken portions' purpose as possible. These terms and conditions survive the completion of the Services and the termination of the AGREEMENT, whether termination is for cause or for convenience.

15.9 Modifrcation of This AGREEMENT. This AGREEMENT may be modified or altered only via a written amendment that refers specifically to this AGREEMENT and is signed by an authorized representative of each party.

15.1 Notices- Any and all notices, requests, instruclions, or other communications given by either party to the other must be in writing and either hand-delivered to the recipient or delivered by first-class mail (postage prepaid) or express mail (billed to sender) at the addresses given in this AGREEMENT. ,5.5 Head,ngs. The headings used in this AGREEMENT are for convenience only. They are not a part of this AGREEIVENT.

15.6 Waiver. The waiver of any term, condition, or breach of this AGREEIVENT will not operate as a subsequent waiver of the same term, condition, or breach.

15.7 Precedence.f hese GENERAL CoNDtIoNS take precedence over any inconsistent or contradictory provisions contained in any other agreement term, proposal, purchase order, requisition, notice to proceed, or other document regarding CONSULTANT's Services.

15.8 lncorporation of Provisions Requircd by Law. This AGREEMENT includes each provision and clause required by law, and the AGREEMENT should be read and enforced as though each such provision and clause we.e set forth in its entirety.
02021 GBA All righls Reserved
(Y117|81.DOCX;1 )All Righ6 Reserved. Duplication, coping, rcproducton of any We, use ot the language involved, excerplion, or electronic storage requires the express writlen permbsion ol THE GEopRoFEssro/vAL Eusr iEss Issocr,q lolv End of General Conditions
Exhibit C
Hourly Rates of Compensation
Taxilane Rchabilitation
August.2026
The following hourly rates apply to this contract. Values indicated include direct salary / hourly compensation. overhead costs, and necessary tools, equipment, or technology necessary to perform work. unless otherwise identified.

Position Hourlv Rate
Principal-ln-Charge................

Licensed Land Surveyor..

Registered Civil Engineer
Project Manager.

Environmental Coordinator / CPESC
Engineer / Survey Technician III......

Engineer / Survey Technician II .......

Engineer / Survey Technician I.........

Clerical
Professional Travel Time
Inspector Day, Straight Time....

Day. Overtime...........

Night, Straight Time .

Night. Overtime.........
(Minimum night shift - 4 hours)
Reproduction. postage, express mail shipping, advertising Sub-consultant services...............

Supplies including monuments and construction staking material Permit. plan check, and agency inspection fees........'....................

Tartaglia Engineering DIR# I 00004920 I
Fee Schedule subject to change af'ter March 31, 2027
..... s243.00
..... s 185.00
..... s205.00
..... $165.00
..... sl 18.00
s 144.00
$118.00
Survey Party One Man..........

Two Man .........
(Compensation lo Jield surveyors performing constuction staking snd layout, and k) constuclion inspeclors, shatl be in accordance with prevailing ntoge rcquircmenls.) Direct expenses shall be reimbursed as follows:
........ s95.00
$76.00
...... s il 4.00
$ l 68.00
s20l .00
$ r 82.00
$231 .00
s250.00
$344.00
.............. $0.70 per mile
... $224.00 per man-day
......................... At Cost
At CoSt
At Cost
... At Cost
l.h*hrpt Mrnt"tprl At.p*t Page I Tortogliu Engineering
Exhibit D
Federal Contract Provisions for A/E Agreements
Taxilane Rehabilitation
August, 2026
Tartaglia Engineering hereby acknowledges the contract requirements included in the following provisions for A/E firms and will comply with same. In addition, Tartaglia Engineering will enforce compliance with the following provisions by our subconsultants. should the need for subconsultants arise.

The lO-page "Federal Contract Provisions ior A/E Agreements" document is included in its entirety as part ofthis Exhibit D.

Total number ofpages of Exhibit D, including this cover, is I I .

Tehachapi Municipal Airport Page I Tanaglia Engineering I.AA REQI]IRLD CoN'IRACT PRoVISIONS PROFESSIONAL SI]RVICES

FAA REQUIRED CONTRACT PROVISIONS
Brsis and assumptions. Tartaglia Engineering prepared this from the FAA "Contract Provision Guidelines for Obligated Sponsors and Airpon Improvement Program Projects." issued March 17, 2026. This appendix is sfuctured for an AIP-funded professional services agreement.

I. ACCESS TO RECORDS AND REPORTS

ACCESS TO RECORDS AND REPORTS
The Consultant must maintain an acceptable cost accounting system. The Consultant agrees to provide the Owner, the Federal Aviation Administration and the Comptroller Ceneral ofthe United States or any oftheir duly authorized representatives access to any books, documents, papers and records ofthe Consultant which are directly pertinent to the specific contract for the purpose ofmaking audit, examination, excerpts and transcriptions. The Consultant agrees to maintain all books, records and reports required under this contract for a period ofnot less than three years after hnal payment is made and all pending matters are closed.

2. BREACH OF CONTRACT TERMS

BREACH OF CONTRACT TERMS
Any violation or breach of terms of this contract on the part ofthe Consultant or its subcontractors may result in the suspension or termination ofthis contracl or such other action that may be necessary to enforce the rights ofthe parties of this agreement.

Owner will provide Consultant written notice that describes the nature ofthe breach and corrective actions the Consultant must undenake in order to avoid termination ofthe contract. Owner r€serves the right to withhold payments to Consultant until such time the Consultant corrects the breach or the Owner elects to terminate the contract. The Owner's notice will identifi a specific date by which the Consultant must correct the breach.

Owner may proceed with termination ofthe conract ifthe Consultant fails to correct the breach by the deadline indicated in the Owner's notice.

The duties and obligations imposed by the Contract Documents and the rights and remedies available thereunder are in addition to, and not a limitation of, any duties, obligations, rights and remedies otherwise imposed or available by law.

3. GENERAL CIVIL RIGHTS PROVISIONS

GENERAL CIVIL RIGHTS PROVISIONS
ln all its activities within the scope of its airport program, the Contractor agrees to comply with pertinent statutes, Executive Orders, and such rules as identified in Title VI List of Pertinent Nondiscrimination Acs and Authorities to ensure that no person shall, on the grounds ofrace. color. national origin, creed, sex, age, or disability be excluded fiom panicipating in any activity conducted with or benefiting from Federal assistance.

This provision is in addition to that required by Title Vl ofthe Civil Rights Act of 1964.

The above provision binds the Contractor and subcontractors from the bid solicitation period through the completion of the contract.
'fafiaglia Page I Engincering Compiled Augusl" 2026

FAA REQUIRED CONI'RACT PROVISIONS PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

4. CIVIL RIGHTS - TITLE VI ASSURANCE
Title VI List of Pertinent Nondiscrimination Acts rnd Authorities During the performance ofthis contract, the Contractor, for itself, its assignees, and successors in interest (hereinafter referred to as the "Contractor") agrees to comply with the following non-discrimination statutes and authorities: including but not limited to:
. Title VI ofthe Civil Rights Act of 1964 (42 U.S.C. g 2000d et seq.,78 srar. 252) (prohibirs discrimination on the basis ofrace, color, national origin); . 49 CFR Part 2l (Non-discrimination in Federally-Assisted programs ofthe Department of Transportatioc-Effectuation of Title VI ofthe Civil Rights Act of 1964) including amendments theretol
. The Uniform Relocation Assistance and Real Property Acquisition Policies Act of 1970, (42 U.S.C. $ 4601 ) (prohibits unfair treatnent ofpersons displaced or whose property has been acquired because of Federal or Federal-aid programs and projects);
. Section 504 ofthe Rehabilitation Act of t973 (29 U.S.C. ! 794 et seq.), as amended (prohibis discrimination on the basis ofdisability); and 49 CFR pan 27 (Nondiscrimination on the Basis of Disability in Programs or Activities Receiving Federal Financial Assistance)1 ' The Age Discrimination Act of 1975, as amended (42 .U.S.C. $ 6l0t et seq.) (prohibits discriminarion on the basis ofage);
' Airport and Airway Improvement Act of 1982 (49 U.S.C. $ 47123), as amended (prohibits discrimination based on race, creed, color, national origin, or sex);
. The Civil Rights Restoration Act of 1987 (P.L. 100-259) (broadened the scope, coverage and applicability of Title Vl of the Civil Rights Act of l964, the Age Discrimination Act of lg75 and Section 504 ofthe Rehabilitation Act of 1973, by expanding the definition ofthe terms "programs or activities" to include all ofthe programs or activities ofthe Federal-aid recipients, sub-recipients and contractors, whether such programs or activities are Federally funded or not); . Titles II and III ofthe Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (42 U.S.C. g t2t0l, et seq) (prohibit discrimination on the basis ofdisability in the operation ofpublic entities. public and private transportation systems, places ofpublic accommodation, and certain testing entities) as implemented by U.S. Department of Transportation regulations at 49 CFR Parts 37 and 38; ' Title IX ofthe Education Amendments of 1972, as amended, which prohibits you from discriminating because ofsex in education programs or activities (20 U.S.C. g t681, et seq).

Compliance with Nondiscrimination Requirements:

During the performance of this contract, the Contractor, for itself, its assignees, and successors in interest (hereinafter refened to as the "Contractor"), agrees as follows:

Compliance with Regulations: The Contractor (hereinafter includes consultants) will comply with the Title VI List of Pertinent Nondiscrimination Acts and Authorities, as they may be amended from time to time, which are herein incorporated by reference and made a part ofthis contract.

Nondiscrimination: The Contractor, with regard to the work performed by it during the contract, will not discriminate on the grounds ofrace, color, national origin). creed, sex, age, or disability in the selection and retention of subcontractors, including procurements of materials and leases ofequipment. The Tartaglia EnBineering Compiled Augusl 2026 Pagc 2

FAA REQUIRED CONTRACT PROVISIONS I PROFESSIONAI- SERVICES Contractor will not participate directly or indirectly in the disoimination prohibited by the Nondiscrimination Acts and Authorities, including employment practices when the contract covers any activity. project, or program set forth in Appendix B of49 CFR part 2l including amendments thereto.

Solicitations for Subcontracts, including Procurements of Materials and Equipment: ln all solicitations, either by competitiye bidding or negotiation made by the Contractor for work to be performed under a subcontract, including procurements ofmaterials. or leases ofequipment, each potential subconkactor or supplier will be notified by the Contractor ofthe conractor's obligations under this contract and the Nondiscrimination Acts and Authorities on the grounds ofrace, color, or national origin lnformation and Reports: The Contractor will provide all information and reports required by the Acts, the Regulations. and directives issued pursuant thereto and will permit access to its books, records, accounts, other souces of information. and its facilities as may be determined by the Sponsor or the Federal Aviation Administation to be pertinent to ascertain compliance with such Nondiscrimination Acts and Authorities and instructions. Where any information required ofa contractor is in the exclusive possession ofanother who fails or refuses to fumish the information, the Contractor will so ceftiry to the Sponsor or the Federal Aviation Administration. as appropriate. and will set forth what efforts it has made to oblain the information.

Sanctions for Noncompliance: In the event of a Contrdctor's noncompliance with the non-discrimination provisions ofthis contract, the Sponsor will impose such contract sanctions as it or the Federal Aviation Administration may determine to be appropriate, including. but not limited to:

Withholding payments to the Contractor under the contract until the Contractor compliesl and/or Cancelling, terminating, or suspending a contract. in whole or in partIncorporation of Provisions: The Contractor will include the provisions ofparagraphs one through six in every subcontract, including procurements of materials and leases ofequipment, unless exempt by the Acts, the Regulations, and directives issued pursuant thereto. The Contractor will take action with respect to any subcontract or procurement as the Sponsor or the Federal Aviation Administration may direct as a means ofenforcing such provisions including sanctions for noncompliance. Provided, that if the Conhactor becomes involved in, or is threatened with litigation by a subcontractor. or supPlier because ofsuch direction. the Contractor may request the SponSoI to enter into any litigation to protect the interests ofthe Sponsor. In addition, the Contractor may request the United States to enter into the litigation to protect the interests ofthe United States.

5. CLEAN AIR AND WATER POLLUTION CONTROL

CLEAN AIR AND WATER POLLUTION CONTROL
Consultant agrees to comply with all applicable standards, orders, and regulations issued pursuant to the Clean Af Act (42 U.S.C. $$ 7401-7671q) and the Federal water Pollution control Act as amended (33 u.s.c. $$ l25l-1387). The Consultant agrees to report any violation to the Owner immediately upon discovery. The Owner assumes responsibility for notifoing the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) and the Federal Aviation Administration.

Consultant must include this requirement in all subconsultant agreements that exceed $150,000 Tanaglia Engineering Compiled Augusl 2026 Page 3
[.AA REQUIRtlD CON'I'RACT PROVISIoNS PROT'ESSIONAL SERVICES

6. DEBARMENT AND SUSPENSION

CERTIFICATION OF OFFEROR/BIDDER REGARDING DEBARMENT
81 submitting a bid.rproposal under this solicitation. the bidder or offeror certifies that neither it nor its principals are presently debarred or suspended by any Federal department or agency from participation in this transaction.

CERTIFICATION OF LOWER TIER CONTRACTORS REGARDING DEBAR]I{ENT The successful bidder, by administering each lower tier subcontract that exceeds 525.000 as a ..covered
transaction", must confirm each lower tier participant ofa "covered transaction" under the project is not presently debarred or otherwise disqualified from participation in this federally-assisted project. The successful bidder will accomplish this by:
. Checking the System for Award Management at website: http://www.sam.gov. ' Collecting a certification statement similar to the Cenification ofOfferor /Bidder Regarding Debarment, above.
. lnserting a clause or condition in the covered transaction with the lower tier contract.

Ifthe Federal Aviation Administration later determines that a lower tier panicipant failed to disclose to a higher tier participant that it was excluded or disqualified at the time it entered the covered transaction, the FAA may pursue any available remedies, including suspension and debarment ofthe non-compliant part ic ipant.

7. DISADVANTAGED BUSINESS ENTERPRISE
Applicrbility: Applies when the Airpon Sponsor has an FAA-approved DBE program. The prompt-payment period is set at 30 days.

Contract Assurance (49 CFR $ 26.13i mandatory text provided) - The Contractor, subrecipient or subcontractor shall not discriminate on the basis ofrace. color. national origin, or sex in the performance of this contract. The Contractor shall carry out applicable requirements of49 CFR Part 26. including any amendments thereto, in the award and administration of DoT-assisted contracts. Failure by the Contractor to carry out these requirements is a material breach ofthis contract, which may result in the termination of this contract or such other remedy as the recipient deems appropriate, which may include, but is not limited to:

Withholding monthly progress paymens;
Assessing sanctions;
Liquidated damages: and,/or
Disqualifoing the Contractor from future bidding as non-responsible.

Prompt Payment (49 CFR g 26.29; acceptable/sample text provided) - The prime contractor agrees to pay each subcontractor under this prime con6act for satisfactory performance of its contract no later than 30 days from the receipt ofeach payment the prime contractor receives from Owner. The prime contractor agrees further to retum retainage payments to each subcontractor within 30 days after the subcontractor's work is satisfactorily completed. Any delay or postponement ofpayment lrom the fartaglia Engineering Compiled Augusl 2026 Page .1

I'AA REQUIRED CON'TRACT PROVISIONS PROFESSIONAL SERVICES above referenced time Aame may occur only for good cause following written approval ofthe Owner. This clause applies to both DBE and non-DBE subcontractors.

8. TEXTING WHEN DRIVING

TEXTING WHEN DRIVING
In accordance with Executive Order l35l3, "Federal Leadership on Reducing Text Messaging While Driving", ( l0/ I/2009) and Dor order 3902.10, "Texr Messaging white Driving", ( l2130/2009), the Federat Aviation Administration encourages recipients ofFederal grant funds to adopt and enforce safety policies that decrease crashes by distracted drivers. including policies to ban text messaging while driving when performing work related to a grant or subgrant.

In support of this initiative, the Owner encourages the Consultant to promote policies and initiatives for its employees and other work personnel that decrease crashes by distracted drivers. including policies that ban text messaging while driving motor vehicles while performing work activities associated with the project. The Contactor must include the substance of this clause in all subconsultant agreements exceeding $ 15,000 that involve driving a motor vehicle in performance ofwork activities associated with the project.

9. PROHIBITION ON CERTAIN TELECOMMUNICATIONS AND VIDEO

SURVEILLANCE SERVICES OR EQUIPMENT

PROHIBITION ON CERTAIN TELECOMMUNICATIONS AND VIDEO SURVEILLANCE

SERVICES OR EQUIPMENT
Consultant and Sub-consultant agree to comply with mandatory standards and policies relating to use and procurement of certain telecommunications and video surveillance services or equipment in compliance with the National Defense Authorization Act P.L. I l5-232, g 889(0( I )).

IO. FEDERAL FAIR LABOR STANDARDS ACT

MODEL SOLICITATION CLAUSE
All contracts and subcontracts that result from this solicitation incorporate by reference the provisions of 29 CFR Part 201, et seq, the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act (FLSA), with the same force and effect as if given in full text. The FLSA sets minimum wage, overtime pay, recordkeeping, and child labor standards for full and part-time workers.

The Consultant has full responsibility to monitor compliance to the referenced statute or regulation. The Consultant must address any claims or disputes that arise from this requirement directly with the U.S.

Department ofLabor Wage and Hour Division.

11. CERTIFICATION REGARDING LOBBYING

CERTIFICATION REGARDING LOBBYING
The Bidder or Offeror certifies by signing and submitting this bid or proposal, to the best ofhis or her knowledge and belief, that;
Tanaglia Engineering Compiled August. 2026 Page 5

FAA REQUIRED CONTRACT PROVISIONS I PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

12. OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ACT OF I97O
All contracts and subcontracts that result from this solicitation incorporate by reference the requirements of 29CFRPart lgl0withthesame force and effect as if given in full text. The employer must provide a work environment that is liee from recognized hazards that may cause death or serious physical harm to the employee. The employer retains full responsibility to monitor its compliance and their subconftactor's compliance with the applicable requirements ofthe Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 (29 CFR Part l9l0). The employer must address any claims or disputes that pertain to a referenced requirement directly with the U.S. Department ofLabor - Occupational Safety and Health Administration.

13. TAX DELINQUENCY AND FELONY CONVICTIONS

CERTIFICATION OF OFFEROR/BIDDER REGARDING TAX DELINQUENCY AND

FELONY CONVICTIONS
The applicant must complete the following two certification statements. The applicant must indicate its curent status as it relates to tax delinquency and felony conviction by inserting a checkmark (ii) in the space following the applicable response. The applicant agrees that, if awarded a contract resulting from this solicitation, it will incorporate this provision for certification in all lower tier subcontracts.

Certifications
. The applicant represents that it is ( E ) isnot ( tr ) a corporation that has any unpaid Federal tax liability that has been assessed, for which all judicial and administrative remedies have been exhausted or have lapsed, and that is not being paid in a timely manner pursuant to an agreement with the authority responsible for collecting the tax liability.
. The applicant represents thatitis ( ! ) isnot ( ! ) a corporation that was convicted ofa criminal violation under any Federal law within the preceding 24 months.

Tartaglia Engineering Compiled Augusl 2026 Page 6
No Federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid. by or on behalfofthe Bidder or Offeror. to any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee ofan agency, a Member ofCongress' an officer or employee ofcongress, or an employee ofa Member ofcongress in connection with the awarding ofany Federal contract, the making ofany Federal grant, the making ofany Federal loan, the entering into of any cooperative agreement, and the extension, continuation, renewal, amendment, oI modification ofany Federal contract, grant, loan. or cooperative agreement Ifany funds other than Federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid to any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee ofany agency, a Member ofCongress' an officer or employee ofCongress, or an employee ofa Member ofCongress in connection with this Federal contract, gmnt, loan, or cooperative agreement, the undersigned shall complete and submit Standard Form-LLL, "Disclosure Form to Report Lobbying," in accordance with its instructions.

The undersigried shall require that the language of this certification be included in the award documents for all sub-awards at all tiers (including subcontracts, subgrants, and contracts under grants, loans, and cooperative agreements) and that all sub-recipients shall certify and disclose accordingly This certification is a material representation of fact upon which reliance was placed when this transaction was made or entered into. Submission ofthis certification is a prerequisite for making or entering into this transaction imposed by 3l U.S.C. S 1352. Any person who fails to file the required certification shall be subject to a ciyil penalty ofnot less than $10,000 and not more than $100,000 for each such failure.

FAA REQTIIRED CONTRACT PROVISIONS I PROFESSIONAL SERVICES Note
Ifan applicant responds in the affirmative to either ofthe above representations, the applicant is ineligible to receive an award unless the Sponsor has received notification ffom the agency suspension and debarment official (SDO) that the SDO has considered suspension or debarment and determined that further action is not required to protect the Govemment's interests. The applicant therefore must provide information tothe owner about its tax liability or conviction to the Owner. who will then notiry the FAA Airports District Ofhce, which will then notifu the agency's SDO to facilitate completion ofthe required considerations before award decisions are made.

Term Definitions
Felony conviction: Felony conviction means a conyiction within the preceding twenty four (24) months ofa felony criminal violation under any Federal law and includes conviction ofan offense defined in a section of the U.S. Code that specifically classifies the offense as a felony and conviction ofan offense that is classified as a felony tmder l8 USC g 3559.

Tax Delinquency: A tax delinquency is any unpaid Federal tax liability that has been assessed, for which all judicial and administrative remedies have been exhausted, or have lapsed, and that is not being paid in a timely manner pursuant to an agreement with the authority responsible for collecting the tax liability.

14. TERMINATION OF CONTRACT
Tf, RMTNATION FOR CON\rf, NTENCE (PROFESSTONAL SERVICES) The Owner may, by written notice to the Consultant, terminate this Agreement for its convenience and without cause or default on the pan ofConsultant. Upon receipt ofthe notice oftermination, except as explicitly directed by the Owner, the Consultant must immediately discontinue all services affected.

Upon termination ofthe Agreement, the Consultant must deliver to the Owner all data, surveys. models, drawings, specifications, repofts, maps, photographs, estimates, summaries, and other documents and materials prepared by the Consultant under this contract, whether complete or partially complete.

Owner agrees to makejust and equitable compensation to the Consultant for satisfactory work completed up through the date the Consultant receives the termination notice. Compensation will not include anticipated profit on non-performed services.

Owner further agrees to hold Consultant harmless for errors or omissions in documents that are incomplete as a resull ofthe termination action under this clause.

TERMINATION FOR CAUSE (PROFESSIONAL SERYICES)
Either party may terminate this Agreement for cause ifthe other party fails to fulfill its obligations that are essential to the completion ofthe work per the terms and conditions ofthe Agreement. The party initiating the termination action must allow the breaching party an opportunity to dispute or cure the breach.

The terminating party must provide the breaching party 7 days advance wriften notice of its intent to terminate the Agreement. The notice must specify the nature and extent ofthe breach, the conditions necessary to cure the breach, and the effective date ofthe termination action. The rights and remedies in this clause are in addition to any other rights and remedies provided by law or under this agreement. . Termination by Owner; The Owner may term inate this Agreement for cause in whole or in part, for the failure ofthe Consultant to:

Tartaglia Engineerin8 Compiled August. 2026 Page 7
FAA REQI]IRED CONTRACT PROVISIONS I PROFESSIONAI- SERVICES . Perform the services within the time specified in this contract or by Owner approved extensioni . Make adequate progress so as to endanger satisfactory performance ofthe Project; or . Fulfillthe obligations ofthe Agreement that are essential to the completion ofthe Project.

Upon receipt ofthe notice oftermination, the Consultant must immediately discontinue all services affected unless the notice directs otherwise. Upon termination ofthe Agreement, the Consultant must deliver to the Owner all data, surveys, models, drawings, specifications, reports, maps, photographs' estimates, summaries. and other documents and materials prepared by the Consultant undel this contract, whether complete or partially complete.

Owner agrees to makejust and equitable compensation to the Consultant for satisfactory work completed up through the date the Consultant receives the termination notice. Compensation will not include anticipated profit on non-performed services.

Owner further agrees to hold Consultant harmless for enors or omissions in documents that are incomplete as a result ofthe termination action under this clause.
lf. after finalization ofthe termination action. the Owner determines the Consultant was not in default ofthe Agreement, the rights and obligations ofthe parties shall be the same as ifthe Owner issued the termination for the conYenience ofthe Owner.
. Termination by Consultant: The Consultant may terminate this Agreement for cause in whole or in part, if the Owner:
. Defaults on its obligations under this Agreement;
. Fails to make payment to the Consultant in accordance with the terms ofthis Agreement; . Suspends the project for more than I 80 days due to reasons beyond the contol ofthe Consultant.

Upon receipt ofa notice of termination from the Consultant, Owner agrees to cooperate with Consultant for the purpose ofterminating the agreement or portion thereof, by mutual consent. IfOwner and Consultant cannot reach mutual agreement on the termination settlement, the Consultant may, without prejudice to any rights and remedies it may have, proceed with terminating all or parts ofthis Agreement based upon the Owner's breach ofthe contract.

In the event of termination due to Owner breach. the Consultant is entitled to invoice Owner and to receive full payment for all services performed or fumished in accordance with this Agreement and alljustified reimbursable expenses incuned by the Consultant through the effective date of termination action. Owner agrees to hold Consultant harmless for errors or omissions in documents that are incomplete as a result ofthe termination action under this clause.

15. TRADE RESTRICTION CERTIFICATION

TRADE RESTRICTION CERTIFICATION
By submission ofan offer, the Offeror certifies that with respect to this solicitation and any resultant contract, the Offeror -
is not owned or controlled by one or more citizens ofa foreign country included in the list ofcountries that discriminate against U.S. firms as published by the Office ofthe United States Trade Representative (USTR); Tartaglia EnginccrinB Compilcd Augusl. 2026 Pagc 8

FAA REQIJIRED CONTRACT PROVISIONS I PROFESSIONAL SERVICF,S has not knowingly entered into any contract or subcontract for this project with a person that is a citizen or national ofa foreign country included on the list ofcountries that discriminate against U.S. firms as published by the USTR; and
has not entered into any subcontract for any product to be used on the Federal project that is produced in a foreign country included on lhe list ofcountries that discriminate against U.S. firms published by the USTR.

This certification concerns a matter within thejurisdiction ofan agency ofthe United Slates of America and the making ofa false, fictitious, or liaudulent certification may render the maker subject to prosecution under Title I8 USC $ 100t.

The Offeror/Contractor must provide immediate written notice to the O\a'ner ifthe Offeror/Contractor leams that its certification or that ofa subcontractor was erroneous when submitted or has become erroneous by reason ofchanged circumstances. The Contractor must require subcontraclors provide immediate written notice to the Contractor if at any time it leams that its certification was erroneous by reason ofchanged circumstances.

Unless the restrictions ofthis clause are waived by the Secretary of Tmnsportation in accordance with 49 CFR $ 30.17, no contract shall be awarded to an Offeror or subcontractor:
' who is owned or controlled by one or more citizens or nationals of a foreign country included on the list ofcountries that discriminate against U.S. firms published by the USTR; or ' whose subcontractors are owned or controlled by one or more citizens or nationals ofa foreign country on such USTR list: or
. who incorporates in the public works project any product ofa foreign country on such USTR list.

Nothing contained in the foregoing shall be constmed to require establishment ofa system ofrecords in order to render, in good faith, the certification required by this provision. The knowledge and information ofa contractor is not required to exceed that which is normally possessed by a prudent person in the ordinary coulse of business dealings.

The Offeror agrees that, if awarded a contract resulting fiom this solicitation, it will incorporate this provision for certification without modification in all lower tier subcontracts. The Contractor may rely on the certification of a prospective subcontractor that it is not a firm from a foreign country included on the list of countries that discriminate against U.S. firms as published by USTR, unless the Offeror has knowledge that the certification is erroneous.

This certification is a material representation of fact upon which reliance was placed when making an award.

If it is later determined that the Contractor or subcontractor knowingly rendered an erroneous certification, the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) may direct through the Otner cancellation ofthe contract or subcontract for default at no cost to the Owner or the FAAI6. VETERAN'S PREFERENCE

VETERAN'S PREFERENCE
ln the employment oflabor (excluding executive, administrative, and supewisory positions). the Contractor and all subconsultants must give preference to covered veterans as defined within 49 U.S.C. $ 47112. Covered veterans include Vietnam-era veterans, Persian Gulfveterans, Afghanistan-lraq war veterans, disabled veterans, and small business concems (as defined by l5 U.S.C. $ 632) owned and controlled by disabled Tarta8lia Engineering Compiled AugusL 2026 Page 9

FAA REQUIRLD CONTRACT PROVISIONS PROFESSIONAL SERVICES
veterans. This preference only applies when there are covered veterans readily available and qualified to perform lhe work to which the employment relates.

17. DOMESTIC PREFERENCES FOR PROCUREMENTS

18. PROHIBITION OF COVERED UNMANNED AIRCRAFT SYSTEMS
(UAS)
The Consultant certifies that they are aware ofand comply with relevant Federal statutes and regulations, including those fiom the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), for operating unmanned aircraft systems (UAS) in accordance, and in compliance with all related requirements in the FAA Reauthorization Act of2024 (Public Law I l8-63), section 936 (49 U.S.C. $ 44801 note).

Consultant warrants that all UAS operations will be conducted in full compliance with all applicable Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) regulations. including but not limited to l4 CFR Part 107, and any other applicable local, state, or Federal laws and regulations.

Sponsors and subgrant recipients cannot use AtP gant funds to enter into, extend, or renew a contract related to covered unmanned aircraft systems (UAS). This includes both procurement and operational contracts, as well as contracts with entities that operate such systems.

Tanaglia Engineering Compiled Augusl 2026 Page l0

CERTIFICATION REGARDING DOMESTIC PREFERENCES FOR PROCUREMENTS The Consultant certifies by signing this Agreement that, to the greatest extent practicable, the Consultant has provided a preference for the purchase, acquisition. or use ofgoods, products, or materials produced in the United States (including, but not limited to, iron, aluminum, steel, cement. and other manufactured products) in compliance with 2 cFR $ 200.322.
a
?- r3oN;t
oJf
-O iu zd.
^i <i r; .;
*,
.i
q
.=
Qe?
€E
ZE
E
l)d
E
'a=
Q
,,P
!a-FE
EeE
Et
EE
3 -9aEai
@o cf
oo .EB
P3
.9EGoF
o6-
i! .9
El. .!E
cr: EE
c, rD
cc
:,:
l!i ti
E*. <H
Elo t! t-
?E5.i F(J
tz-
.":
-+ | f
o lol l f-r-r -f
loo
--] E fl d

APPROVED

COUNCIL REPORTS
MEETING DATE: SEPTEMBER 8, 2026 AGENDA SECTION: DEVELOPMENT SERVICES TO:

FROM:

DATE:

SUBJECT:

BACKGROUND

HONORABLE MAYOR POGON-CORD AND COUNCIL MEMBERS

DON MARSH, DEVELOPMENT SERVICES DIRECTOR
SEPTEMBER 1, 2026

WASTEWATER TREATEMENT PLANT CLARIFIER ADDITION ENGINEERING AND DESIGN

SERVICES A WARD
The current wastewater treatment plant is owned and operated by the City of Tehachapi. The plant upgrade in 1993 included the addition of a single clarifier as a secondary treatment. This clarifier is now more than 30 years old and operates without an operational back-up. This project will install a second clarifier to be operated as a 100% spare to the existing clarifier. The intent is to commission the new clarifier and immediately perform a comprehensive overhaul of the existing clarifier.

PROPOSAL
City staff has selected AECOM Technical Services, Inc. as the most qualified professional engineering and design firm for this project. AECOM has performed this type of work in wastewater treatment plants across the country and is extremely familiar with the City wastewater treatment plant.

FISCAL IMPACT
Engineering and design services for this project have been included in the authorized 5-year budget starting with $100,000 in fiscal year 2026/2027 and the remainder in fiscal year 2027 /2028. Expenses for the project will be drawn from the Wastewater Capacity Increase Fund (Fund 445).

RECOMMENDATION

AWARD THE ENGINEERING AND DESIGN SERVICES FOR THE WASTEWATER TREATEMENT PLANT CLARIFIER ADDITION TO AECOM TECHNICAL SERVICES, INC. IN THE AMOUNT OF $549,476.00 AND AUTHORIZE THE CITY MANAGER TO APPROVE ANY NECESSARY CHANGE ORDERS UP TO A MAXIMUM OF 20% OF THE ORIGINAL CONTRACT (OR $109,895).

ENGINEERING SERVICES AGREEMENT
THIS AGREEMENT made this __ day of__ . _, 2026, by and between the CITY OF TEHACHAPI, a municipal corporation (the "City"), and AECOM Technical Services, Inc. (the "Engineer").

WITNESS ET H:

WHEREAS, City wishes to contract with Engineer to provide certain professional services pursuant to the Proposal provided by the Engineer on Ju I y 2 0. 2 0 2 6 attached as Exhibit "A" ("'Services") that may be required by the City under the terms and conditions described hereinafter and Engineer is agreeable thereto.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and conditions set forth hereinafter, the parties agree as follows:

1. City hereby contracts with Engineer to perform the Services under the terms and conditions described hereinafter.

2. City shall pay Engineer on a '·time and materials" basis but not to exceed $549,479.00 (the .. Fee"). As used herein, '•time and materials" shall mean the number of hours devoted by Engineer to the Services charged at the rate set forth in the rate schedule attached hereto as Exhibit '·B" and by this reference made a part hereof and including all reasonable costs incurred by Engineer. The Engineer shall submit invoices no more often than monthly which shall describe the Services that were performed and such other information as may be required by the City Manager or his designated representative. The City Manager or his representative shall have the right of reasonable review of each invoice and, at the conclusion of the review, the City Manager shall place the matter on the agenda for the next available City Council meeting for consideration by the City Council. Upon approval of each such invoice by the City Council, same shall be paid in the regular cycle of payments made by City for other bills and claims.

3. Engineer shall complete the Services within 365 days from the date of this Agreement. During the term of this Agreement, Engineer shall not provide engineering services within the City to any entity or individual other than City without the prior written consent of the City. Engineer shall not assign its interest herein or any part thereof and any attempted assignment shall be void.

4. Indemnity
a) Indemnity for Professional Liability
When the law establishes a professional standard of care for Engineer's Services to the fullest extent permitted by law, Engineer shall indemnify, protect, defend, and hold harmless City and any and all of its officials, employees and agents from and against any and all losses, liabilities, 1 damages, costs, and expenses, including legal counsel's fees and costs but only to the extent the Engineer (and its SubEngineers), are responsible for such damages, liabilities and costs on a comparative basis of fault between the Engineer (and its SubEngineers) and the City in the performance of professional services under this agreement. b) Indemnity for Other Than Professional Liability
Other than in the performance of professional services and to the full extent permitted by law, Engineer shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless City, and any and all of its employees, officials and agents from and against any liability (including liability for claims, suits, actions, arbitration proceedings, administrative proceedings regulatory proceedings, losses, expenses or costs of any kind, whether actual, alleged or threatened, including legal counsel's fees and costs, court costs, interest, defense costs, and expert witness fees), where the same arise out of , are a consequence of, or are in any way attributable to, in whole or in part, the performance of this Agreement by Engineer or by any individual or City for which Engineer is legally liable, including, but not limited to officers, agents, employees, or subcontractors of Engineer.

5. Without limiting Engineer's obligations under Paragraph 5 of this Agreement, Engineer shall obtain and maintain during the life of this Agreement:
· a) Professional Liability Insurance: Engineer shall maintain professional liability insurance that insures against professional errors and omissions that may be made in performing the Services to be rendered in connection with this Agreement, in the minimum amount of two million dollars ($2,000,000) per claim and in the aggregate. Any policy inception date, continuity date, or retroactive date must be before the effective date of this agreement. b) General Liability: Engineer shall maintain commercial general liability insurance with coverage at least as broad as Insurance Services Office form CG 00 01, in an amount not less than one million dollars ($1,000,000) per occurrence for bodily injury, personal injury, and property damage, including without limitation, blanket contractual liability. If a general aggregate limit applies, either the general aggregate limit shall apply separately to this project/location or the general aggregate limit shall be twice the required occurrence limit. Engineer's general liability policies shall be primary and shall not seek contribution from the City's coverage, and be endorsed using Insurance Services Office form CG 20 10 ( or equivalent) to provide that City and its officers, officials, employees, and agents shall be additional insureds under such policies. c) Workers' Compensation: Engineer shall maintain Workers' Compensation Insurance (Statutory Limits) and Employer's Liability Insurance with limits of at least one million dollars ($1,000,000). Engineer shall submit to City, along with the certificate of insurance, a Waiver of Subrogation endorsement in favor of City, its officers, agents, employees, and volunteers.

6. Information, data, plans and reports, and all other project documents drafted or created by Engineer or on behalf of the City shall belong to City and Engineer hereby assigns all of its copyright interests therein to City, irrevocably and forever and agrees that City shall be the owner of all such copyrights. Engineer shall release all such files and documents as instructed by City from time to time, and all such files and documents shall 2 belong to City. Engineer shall not be liable for use of any such files or documents for purposes other than their original intended purpose.

7. City may terminate this Agreement at any time by giving Engineer ten ( l 0) days prior written notice, provided that in such event Engineer shall be entitled to payment for those Services rendered through the date of termination, provided satisfactory to City.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, City may terminate this Agreement at any time for cause without notice and in that event Engineer shall not be entitled to any payment for unpaid Services.

8. All notices required to be given under this Agreement or by law shall be in writing and shall be deemed served if personally delivered or if sent by confirmed facsimile or electronic mail ("Email") or by United States mail, certified, return receipt requested, with date of signing the return receipt ( or refusal to sign) as the date of service as follows: if to City - City Manager, 117 South Robinson Street, Tehachapi, California 93561, Fax (661) 822-8559, Email [email protected], or if to Engineer, Eric Garibay-5001 E. Commercenter Dr.,Suite 100, Bakersfield, California, 93309, Email [email protected]. Any party may change any of the foregoing as it relates to the party by giving written notice to the other party of the change in the manner set forth herein

9. Time is of the essence with regard to each covenant, condition and provision of this Agreement.
l 0. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed m accordance with the laws of the State of California.

11. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with regard to the subject matter herein and supersede all prior oral and written agreements and understandings between the parties with respect thereto.

12. This Agreement may not be altered, amended, or modified except by a writing executed by duly authorized representatives of all parties. This Agreement or any amendment to same may be executed in counterparts.

13. In the event any action or proceeding is instituted arising out of or relating to this Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled to its reasonable attorney's fees and actual costs.

14. Waiver by a party of any provision of this Agreement shall not be considered a continuing waiver or a waiver of any other provision, including the time for performance of any such provision.

16. This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, and their respective heirs, successors, and assigns. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Engineer shall not, under any conditions, assign this Agreement or any part thereof to any other entity or individual.
3 17. If any term, prov1s1on, covenant or condition of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void, or unenforceable, the remainder of the prov1s1ons shall remain in full force and effect and not be affected, impaired, or invalidated thereby.

18. City and Engineer acknowledge that each party and their respective legal counsel have reviewed this Agreement and agree that this Agreement is the product of negotiations between the parties. This Agreement shall be interpreted without reference to the rule of interpretation of documents that uncertainties or ambiguities therein shall be determined against the party so drafting the Agreement.

19. The remedies for either party described herein shall be cumulative and in addition to any other remedies available to the parties at law or in equity.

20. Engineer is an independent Engineer under this Agreement and is not an agent or employee of City. As such, Engineer is not entitled to participate in any plans, arrangements, or distributions that City may now or hereafter have, including, without limitation, retirement plans, health care or similar benefits for regular employees.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement on the date first hereinabove written.

Joan Pogon-Cord, Mayor, City of
Tehachapi, California
Eric Garibay, PE
Principal Engineer
AECOM Technical Services, Inc.
4 AECOM
July 30, 2026
Don Marsh, P.E.

Development Services Director
City of Tehachapi
117 S. Robinson Street
Tehachapi, CA 93561
EXHIBIT "A'
AECOM
5001 E Commercenter Dnve
Suite 100
Bakersfield, CA 93309 www aecom.com
661 283 2323 tel
Subject: Proposal - Professional Engineering Services: INWTP Secondary Clarifier AECOM Technical Services, Inc. (AECOM) is pleased to provide the City of Tehachapi with this proposal for professional design engineering, bidding and construction administration support services associated with the addition of a new secondary clarifier at the INWTP Facility.

Project Understanding
The City operates and maintains a1 .25 MGD Wastewater Treatment Plant consisting of a headworks, aeration reactor basin, secondary clarifier, sludge pumping station, sludge dewatering facility, sludge drying beds, effluent disposal ponds, effluent pump station, and a recycled water pump station. The INWTP facility was designed and constructed under multiple phases with provisions for expansion of the reactor basin and secondary clarifier facilities. The City is ready to proceed with the evaluation, design, and construction of a second secondary clarifier.

Scope of Work
The Scope of Work identified below is for design engineering, bidding support and construction administration support services only and does not cover CEQA environmental compliance work.

Should the City need assistance with this work, AECOM is available and qualified to assist the City with this effort(s). The scope of work described below is structured to identify our approach to undertake the work from evaluation through construction.

Task Group 1 - Project Management and Quality Control
Task 1.1- Proiect Management
AECOM's Project Manager will assign appropriate resources to complete the design services and establish and maintain the project budget and schedule.

Task 1.2 - Quality Control
AECOM's Project Manager will implement AECOM's ISO 9000-certified Quality Management System, which includes an independent quality review by qualified engineers experienced in INWTP work.

Task Group 2 - Preliminary Design
Task 2.1 - Kickoff Meeting & Site Visit
AECOM will meet with the City to discuss the project scope, budget, and schedule. Key milestones will be discussed. A visit to the project site will be scheduled to immediately follow the kickoff meeting.

AECOM personnel will visit the site to gather information, take photographs, and assess site constraints.

Proposal - Secondary Clarifier Design and Construction Services July 14, 2026

Page 2 of 12 ends

Task 2.2- Data Collection and Review
AECOM will gather existing available record drawings, operations and maintenance manuals, and other available information related to V\/Wf P and affected processes. AECOM will review available documents and summarize clarifier design parameters for discussion and concurrence by the City.

Task 2.3 - Project Survey
AECOM will partner with KSI Engineering, Inc. (KSI) to conduct an aerial based survey of the affected area of the V\/WfP. KSI will provide lidar and photogrammetry of the V\/WfP, excluding ponds, and supplemental field survey of the area and facilities adjacent to the proposed second clarifier area.

Task 2.4 - Geotechnical Investigation
AECOM will partner with Soils Engineering, Inc. (SEI) to conduct a geotechnical investigation of the proposed clarifier location. SEI will perform two field exploratory borings to a depth of 50 ft or refusal whichever comes first. Laboratory testing will be conducted for collected samples for consolidation, direct shear, density, moisture content, and corrosivity review. SEI will prepare a geotechnical report covering recommendations for earthwork and design criteria for structure foundations.

Task 2.5 - Utility Investigation
AECOM will review existing as-built drawings to identify existing underground utilities in the area of the proposed new clarifier. AECOM will identify potential utility conflicts and issue a list of underground utility potholing needs to the City. It is anticipated that any utility potholing needs will be performed by the City with its own forces.

Task 2.6- Condition of Tie-ins Assessment
AECOM will conduct a desktop assessment and visual observation of the various facilities needed to tie in the new secondary clarifier. AECOM will identify any potential conflicts and make recommendations as to potential solutions. AECOM's review will focus on the following. • Secondary Splitter Box - Determine work needed to tie in the new secondary clarifier including necessary plant shutdowns.
• Sludge Pumping Station - Determine what modifications need to be made to the sludge pumping station to accommodate the new secondary clarifier. The existing sludge pump station is equipped with two RAS pumps designed to handle the full capacity of the plant in each pump and operated as duty and standby. There are also two WAS pumps designed for 20 gpm each. It is recommended that each clarifier have a dedicated RAS pump with standby provisions to prevent a clarifier from having to be shut down in the event of pump failure or maintenance.
• Scum Line - Determine the most feasible location to connect the new clarifier scum line. • Effluent Splitter Box- Determine work needed to tie in the new secondary clarifier including necessary plant shutdowns.
• Recycled Water System - Determine the most feasible location to tie in the recycled (nonpotable) water system for the new clarifier. • Electrical Systems - Determine if there is adequate power to accommodate the new clarifier equipment and if there are open buckets within the existing MCCs to connect the new electrical equipment.
• SCADA - Determine where is the most feasible piece of existing equipment to tie the new clarifier equipment to SCADA.

Proposal - Secondary Clarifier Design and Construction Services July 14, 2026

Page 3 of 12 ends

Task 2. 7 - Clarifier Type Evaluation
The City has presented a desire to review other circular clarifier collector mechanisms to determine if a more modern system is a better fit for the city operations. AECOM will conduct research and compare up to three different clarifier mechanisms for comparison with the City's operational parameters. This task does not include any workshops / presentations or vendor coordination nor field visits or operator interviews at other \NWTP facilities to look at similar equipment. These services can be offered to the city as an additional service.

Task 2.8- Conceptual Layout (30% Design)
AECOM will develop a concept level site plan for the new clarifier and associated equipment. Site plan will include new clarifier size and location, scum pump wet well location, proposed and existing yard piping, blowups of proposed tie-in connections at secondary and effluent splitter boxes, new non-potable water line and hose bibb locations, and modifications to existing storm drain system (if required). A concept level plan of the proposed sludge pump station modifications will also be prepared.

Task 2.10- Conceptual Level Cost Estimate
AECOM will develop a concept level Class 4 cost estimate of the proposed improvements based on the conceptual layouts.

Task 2. 11 - Preliminary Design Report
AECOM will summarize the findings and recommendations of Tasks 2.1 through 2.10 in a tech memo style preliminary design report.

Task 2. 11 - Design Workshop Meeting
After delivery and review by the City of the tie-in assessment and clarifier type evaluation tech memos and the conceptual layouts in the PDR, AECOM will facilitate a design workshop meeting with City staff to go over the proposed design and receive City's input. AECOM will document design parameter concurrence and identify action items of how to move forward with the next phase of design in the meeting minutes. Comments received on the PDR will be addressed and issued as a final PDR to the City.

Deliverables:
• One (1) PDF Meeting agenda and minutes
• One (1) PDF Potential pothole location list
• One (1) PDF Draft preliminary design report
• One (1) PDF Final preliminary design report
Task Group 3 - 60% Design
Task 3. 1 - Process and Hydraulic Design
AECOM will design the new clarifier including clarifier sizing and performance checks: surface overflow rate (SOR}, solids loading rate (SLR), weir loading rate (WLR}, detention, and flocculation energy. AECOM will develop a new process flow diagram. AECOM will define RAS/WAS strategies, sludge draw-off controls, and scum handling. The new secondary clarifier is assumed to be operated in parallel and thus the hydraulic profile should not change much from existing conditions. For the purposes of this proposal, no new plant hydraulic profile will be generated.

Proposal - Secondary Clarifier Design and Construction Services July 14, 2026

Page 4 of 12 ends

Task 3.2- General and Site Civil Design
AECOM will prepare the general site civil design including clarifier site plan and section details, and yard piping (sludge, scum, RAS/WAS, effluent, recycle non potable) including tie-in details. AECOM will design grading, paving, drainage, and stormwater control. AECOM will design sludge pump modifications within the existing sludge pump station building. No modifications to the existing building are anticipated. AECOM will identify temporary plant shutdowns / bypassing and tie-ins to maintain plant operations. AECOM will design walkways, handrails, non-slip surfaces, stairs, and access platforms.

Plans will be prepared in compliance with the latest California Building Code requirements but will not be subject to building permit process.

Task 3.3 - Structural Design
AECOM will prepare the structural design of the new clarifier tank. AECOM will design a concrete tank in compliance with ACI 350 to support projected liquid/soil loads, hydrostatic uplift, seismic conditions (ASCE 7), thermal/shrinkage, and settlement tolerances. AECOM will design foundations, slabs, walls, and walkways; and launder/bridge supports. Structural design will be for the new clarifier structure only. With the exception of equipment pad design, no structural design is anticipated for the sludge pumping station building.

Task 3.4 - Mechanical and Equipment Design
AECOM will select the clarifier mechanism, drive unit, and overload protection. AECOM will design center feedwell/energy-dissipating inlet, baffles, scum beach, and scum troughs. AECOM will select effluent collection (launders, V-notch weirs) and launder cleaning provisions. AECOM will size and specify the scum pump. AECOM will determine and specify the RAS/WAS pump station modifications. For the purpose of this proposal, AECOM assumes that the sludge pumping station modifications will consist of the addition of a third RAS pump and an electronically controlled throttling valve to control WAS flow all within the footprint of the existing sludge pump station building. AECOM will determine and specify corrosion protection coatings for the new clarifier equipment.

Task 3.5- Electrical Design
AECOM will design the electrical systems for the new clarifier mechanism, scum pump, sludge pumping station modifications, and site lighting. AECOM will identify electrical load estimates, singleline diagrams, and panel schedules. AECOM will design modifications to the power distribution, MCC, variable frequency drives (VFDs), grounding, lighting, and receptacles, arc flash labeling as needed to integrate the new clarifier and sludge pump modifications.

Task 3.6 - Instrumentation, SCADA, and Controls Design
AECOM will develop P&IDs, 1/0 lists, control narratives, and alarming logic for sludge withdrawal, RAS flow control, and blanket monitoring. AECOM will design an integration of the new clarifier and sludge pumping station modifications with the existing plant SCADA.

Task 3. 7 - Plan Preparation
AECOM will prepare the construction plans for the addition of the second secondary clarifier concurrently with the design efforts from Tasks 3.1 through 3.6. AECOM anticipates a total of 53 sheets developed for the final design package. Not all will be part of the 60% design package.

Proposal - Secondary Clarifier Design and Construction Services July 14, 2026

Page 5 of 12 ends

Task 3.8- Specifications
AECOM will prepare a set of draft civil, structural, and mechanical, instrumentation, and electrical technical specifications (CSI standard format) to be included in the construction package.

Task 3.9 - Cost Estimate
AECOM will develop a Class 3 cost estimate of the proposed improvements based on the 60% design.

Task 3.10- Design Workshop Meeting
After delivery and review by the City of the 60% design, AECOM will facilitate a design workshop meeting with City staff to go over the proposed design and receive City's input. AECOM will document design parameter concurrence and identify action items of how to move forward with the next phase of design in the meeting minutes. Comments received on the 60% design will be addressed in the next stage of design.

Deliverables:
• One ( 1) PDF copy of the 60% project plans
• One (1) PDF copy of the 60% project specifications
• One (1) PDF copy of the 60% project cost estimate
• One (1) PDF copy of the meeting agenda and minutes
Task Group 4 - 90% Design
Task 4.1 - Plan Preparation
AECOM will progress the design plans package to a 90% level which will now incorporate full electrical and instrumentation disciplines as well as details for all disciplines.

Task 4.2- Specifications
AECOM will progress the technical specifications (CSI standard format) to a 90% level. The specifications package will now include the City's front end contracting documents, supplemental general provisions and full technical specifications including electrical and instrumentation.

Task 4.3 - Cost Estimate
AECOM will develop a Class 2 cost estimate of the proposed improvements based on the 90% design.

Task 4.4 - Design Workshop Meeting
After delivery and review by the City of the 90% design, AECOM will facilitate a design workshop meeting with City staff to go over the proposed design and receive City's input. AECOM will document design parameter concurrence and identify action items of how to move forward with the next phase of design in the meeting minutes. Comments received on the 60% design will be addressed in the next stage of design.

Deliverables:
• One (1) PDF copy of the 90% project plans
• One (1) PDF copy of the 90% project specifications
• One (1) PDF copy of the 90% project cost estimate
• One (1) PDF copy of the meeting agenda and minutes
Proposal - Secondary Clarifier Design and Construction Services July 14, 2026

Page 6 of 12 ends

Task 3. 11 - Equipment Pricing Procurement Support
AECOM will address 90% design review comments related to the clarifier mechanism, scum pump, and RAS pump and will assist the City by providing equipment drawings and specifications for the City to advertise and receive bids on the equipment. AECOM will support the City by answering an estimated 5 Requests for Information during the bid process. Once the City receives the bids, AECOM will evaluate the bids for conformance with the equipment documents. The City will negotiate equipment pricing with the selected vendor. Final negotiated equipment pricing will be included in the bid schedule as a pre negotiated equipment price to be used by all project bidders.

Deliverables:
• One (1) PDF copy of the equipment procurement bid package. • One ( 1) PDF copy of the responses to Requests for Information • One (1) PDF copy of the Equipment bid results evaluation letter.

Task Group 5 - Final Design
Task 5. 1 - Plan Preparation
AECOM will address City comments and finalize the design plans package.

Task 5.2 - Specifications
AECOM will address City comments and finalize the bid specifications package to include the City's front end contract documents, supplemental general provisions, and the technical specifications (CSI standard format).

Task 5.3- Cost Estimate
AECOM will update the Class 2 cost estimate of the proposed improvements based on the final design.

Deliverables:
• One (1) PDF copy of the 100% project plans
• One ( 1) PDF copy of the 100% project specifications
• One (1) PDF copy of the 100% project cost estimate
Task Group 6 - Bid Support
Task 6.1 - Prepare Bid Package for Distribution
AECOM will prepare the contract bid documents and get them ready for issue for advertisement by the City in the City's bid platform.

Task 6.2 - Advertise Bids
City will advertise and distribute the contract bidding documents via the City's website. City to post advertisement notice.

Task 6.3- Pre Bid Meeting
City will host one Pre Bid Meeting and AECOM will attend to provide an overview of the project and answer questions from interested Contractors.

Task 6.4 - Requests For Information (RFls)
AECOM will answer an estimated 15 RF ls answering questions and issuing clarifications to interested contractors.

Proposal - Secondary Clarifier Design and Construction Services July 14, 2026

Page 7 of 12 ends

Task 6. 5 - Prepare Addenda
AECOM will prepare an estimated 2 addendums to address RFls requiring modifications to the construction bid package.

Task 6.6- Bid Opening
City will host the bid opening for the project. AECOM is not required to attend.

Task 6. 7 - Bid Review and Tabulation
After the City furnishes a scan of the bid results, AECOM will review the bids for completeness, will tabulate the bids, and issue a recommendation for the low responsible bid.

Task 6.8 - Project Management I Quality Control
AECOM's Project Manager will manage the project and implement quality control processes during the bidding period.

Deliverables:
• One (1) PDF copy of Pre Bid Meeting Agenda and Minutes • One (1) PDF copy of the responses to Request for Information • One (1) PDF copy of the addenda
• One (1) PDF copy of the bid tabulation and recommendation letter Task Group 7 - Construction Administration Support
Task 7. 1 - Contract Award
AECOM will prepare and issue the Notice of Award letter and will reproduce the construction contracting documents for the Contractor awarded the project.

Task 7.2- Contract Document Review
AECOM will conduct an administrative review of the Contractor's bonds, insurance, and agreements to verify general compliance with the Plans and Specifications and will assist the City in issuing the Notice to Proceed once all of the required insurance is in place.

Task 7.3 - Pre Construction Meeting
A preconstruction conference will be conducted with the contractor after the award of a contract.

Topics will include testing and inspection protocol, organization charts and administrative procedures including cost, schedule and document control, weekly program meeting, monthly progress estimates, hours of work, etc. The format of the conference will be structured to promote the team concept and the philosophy of working together to achieve the common goals of safety, quality, timely completion and effective team communication.

Task 7.4 - Biweekly Progress Meetings
An estimated 26 bi-weekly progress meetings will be held with the contractor. These meetings will be hosted virtually by AECOM's resident engineer and assumed to be 1 hour in length per meeting.

Progress meetings will be attended by the contractor's project superintendents and other personnel as appropriate such as subcontractor representatives. Other participants such as the City's representative will have a standing invitation to attend these meetings. Preparation and distribution of meeting minutes will be issued following the meeting. Action items will be identified along with the party responsible for initiating the action and when it is to be completed. Schedule reviews will be an agenda item for the weekly construction meetings with the contractor.

Task 7.5 - Submittal Review
AECOM will review up to an approximate 80 submittals for the various materials and equipment for compliance with the Contract requirements including civil, structural, mechanical, electrical, and instrumentation components.

Proposal - Secondary Clarifier Design and Construction Services July 14, 2026

Page 8 of 12 ends

Task 7.6 - Respond to Requests For Information (RFls)
AECOM will coordinate with the contractor to issue necessary interpretations and clarifications of the contract documents. AECOM will review and provide clarification for an estimated 50 requests from the contractor.

Task 7. 7 - Operation and Maintenance Manuals Review
AECOM will review up to an estimated 5 Operations and Maintenance Manuals prepared and furnished by the construction contractor.

Task 7.8- Pro;ect Coordination and Support of Field Staff.

AECOM will act as project coordinator and the point of contact for communications and interaction with the contractor including handling project emails, letters, and phone calls. AECOM will provide the construction administration activities including correspondence and document control. AECOM will provide support services for the construction observers as necessary to complete the required activities. Construction document control procedures will be established to provide a written record of the events of the project. AECOM will maintain a set of contract files for the contract documents.

Task 7.9 - Construction Schedule Reviews
AECOM will have a standing agenda item for schedules as part of the weekly progress meetings.

AECOM will also conduct monthly detailed review of the construction schedule. Should a delay be noticed, AECOM will notify the contractor in writing to take action to correct any delays. AECOM will conduct time review of submittals and respond to requests for information such that it will not impact the Contractor's project schedule.

Task 7.10- Contractor's Progress Payments
AECOM staff will receive, check, and prepare an estimated 12 contractor progress payment requests and other project related invoices. Progress pay requests will be checked against the approved schedule of values and actual in-place quantities at the end of the reporting period. Stored material payment requests will also be verified. The pay request format will be established by the AECOM team with the City as part of the project controls procedures to expedite checking, processing, and subsequent updating of project budgets and cost projections. A final estimate will be prepared when the project is complete and accepted in accordance with the Contract documents.

Task 7.11 - Contract Change Orders
AECOM will review an estimated 4 Contract Change Orders using methods as described below.

During construction, part of the routine administration of the construction contract will be handling contractor's claims for additional cost and/or time. A claims management system will be established which provides an approach to facilitate a resolution of each claim/dispute.

Our approach to claims management is based on the following:
□ Checking that the construction contract contains necessary language to facilitate a dispute resolution process. That is, provisions must exist covering contract interpretation, differing site conditions, delays, extension of time, and a well thought out disputes (or claims) provision.

Cl Identifying potential claims and trends as early as possible.

ID Collecting necessary documentation and preserving it for future use relating to each potential claim.
□ Conduct necessary factual, entitlement, and pricing reviews to determine whether a claim has contractual validity and, if so, to what degree of quantification; this involves providing an independent estimate of the cost and time impact and factual summary of each claim.

Cl Coordinating input in the analysis of each claim where applicable. □ Reporting any ongoing clam's activity and subsequent resolution.

Proposal - Secondary Clarifier Design and Construction Services July 14, 2026

Page 9 of 12 ends

Cl Determining that the negotiations team is well prepared prior to the start of negotiations on the claim.
lr:l Negotiating a prompt and equitable resolution of each claim as soon as possible. m Determining that field personnel involved in daily contract administration are familiar with, and understand, the established claims control plan.

By adhering to the above and closely monitoring and reporting construction activity, claims can be minimized. Those that do arise must be handled in a timely and efficient manner. Expeditious resolution of potential claim issues reduces the costs of a specific issue and allows the maintenance or a good working relationship with the contractor.

Any work identified as extra work will require approval from the City. The procedures to be followed will require the AECOM observer to decide that the conditions encountered warrant extra work and written authorization will be sought from the City. The extra work will then be monitored until the unsatisfactory condition has been mitigated and the pay quantities have been determined. The completed and verified forms will be submitted for inclusion in the next pay request.

Task 7.12- Construction Observation and Reporting.

AECOM will perform daily observations of construction activities for an estimated 52 weeks of continuous construction. Construction observation will take place on an 8 hr. workday schedule.

Travel time included separately. Items tracked and documented include materials delivered, deficiencies noted and corrective action, contractor/subcontractor field staffing, equipment used, potential delays, and pertinent conversations.

Daily reports will be prepared by the observer and will note contractor compliance with construction plans and specifications, manpower; equipment; description of construction activities; summary of work accomplished; materials incorporated into the work; visitors to the site; weather conditions; observations and tests performed, and the results thereof; deficiencies requiring correction; discussions, or disagreements with the contractor; problems or events affecting the work progress; other items of interest.

Task 7. 13 - Materials and Compaction Testing
As is custom with City projects, AECOM understands the City has a separate contract for materials testing and special inspection services with a local consultant. AECOM's services for this task include coordination with the City's consultants as to when these services are needed.

Task 7.14 - Facility Startup, Testing. and Commissioning Support AECOM will review the contractor furnished start up, testing, and commissioning plan for conformance with the contract documents and will consult with City operations to ensure there are no operational impacts. AECOM will provide five days of technical support including preparation and travel time to assist the City in the contractor's efforts to start up and test the new clarifier and related facilities. In attendance will be the lead civil/mechanical designer and resident engineer (5 days), and an electrical/instrumentation engineer (2 days).

Task 7. 15 - Final Inspection and Punch/isl
AECOM's construction observer and the lead civil designer will conduct a final inspection with the contractor and City staff and will develop a punchlist of corrective items to be addressed by the contractor. After contractor addresses these corrective items, AECOM's construction observer will perform a final inspection to confirm all items noted were addressed.

Task 7. 16 - Record Drawings
The AECOM team will prepare the project record drawings from the contractor's redlined field drawings and our field documents.

Proposal - Secondary Clarifier Design and Construction Services July 14, 2026

Page 10 of 12 ends

Task 7.17 - Update WWTP Operations and Maintenance Manual AECOM will update the 2014 edition of the WWTP Operations and Maintenance Manual to reflect the addition of the new clarifier and related facilities. AECOM anticipates changes to the following Manual sections:
• Section 1 - Intro duction and Background
• Section 2 - Design Criteria and Equipment Identification • Section 5 - Secondary Splitter Box
• Section 6 - Secondary Clarification
• Section 7 - Effluent Splitter Box
• Section 8 - Scum Pumping Facility
• Section 9 - RAS/WAS Pumping Facility
• Section 11 - Stormwater Collection System
• Section 12 - Electrical Building and Standby Engine Generator Facility • Section 18 - Personnel
AECOM will add a section related to the recycled water pump station.

Task 7.18- Proiect Closeout.

After the construction work is completed, the project files will be reviewed, organized and may be submitted in electronic form to the City at its request.

Task 7.19 - Proiect Management I Quality Control
AECOM's Project Manager will manage the project and implement quality control processes during the construction period.

Deliverables:
• One (1) PDF copy of the Notice of Award
• One (1) PDF copy of the Notice to Proceed
• One ( 1) PDF copy of the Pre Con meeting Agenda and Minutes • One (1) PDF copy of the Progress meetings Agendas and Minutes • One (1) PDF copy of the Submittal review responses
• One (1) PDF copy of the Request for Information responses • One (1) PDF copy of the Construction Progress Payment Recommendations • One (1) PDF copy of the Contract Change Orders
• One (1) PDF copy of the Record Drawings
• One (1) PDF copy of the Draft WWTP O&M Manual
• One (1) PDF copy of the Final WWTP O&M Manual
Assumptions:
• There is no utility relocation associated with the work. • Existing utilities will be shown based on as-built drawings. • Review comments for each design deliverable will be issued in a single combined file from all reviewers.
• AECOM will prepare the project technical specifications using AECOM's standard CSI format. • AECOM to use City prepared front end documents (agreements, bonds, insurance, and general provisions) and assemble the construction bid package.
• AECOM will prepare the drawings in AECOM's standard CAD blocks and templates. • There will be no modifications to the existing sludge pumping station building.

Proposal - Secondary Clarifier Design and Construction Services July 14, 2026

Page 11 of 12 ends

• There will be no modifications to the recycled water pump station. Scope of work for the recycled water system consists of tie-ins to the existing distribution system. • New clarifier will be designed for the full design flow of the plant but operated in parallel with the existing.
• There are no odor control facilities incorporated in our design scope of work. • Tie-ins to the secondary splitter and effluent splitter box will require the use of the existing plant's bypass line.
• AECOM assumes that information provided by or available from the City such as record drawings and operations and maintenance manuals to be true and correcU • The scope of work does not include permitting assistance with the Regional Water Quality Control Board or the Building Department.
• The proposal excludes filing and payment of fees associated with applications of any type. • Contract bid documents will be issued electronically only. • Pre Bid Meeting will take place at the City's WWTP.
• City to advertise and pay any advertisement fee.
• City to register the project with the Department of Industrial Relations (DIR). • The construction contract is assumed to cover a 15-month period with 12 months of active construction.
• Biweekly progress meetings will be virtual.
• The City will file all utility service applications and pay all associated fees. • AECOM has no control of the Construction Contractor's activities and thus has very limited control of the construction schedule. AECOM will enforce the tool kit provided within the contract documents to enforce the schedule, but this may not be sufficient to prevent a contractor from being over the project schedule.
• City agrees that in accordance with generally accepted construction practices, the construction contractor will be required to assume sole and complete responsibility for job site conditions during the course of construction of the Project, including safety of all persons and property, and that this requirement shall be made to apply continuously and not be limited to normal working hours. AECOM shall not have control over or charge of, and shall not be responsible for, construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures, as these are solely the responsibility of the construction contractor. AECOM shall not have the authority to stop or reject the work of the construction contractor.
• In providing its services hereunder, neither AECOM nor its subconsultants shall be responsible for identification, handling, containment, abatement, or in any other respect, for any asbestos or hazardous material if such is present in connection with the project. In the event that CITY becomes aware of the presence of asbestos or hazardous material at the jobsite, CITY shall be responsible for complying with all applicable federal and state rules and regulations, and shall immediately notify AECOM, who shall then be entitled to cease any of its services that may be affected by such presence, without any liability to AECOM or its subconsultants arising there from.
• AECOM has no control over the cost of labor, materials, equipment or services furnished by others or over Contractor's methods of determining prices, or other competitive bidding or market conditions, practices or omissions on the site. Any cost estimates provided by the Consultant will be made on the basis of his experience and judgment. Estimates of probable construction costs may vary from actual construction costs.
• Consistent with the professional standard of care and unless specifically provided herein, AECOM shall be entitled to rely upon the accuracy of data and information provided by the CITY or others without independent review or evaluation.

Proposal - Secondary Clarifier Design and Construction Services July 14, 2026

Page 12 of 12 ends

Schedule
AECOM is available to commence work upon written authorization to proceed. AECOM proposes to complete the design work in accordance with the schedule estimate provided. Bid and construction will follow completion and acceptance of design. AECOM will discuss the schedule with the City during the kickoff meeting and will adjust accordingly.

Engineering Cost
The estimated cost for the defined scope is proposed on a Time and Materials basis, not-to-exceed without prior written approval amount as outlined below. Refer to the attached staffing plan and cost estimate for additional detail. AECOM proposes that the work be performed under our existing On Call Services agreement dated February 22, 2018 as amended.

Design Services
Optional Services
Bid Phase Support
Construction Administration Services
$549,476
$ 25,450
$883,199
We look forward to working with the City on this important Project.

Sincerely,
&�
Eric Garibay, PE
Project Manager
Attachments.

1. Schedule

2. Cost Estimat
Authorized by
Don Marsh, P.E.

Development Services Director
Services Authorized
Design Services
Bid Phase Support
Construction Admin. Services
Dan Cronqu·
Principal Engineer
Date
Initials

TE HAC HA PI

COUNCIL REPORTS
MEETING DATE: SEPTEMBER 8, 2026 AGENDA SECTTON: PUBLIC WoRKS TO: HONORABTE MAYOR POGON-CORD AND COUNCIT MEMBERS
FROM: TYTER NAPIER, PUBLIC WORKS DIRECTOR
DATE: AUGUST 26, 2025
SUBJECT: UPDATED DELEGATED MAINTENANCE AGREEMENT - CATTRANS (Hwy 202 - Tucker Road)

BACKGROUND
The City of Tehachapi has developed a successful working partnership with the California Department of Transportation (Caltrans) to improve the maintenance and appearance of State highways that travel through our community.

That partnership began in 2022 when the City Council approved participation in Caltrans'Clean California Litter Removal Program. Through that program, City crews began performing litter removal along State Route 202 (Tucker Road), with Caltrans reimbursing the City for the work. This provided the City with an opportunity to address maintenance needs along an important corridor through the community while using State funding to offset the cost of the work.

Following the success of that program, the partnership was expanded through a Delegated Maintenance Agreement in 2024. This allowed City crews to take on additional maintenance responsibilities within the State right-of-way rather than relying solely on Caltrans crews to perform that work.

Since then, City staff have continued working with caltrans District 9 to identify additional areas where it makes sense for the City to provide these services. The proposed agreement is the next step in that partnership and expands the areas covered to designated portions of both State Route 202 and State Route 58, including the 5R 202, Mill Street, and Summit interchange areas.

Under the new agreement, City crews will continue performing services such as street sweeping, Iitter and debris removal, weed abatement, graffiti removal, red curb painting, and other associated maintenance activities. These are services that Public Works crews are already equipped to perform and that allow the City to respond directly to maintenance needs along these highly visible corridors.

The agreement continues the annual reimbursement from Caltrans of up to 525,000 for eligible maintenance costs and extends the partnership through lune 30, 2031.

APPROVED
orpmturrr xar/
CITY MANAGEff
Overall, the agreement allows the City to take a more active role in maintaining State highway areas within our community, improve the appearance and condition of these corridors, and have the State reimburse the City for eligible costs associated with performing the work.

FISCAL IMPACT
The proposed Delegated Maintenance Agreement provides a maximum annual reimbursement of $25,000 for maintenance services performed along designated portions of State Routes 202 and 58.

The City will be reimbursed by Caltrans for actual and necessary costs associated with eligible maintenance activities, including labor, equipment, materials, and supplies, up to the maximum annual authorized expenditure of $25,000.

AUTHORIZE THE MAYOR TO EXECUTE THE DELEGATED MAINTENANCE AGREEMENT WITH THE CATIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION (CALTRANS} FOR TH€ CITY OF TEHACHAPI TO PERFORM MAINTENANCE

SERVICES, INCTUDING STREET SWEEPING, IITTER AND DEBRIS REMOVAL, WEEO ABATEMENT, GRAFFITI

REMOVAL, RED CURB PAINTING, REPAIRS AND RESTORATION, AI-ONG DESIGNATED PORTIONS OF STATE ROUTES 202 AND 58 WITHIN THE CITY'S
'URISDICTION,

WITH A MAXIMUM ANNUAT AUTHORIZED
EXPENOTTURE OF s25,000, FOR A TERM ENDTNG JUNE 30, 2031. ?a1e2 ot 2

RECOMMENDATION
I
GI t
o,
(,l o=
U' ao
t
IFct
-odo.
'o
d' cE
o,)
o. ,o3o
0)
/
).
.t
ttt
tr' I
.t III \ I
.-I
t'.
?
7/
r. l I I II
IJ
v
fr I ( p
.l
f I / I
t. I I
!l
tro-o7o
o,
CL
6' €
AI NoN
\
,t
t_
rF(o t^O+=ai(l o@{oo
p.
(.o=
t
t I
,i
lrI l J Y
ta '-4
ll
{
-
(o€ql
(,r @oxo
ht
c <l)
ooro

2.6 i+= coEOop. r=o- (o ao3o
o,
|-o(!Io
EL
,& II J *
.a
.* II ) t
rta
at
,
) w
F
lrrrlF
,.2
| .,
$'.

F,
{
E
F I t I
ii
IFto .96o- 3oxcE
!),
o-7o3
o)
ooo(o
.,o
GI={
q,
(,l
CD
U' tr3
It
a I I
.or;I
l:
il
1 I
!-.. .
*.; .3",
,
?
r, I + .: t
.l
T l I i z'> I

DETEGATED MAINTENANCE AGREEMENT

WITH THE CITY OF TEHACHAPI
This DELEGATED MAINTENANCE AGREEMENI ("AGREEMENI") is mode by ond between the Slote of Colifornio, octing by ond through the Deportment of Tronsportotion ("STAIE") ond the City of Tehochopi ("LOCAL AGENCy"); eoch moy be referred 1o individuolly os o "PARTY" ond jointly os "PARTIES." This AGREEMENT will idenlify the specific mointenonce funclions the LOCAL AGENCY will perform in the STATE right of woy. including highwoy ond freewoy oreos siiuoted within LOCAL AGENCY's lurisdiclionol limiis os outhorized under Streets ond Highwoys Code Seciion 130.

The PARTIES executed o prior Delegoied Mointenonce Agreement doted July 10, 2024. This AGREEMENT supersedes the prior Delegoled Moinlenonce Agreemenl. The prior Delegoted Mointenonce Agreement will not remoin in full force ond effect.

Moinlenonce Services. LOCAL AGENCY sholl perform mointenonce operotions oi the Stote Rouies (SR). post miles (PM) ond opproximole mile lengths (STATE Right of Woy) set forth in Exhibit A io keep the focilities in o sofe ond operotionol condition. Mointenonce Operolions include but ore not limited 1o red curb pointing, sweeping, litter, debris, ond groffiti removol, repoirs, ond restorotion.
2 Rev.08/2024
DMA# TR-09-7-t0l
Ker-202- ?M 8.6 io PM 9.64
Ke?2O2- PM I 1.9 io PM 12.09
Ker58- PM 90.51 to PM 9l .0
Ker58- PM 9l .4 lo PM 92.0
Ker58- PM 94.2 1o PM 94.52

RECITATS

OPERATIVE PROVISIONS
Prior Delegoled Moinlenonce Agreemenls. This AGREEMENT supersedes the PARTIES' prior Delegoted Mointenonce Agreement doted July \0,2024.lhe prior Delegoted Mointenonce Agreement will not remoin in full force ond effect. This AGREEMENT does not supersede oiher Freewoy Mointenonce Agreements executed by the PARTIES, if ony.

2. 3
5 ReY. 08/2024
DMA# TR-09-7- t 0l
Ker202- PM 8.5 to PM 9.54
Kerz]2- PM I I .9 to PM I 2.09
Ker-58- PM 90.51 to PM 9l .0
Ker-58- PM 9l .4 to PM 92.0
Ker-58- PM 9 4.2 lo ?M 9 4.52
Moinlenonce Slondords. LOCAL AGENCY sholl perform oll mointenonce in complionce with the stondords set forth in Streets ond Highwoys Code Seclion 27, ond in occordonce with Colifornio ond federol lows ond regulotions ond STATE policies, procedures ond specificotions in effect ond os omended, ond opplicoble municipol ordinonces.

Mqinlenonce Areos ond Services. LOCAL AGENCY sholl only perform those mointenonce services in the STATE righi of woy locotions described in Exhibit A.

Amendmenl to Agreemenl. Chonges to LOCAL AGENCY's mointenonce services covered in this AGREEMENT moy be mode by eoch PARTY executing omended Exhibits A. B ond C ond/or executing odditionol poges to Exhibit A thot sholl be ottoched to this AGREEMENT ond will supersede the originol Exhibits A, B ond C. Othenvise, this AGREEMENT moy only be omended by o written ogreement executed by both PARTIES. STATE's District Mointenonce Agreement Coordinotor (DMAC) must obtoin prior written opprovol of ony omendments from ihe District 9 Deputy Director of Mointenonce before such omendments moy become effective ond enforceoble under this AGREEMENT.

6. Unshellered Encompment Removol
A. STATE sholl remove Persons Experiencing Homelessness (PEH) ond ony structures, personol property, debris, ond/or other items reloied to the encompment from the Locotion(s) shown in Exhibit A, subject to Stote's Encompment Removol policy, MPD l00l R l ond opplicoble Siote ond Federol low.

B. Nothing in this Agreement gronts or woives the right of Colifornio Highwoy Potrol (CHP) ond other low enforcement ogencies hoving jurisdiction over the Locotions shown in Exhibil A.

Weed Abolemenl. LOCAL AGENCY sholl engoge in weed obotement operolions. LOCAL AGENCY sholl control weeds ot o level occeploble to SIAIE. Any weed control performed by chemicol weed sproys (herbicides)sholl comply with oll lows, rules, ond regulotions estoblished by Colifornio Deportment of Food ond Agriculture. All chemicol sproy operotions sholl be reported quorterly (form LAlT) to STAIE vio ihe STATE's 7 2

4. B
Rev. OAl2024
DMA# TR-09-7-t0l
Ker-202- PM 8.6 lo PM 9.64
Ker2O2- PM I I .9 to PM I 2.09
Ker-58- PM 90.51 lo PM 9 I .0
Ker-58- PM 9l .4 lo PM 92.0
Ker-58- PM 94.2 to PM94.52
Londscope Speciolisi, Mointenonce Support, Coltrons District Office 500 S.

Moin Streei, Bishop, CA 93514.

Grolfili Removol. LOCAL AGENCY's groffiti removol sholl be limited to removol of text only in occordonce with Streets ond Highwoy Code Section

96. Any groffiti thot in ony woy resembles o murol, oriwork, pointings, or other similor elements moy not be removed. LOCAL AGENCY sholl discuss such possible ort with STATE's District 9 Tronsporlotion Art Coordinotor before conducting ony groffiti removol or remediotion. STATE sholl poy the ocluol cost of LOCAL AGENCY's groffili removol os specified in Section I 1 of this AGREEMENT.

Moinlenonce Service Schedule. LOCAL AGENCY sholl provide STATE's District 9 Areo Mointenonce Superintendent, os shown in Exhibii C ot leost twenty-four (24) hours prior telephone or emoil notice before performing ony mointenonce services under this AGREEMENT. His/Her emoil ond phone number ore listed on Exhibit C. LOCAL AGENCY sholl provide the DMAC identified in this AGREEMENT with q litter, debris ond groffiti removol schedule. Moinienonce services sholl be provided of o minimum: one to two sweepings per month, two trosh cleonups per month, ond red curb poinling on o once per yeor bosis. Mointenonce services sholl be performed between the hours of 9:00 o.m. ond 3:00 p.m. or os otherwise outhorized by the Stote Representotive, if necessory. LOCAL AGENCY must requesl through the DMAC prior wrilten opprovol from STATE's Districl Moinlenonce Supervisor to perform ony mointenonce services before 9:00 o.m. or ofter 3:00 p.m. ond/or weekends ond holidoys.

Aulhorized Reimbursemenl. The functions ond levels of mointenonce services delegoted to LOCAL AGENCY in the olloched Exhibit A ond omounts opproprioted to STATE hove been considered in setting outhorized totol dollor omounts. LOCAL AGENCY moy perform odditionol work if desired, but STATE will not reimburse LOCAL AGENCY for ony work in excess of the outhorized dollor limits estoblished herein.

Cosl Reimbursemenl. STATE sholl reimburse LOCAL AGENCY for LOCAL AGENCY's octuol ond necessory costs incurred 1o perform the mointenonce services under this AGREEMENT; provided, however, thot STATE's reimbursement sholl not exceed the moximum outhorized expenditures under this AGREEMENT.
9 r0

11. 3
Rev. 08/2024
DMA# TR{9-7- I0l
Ker-202- PM 8.6 lo PM 9.54
Ker2O2- ?M I 1.9 to PM 12.09
Ker-58- PM 90.51 to PM 9'l .0
Ker-58- PM 9l .4 lo PM 92.0
Ker-58- PM 94.2 lo ?M 9 4.52
Amendmenl lo Approved Expendilures. Upon LOCAL AGENCY's written request, the expendilures per route for mointenonce services set forth in Exhibit A moy be increosed, decreosed, or redistributed between routes pursuont lo the PARTIES executing on oppropriote omendment in occordonce with section 5 obove. All such odjustments musl be outhorized in writing by the Districl Director or his/her outhorized representotive.

Term of Expendilures, Additionol expenditures or on odjustment of expenditures once outhorized sholl opply only for the lerm of this AGREEMENT ond sholl not be deemed to permonenlly modify or chonge lhe bosic moximum expenditures per route os specified in Exhibit A. Any expendilure odjustments sholl not offect or oller ony other terms of this AGREEMENT.

14. Billing, Poymenl ond Reporling.
12 13.

I 4.1

14.2 Billing Dole. LOCAL AGENCY sholl submit billing invoices 1o STATE's DMAC eoch (month/quorter) beginning ofter the first
(month/quorter) LOCAL AGENCY hos performed mointenonce
services under this AGREEMENT. LOCAL AGENCY sholl not submit billing invoices for reimbursement of costs less thon $500 more thon once eoch quorter. LOCAL AGENCY sholl olso submit billing invoices promptly following the close of STATE's fiscol yeor on eoch June 301h.

Billing Submission Formol. Eoch billing invoice sholl include oll of the following:
(o) STATE's AGREEMENT number;
(b) Dote(s) of services;
(c) Locotion of services;
(d) Number of hours ond hourly rotes;
(e) Receipts for trosh disposol; ond
(f) Receipts for equipment. moteriols, ond supplies.

STATE sholl poy LOCAL AGENCY for the mointenonce services sotisfoctorily performed in occordonce with the rotes ond schedules in Exhibit A.
4 15. Successors. This AGREEMENT sholl be binding upon ond inure to the benefil of eoch of the PARTIES' successors-in-interest, including, but not limited to

16. 17.
rB.

ReY. 08/2024
DMA# TR-09-7- l0 t
Ker-2O2- PM 8.6 lo PM 9.64
Ker-202- PM I I .9 to PM 12.09
Ker58- PM 90.51 lo PM 91.0
Ker-58- PM 9l .4 lo PM 92.0
Ker-58- PM 94.2 lo PM94.52
ony public entity to whom ony pqrt of the STATE right of woy covered under this AGREEMENT moy be relinquished ond ony subsequently incorporoted city or olher municipolity esioblished within the LOCAL AGENCY's jurisdictionol limils.

Legol Disposol of Litler Collecled.

LOCAL AGENCY sholl moke its own orrongements for the legol disposol of litter or debris moteriols to outhorized disposol sites. LOCAL AGENCY sholl not leove ony filled litter bogs, lilter piles or oiher groups of litter ossembled during its mointenonce services olong or in STATE Right of Woy. Such litter groupings sholl be removed out of STATE Right of Woy eoch doy LOCAL AGENCY performs the mointenonce services in this AGREEMENT.

Sofety ond Worker Complionce. LOCAL AGENCY sholl be solely responsible for crew poy, workers compensotion ond ony other benefits required by stote ond federol low. Subcontroctors ond crew members ore not considered STATE's employees ot ony time. LOCAL AGENCY sholl comply with oll opplicoble Stote ond Federol stoiutes ond regulolions governing worker ond public sofety, including but not limited to complionce with CALOSHA regulotions ond guidelines.

LOCAL AGENCY sholl moke orrongements through the STATE if troffic controls, flogs, signs, or lone closures ore necessory to sofely perform ony mointenonce services. STATE's mointenonce Supervisor or designee sholl determine whot protections ore required ol ihe worksite pursuont to opplicoble provisions of the STATE's (Colirons) Mointenonce Monuol, including but not limited to Volume 1, Chopier 8, Protection of Workers.

Equipmenl ond Supplies. LOCAL AGENCY sholl provide the necessory equipment, tools, personol protective equipmenl, moteriols, supplies ond products necessory to perform the mointenonce services under this AGREEMENT. STATE sholl reimburse LOCAL AGENCY for the reosonoble costs of such equipment ond supplies not to exceed the outhorized expenditures set forth in Exhibii A.

Legol Relolions ond Responsibilities.

19.1 No Third-porty Beneficiories. This AGREEMENT is not intended to creote duiies, obligotions, or righls of third porties beyond ihe PARTIES to this AGREEMENT. Nor does this AGREEMENT offecl o PARTY's legol

19. 5
20 ReY. 0812024
DMA# TR-09-7- t0l
Ker-202- PM 8.6 to PM 9.64
Ker-202- PM I I .9 to PM I 2.09
Ker-58- PM 90.51 lo PM 9 I .0
Ker-58- PM 91 .4 lo PM 92.0
Ker-58- PM 94.2 to PM 94.52
liobility by imposing ony stondord of core for the mointenonce of STATE highwoys different from the slondord of core imposed by low.

19.2 lndemnificolion. Neither STATE nor ony of its officers or employees is responsible for ony injury, domoge or liobility occurring by reoson of onylhing done or omitted to be done by LOCAL AGENCY in
connection with ony work, oulhority or .jurisdiction conferred upon LOCAL AGENCY under this AGREEMENT. LOCAL AGENCY sholl fully defend, indemnify, ond sove hormless STATE ond iis officers ond employees from oll cloims, suits, or oclions of every kind occurring by reoson of onything done or omilted to be done by LOCAL AGENCY, its controctors, sub-controctors ond/or its ogenls pursuont to this AGREEMENT.

Neither LOCAL AGENCY nor ony of ils officers or employees is responsible for ony injury, domoge or liobility occurring by reoson of onything done or omitted to be done by STATE, in connection with ony work, outhority or jurisdiction conferred upon STATE under ihis Agreemenl. STATE sholl fully defend, indemnify, ond sove hormless LOCAL AGENCY ond i1s officers ond employees from oll cloims, suils, or ociions of every kind occuning by reoson of onything done or omitted to be done by STAIE under this Agreement.

19.3 Work-reloled lnjuries. lf o LOCAL AGENCY-ossigned crew member is injured while performing mointenonce services under this AGREEMENT, LOCAL AGENCY or its designoted subcontroctor sholl be responsible for ensuring the crew member is given prompt medicol core ond treoiment ond, if necessory, tronsportotion to o medicol focility. LOCAL AGENCY or ils designoted subcontroctor sholl odminisier ony injury ond workers compensotion cloims. LOCAL AGENCY sholl notify the STATE's Areo Mointenonce Superintendent wiihin twenty-four (24) hours when ony such incident hos occurred. 6 Prevoiling Woges ond lobor Complionce. LOCAL AGENCY sholl comply with ony ond oll opplicoble lobor ond prevoiling woge requirements in Lobor Code Seclions 1720 lhrough l8l5 ond implementing regulotions for public works or mointenonce controcts ond subcontrocts execuied for the LOCAL AGENCY's mointenonce services under this AGREEMENT.

21. 22.

Rev. o8/2o24
DMA# TR-09-7- r 0l
Ker202- PM 8.6 lo PM 9.64
Ker202- PM I I .9 to PM 12.09
Ker-58- PM 90.51 lo PM 9l .0
Ker-58- PM 9l .4 lo PM 92.0
Ker-58- PM 94.2 lo ?M 94.52
Self-lnsured. LOCAL AGENCY is self-insured. LOCAL AGENCY sholl deliver evidence of self-insured coveroge providing generol liobility insuronce, coveroge of bodily injury ond property domoge liobility, in on omount of $l miilion per occurrence, $2 million in oggregole, ond $5 million in excess by delivering o Letter certifying Self-lnsuronce. The Lelter of Self-lnsuronce must be substonliolly in the form of Exhibit B ond identify the AGREEMENT number. ond locotion os depicted in Exhibit A. LOCAL AGENCY sholl provide the originol Letler certifying Self-lnsuronce os o condition 1o STATE's execution of this AGREEMENT. A copy of the originol lelter sholl be oltoched to this AGREEMENT qs Exhibit B.

Self-lnsured using Conlroclor. lf the work performed under this AGREEMENT is done by LOCAL AGENCY's controctor(s), LOCAL AGENCY sholl require iis controclor(s) to moinloin in force, during the term of this AGREEMENT, o policy of generol liobility insuronce, including coveroge of bodily in.jury ond property domoge liobility, noming STATE, its officers, ogents ond employees os the odditionol insured in on omount of $1 million per occurrence, $2 million in oggregote, ond $5 million in excess. LOCAL AGENCY sholl provide o certificote of insuronce evidencing this insuronce in o form sotisfoctory 1o STATE.

Budget Conlingency. STATE's poyments to LOCAL AGENCY ore coniingent upon the Legisloture opproprioting sufficient funds under the Budgel Act ond ihe encumbronce of funding to STATE's District Office.

23. Terminolion. This AGREEMENT moy be terminoted by the mutuol written consent of eoch PARTY. Either PARTY moy terminote this AGREEMENT upon thirty (30) doys' prior written notice to the other PARTY.

24. Effeclive Dote (Ierm) of Agreement. This AGREEMENT sholl become effective on the lost of the dotes eoch PARTY's outhorized representotive hos executed this AGREEMENT, ond sholl expire on June 30, 2031.

25. Authority. Eoch individuol execuiing ihis AGREEMENT on beholf of eoch PARTY represents ond worronts thot he/she is duly outhorized lo execule this AGREEMENT os outhorized under Streets ond Highwoys Code Sections I l4 ond 130. LOCAL AGENCY represents ond certifies thot it hos, through its regulor politicol process. outhorized the execution of this AGREEMENT by oppropriote resolution, delegotion, or plenory outhority os required. 7 ReY. O8/2O24
DMA# TR-09-7- 101
Ker-202- PM 8.6 lo PM 9.54
Ker202- PM I I .9 to PM 12.09
Ker-58- PM 90.51 lo PM I I .0
Ker-58- PM 9l .4 lo PM 92.0
Ker-58- PM 94.2 io PM94.52

26. Defoull. lf o PARTY foils to perform obligotions ossumed under this ogreement, the non-defoulting PARTY moy by written notice request thot the defoult be remedied wilhin thirty (30) colendor doys. lf the defouliing PARTY foils or refuses to do so. the non-defoulting PARTY moy complete the obligotions ond seek reimbursemeni from the defoulting PARTY who sholl poy the invoice within thirty (30) colendor doys. lf there is on immediote threot lo mointoin the structurol integrity of, or prevenl imminent donger of destruclion io, the feoiures shown on Exhibit A, eilher PARTY moy perform necessory mointenonce or remediol meosures to moinloin the struclurol integrity ond/or preveni deslruction of the feotures without notice or deloy.

27. Counlerporls. This AGREEMENT moy be executed in one or more counlerports, eoch of which sholl be deemed on originol, bul oll of which iogether sholl constitute one ond the some document.

28. Eleclronic Signolures. Electronic signolures of the PARTIES, whether digitol or encrypted, ore inlended to outhenticote this written AGREEMENT, ond sholl hove the some force ond effect os monuol signotures for this AGREEMENT.

29. Porty Represenlolives ond Nolices. All nolices, documeni submitlols ond invoices required under this AGREEMENT sholl be deemed to hove been fully given when mode in writing ond received by the PARTIES ot their respective oddresses listed on Exhibil C.

I

THE CITY OF TEHACHAPI

STATE OF CATIFORNIA

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
Doted: _
Rev.08/2024
DMA# TR-09-7-t 0t
Ker202- PM 8.6 to PM 9.64
Ker-202- PM I 1.9 to PM 12.09
Ker-58- PM 90.51 io PM 9I .0
Ker-58- PM 9l .4 'to PM 92.0
Ker-58- PM 9 4.2 to ?M I 4.52
Bryon Winzenreod
Deputy Diskict Director
Mointenonce
District 9
Doted:

Doied:

APPROVED:

Doled:

Joon Pogon-Cord
Moyor
Greg Gonett
Cily Monoger
Victorio Morsh
City Clerk
9 s/1312026

EXHIBIT A

DETEGATION OF MAINTENANCE
TOTAL ANNUAT MAXIMUM AUTHORIzED EXPENDITURE: S25,000
Route
No.

Lengih
Miles
Description of Routing Progrom
Delegoted
Moximum Annuol
Authorized
Expenditure
202 r.04 West City Limit on SR 202 ot
Volley Blvd. to Union Pocific
Roilrood
(PM 8.6 to PM 9.64)
tsM240 $ 1 0,000
202 0.1 9 SR 202 ot W. Tehochopi Blvd. to
Eoslbound 58 Offromp
(PM '11.9 to PM 12.09)
HM240 $2,000
5B 0.49 SR 58 ot SR 202 on/offromps
(PM 90.s1to PM 91.0)
HM240 $7,000
58 0.6 SR 58 ot Mill Street on/offromps
(PM 91.4 to PM 92.0)
HM24O
58 0.32 SR 58 ot Summil on/offromps
(PM94.2 to PM 94.52)
HM240 $3.ooo
A-l
$3,000
a.

Mop of Moinlenonce Agreemenl Areo
s/1312026
Highway 202 R91.1 p91.2 R91.3 R91.4
Conwny Avc
rI 12.o
R9.6
R90.8
11 R91.0
\
L:
1 '1.82
,t?
R9.8
R9.7
,, End
City Oump Rd
Begin Maintenance Agreetnsnt Area
PM 8.6

8.3 8.4 8.5
ooo
Maintenance Agreement
PM 9.64
R9.5
$rSt
R9.3
v{€9'
R9.2
R9.'l
R9.0
R8.9
)o2
SR 202 - CitY of TehochoPi
Delegoled Mointenonce Agreement
Red Curb Poining, Sweeping, litter Pickup
lrt
r
\
.,'
{b+
a
s"
"{
.t
t
R9.4
,

8.2 :

8.6 8.7
ii
!!vI

30. at
,
A-2
(
(
s/13/2026
Highway 202
Mop of Moinlenonce Agreemenl Areo
RS0.6

12.093
End Maintenance
Agreement Area
PM 12.09
2 R90.8
R90.9
SR 202 - CitY of TehochoPi
Delegoled Moinlenonce Agreemenl
Red Curb Poining, Sweeping, litter Pickup
,a
Begin Maantenance
Agreement Area
PM 11.9
39511
202
.9
1',1.82
4l #
A-3
58 iR90.6
R90.7

12.0 ''R90.8
o
Highway Se+f*y 202 On/Offramps
Agreement Area
PM 90.51
Mop of Moinlenonce Agreement Areo
s/L3/2026
R91 0
End Maintenance
PM 91.0
SR 58 ond SR 202 - City of TehochoPi
Delegoted Moinlenonce Agreement
Litter Pickup
12 033 12 093 o
't2.093
t
7 t
.1
7 nt
o
-l95,i
E
20211 82
o
A-4
R90 6
o
Mop of Moinlenonce Agreemenl Areo
s/1312026
Highway 58 & Mill Street On/Off Ramps Legond
, Apprrudrnae io.s Aores
A-5
t/
SE
T
\
I
t
7,
f)
Begin
PM 91.4 Aryeernent
PM 92.0
F.i r
d I
... E
SR 58 - City of lehochoPi
Delegoled Moinlenonce Agreemenl
titter Pickup
Mop of Moinlenonce Agreemenl Areo
s/13/2025
SR 58 - City of Tehochopi
Delegoled Moinlenonce Agreemenl
litler Pickup
Highway 58 & Summit On/Off Ramps Logond
I rpgo<irnae tl.zs lcrs
A-6
t*-
r,
!. !.

Area
t
I I
'!I
t1 .'
fl
I
r
End Area
.PM
A
Google Earth N
5/7312026
On Locol Agency letlerheod
Coltrons Disirict 9
500 S. Moin Street.

Bishop, CA 93514
17601920-3123
ATTN: Bryon Winzenreod, Deputy District Director, Mointenonce ond Operotions Re: Stotement of Self-lnsuronce for CITY of Tehochopi for Delegoied Mointenonce Agreement No. CT-2660-09-7-'l0l with Colifornio Deportment of Tronsportotion for the City of Tehochopi olong Stote Route 202 from PM

8.6 to PM 9.54, PM 1 1.9 to PM 12.09, Stote Route 58 from PM 90.51 to PM

91.0, PM 91.4 to PM 92.0 ond PM94.2 to PM 94.52.

Deor Bryon Winzenreod:

This letter certifies thot the CITY of Tehochopi is self-insured ond self-funded covering third-porty cloims orising oul of its generol operotions (i.e.; commerciol generol liobilily ond outomobile liobility insuronce). Further, the CITY is selfinsured covering workers' compensotion cloims ond hos received the consent of ihe Stote Deporiment of lndustriol Relotions 1o do so.

Eoch fiscol yeor. os o port of its budgetory process, the CITY oppropriotes funds specificolly to sotisfy volid third-porty cloims ond workers' compensotion cloims, which moy be brought ogoinst the CITY.

The CITY certifies its sellinsured, generol liobility coveroge for bodily injury ond property domoge liobility, meets the required coveroge omounls in the insuronce section of the Delegoted Mointenonce Agreement, specificolly generol liobility insuronce, coveroge of bodily in.iury ond property domoge liobility in on omount of $1 million per occurrence. $2 million in oggregote. ond $5 million in excess.
lf you need ony odditionol informotion regording this letter, pleose direct those inquiries through my office.

EXHIBIT B

LETTER CERTIFYING CITY'S SELF-INSURED STATUS
20 Sincereiy,
Finonce Monoger/Risk Monoger/Authorized Representolive's Title s/L3/2026

EXHIBIT C
Porty Representolives ond Notices.

LOCAL AGENCY's Projeci Monoger :

STATE's DMAC is: Beou Romero
Tyler Nopier
All notices, document submittols ond invoices required under this AGREEMENT sholl be deemed to hove been fully given when mode in writing ond received by the PARTIES ot their respective oddresses os follows:

TOCAT AGENCY
Attn: Nome of Project Monoger: Tyler Nopier
Address: 1 l5 Soulh Robinson Streel
City, Zip : Tehocho i. cA 9356r
Roberl Gossmon
Address: 500 S. Moin Street
City, Zip . Bishop, CA 93514
Nome of Areo Mointenonce Superintendent:

Morio Medino
Telephone Number: (7 601 920-7 447
Emoil Address: [email protected]. OV
STATE
Attn: Nome of DMAC:

TO:

FROM:

DATE:

C TY OF
� TE��ls�R��1 APPROVED

COUNCIL REPORTS
MEETING DATE: SEPTEMBER 8, 2026 AGENDA SECTION: ASSISTANT CITY MANAGER SUBJECT:

HONORABLE MAYOR POGON-CORD AND COUNCIL MEMBERS

COREY COSTELLOE, ASSISTANT CITY MANAGER/PLANNING DIRECTOR AUGUST 31, 2026

INTRODUCTION OF AN ORDINANCE OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF TEHACHAPI

AMENDING VARIOUS SECTIONS OF THE TEHACHAPI ZONING CODE TO REGULATE ACCESSORY

DWELLING UNITS IN ACCORDANCE WITH STATE LAW AND FINDING THE ORDINANCE TO BE EXEMPT FROM THE CALIFORNIA ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY ACT.

BACKGROUND
State law has been amended nearly every year since 2017 with respect to accessory dwelling units (ADUs) and junior accessory dwelling units (JADUs). Most recent state legislation includes SB 477, SB 1211 and AB 2533 in 2024 and SB 9, AB 1154 and SB 543 in 2025. Part of these bills require local jurisdictions to not only adopt these provisions within their zoning codes but also adopt separate ordinances and a ministerial approval process for ADUs and JADUs.

The Department of Housing and Community Development has been requesting that the City of Tehachapi adopt such an ordinance following the revisions to the Tehachapi Zoning Code in which an entire chapter relating to ADUs and JADUs along with ministerial housing approval sections were added.

PUBLIC NOTICE
The notice for this meeting and the required ordinance summary was published on August 19, 2026, in the Tehachapi News, a copy was also posted at Tehachapi City Hall.

ORDINANCE DETAILS
California Constitution Article XI Section 7, enables the City of Tehachapi to enact local planning and land use regulations, the requirements for this ordinance are the result of the adoption of the 6 th Cycle Housing Element, a state-mandated
document that identifies certain actions that the City will undertake, including redefining ADUs and JADUs while also ensuring all zoning processes are consistent with State law.

Specifically, this ordinance adds the definition of a Junior Accessory Dwelling Unit (JADU) in Section 11.10.020 of the Tehachapi Zoning Code to read:
• Junior Accessory Dwelling Unit or JADU. A residential dwelling unit that is no more than 500 square feet of interior livable space in size and contained entirely within a single-family residence. A JADU may include separate sanitation facilities, or may share sanitation facilities with the existing structure.

In addition, Paragraph 5 of Subdivision A of Section 4.20.040 (Minor Residential Setback Reductions) of the Tehachapi Zoning Code is modified to read:
• In compliance with state law, no setback shall be required for an existing garage that is converted to an Accessory Dwelling Unit, and a setback of no more than four feet from the side and rear lot lines shall be required for an Accessory Dwelling Unit that is constructed above a garage. If state law is amended to state otherwise, the current version of state law shall prevail.

Other provisions of this ordinance include requiring only a building permit for ADU and JADU submissions and pursuant to California Government Code §66323 the City shall ministerially approve an application for a building permit on a lot that is zoned to allow single-family or multi-family residential uses.

ADUs shall not have more than 800 square feet of livable space, shall not exceed the height limit of the primary residence and shall be back a minimum of four feet from side and rear lot lines.

This ordinance also codifies State laws which now allow ADUs on multi-family developments. On lots with existing multifamily developments, no more than eight (8) ADUs will be allowed. On a lot with proposed multi-family developments not more than two detached ADUs will be allowed.

Other covenants as applicable to State law are also included.

ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW
The City Council finds and determines that this Ordinance is not subject to the requirements of the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) because this Ordinance implements the provisions of Article 2 (commencing with Section 66314) and Article 3 ( commencing with Section 66333) of Chapter 13 of Division 1 of Title 7 of, the Government Code. The Ordinances is exempt from CEQA pursuant to Public Resources Code Section 21080.17 and California Code of Regulations Title 14, Section 15282(h). To the extent that any provisions of this Ordinance are not exempt pursuant to Public Resources Code Section 21080.17 and CEQA Guidelines Section 15282(h), the amendments are not subject to CEQA pursuant to CEQA Guidelines Section 15061(b)(3), because it can be seen with certainty that there is no possibility that the activity in question may have a significant effect on the environment.

RECOMMENDATION

APPROVE THE FIRST READING AND INTRODUCTION, BY TITLE ONLY, OF AN ORDINANCE OF THE CITY

COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF TEHACHAPI AMENDING VARIOUS SECTIONS OF THE TEHACHAPI ZONING CODE TO

REGULATE ACCESSORY DWELLING UNITS IN ACCORDANCE WITH STATE LAW AND FINDING THE ORDIANCES TO BE EXEMPT FROM THE CALIFORNIA ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY ACT.

Page 2 of 2 ends

('JlYllt ll'J-IAOiAM l.f.CAL Pt-J'AKTME?rr
ORDINANCE NO.

AN ORDINANCE OF THE CITY OF TEHACHAPI AMENDING VARIOUS SECTIONS OF THE

TEHACHAPI ZONING CODE TO REGULATE ACCESSORY DWELLING UNITS AND JUNIOR

ACCESSORY DWELLING UNITS IN ACCORDANCE WITH STATE LAW, AND FINDING THE

ORDINANCE TO BE EXEMPT FROM THE CALIFORNIA ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY ACT THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF TEHACHAPI DOES ORDAIN AS FOLLOWS:

WHEREAS, state law has been amended almost every year since 2017 with respect to accessory dwelling units (ADUs) and junior accessory dwelling units (JADUs), including but not limited to the following: SB 1069 and AB 2299 (2016); SB 229 and AB 494 (2017); SB 13, AB 68, and AB 881 (2019); SB 1030, SB 1371 and AB 1382 (2020); AB 345 (2021); AB 2221 and SB 897 (2022); AB 1033 and AB 976 (2023); SB 477, SB 1211, and AB 2533 (2024); and SB 9, AB 1154, and SB 543 (2025).

WHEREAS, the state law provisions are now codified in Chapter 13 (ACCESSORY DWELLING UNITS) of Division 1 (PLANNING AND ZONING) of Title 7 (PLANNING AND LAND USE) of the California Government Code (commencing with Section 66310).

WHEREAS, this Ordinance updates the City's local standards that are codified in the Tehachapi Zoning Code to comply with the revisions to state law.

WHEREAS, the Planning Commission considered this Ordinance on August 10, 2026, at a duly noticed public hearing, as prescribed by law, at which time City Staff and interested persons had an opportunity to and did testify either in support or against this matter.

WHEREAS, at the conclusion of the Planning Commission hearing and after due consideration of the testimony, the Planning Commission adopted Resolution No.26-03 recommending approval of the Ordinance by the City Council.

WHEREAS, the City Council, at a regular meeting, considered the Ordinance on ________ _, 2026, at a duly noticed public hearing, as prescribed by law, at which time City Staff and interested persons had an opportunity to and did testify either in support or against this matter.

WHEREAS, following the public hearing, the City Council considered the entire record of information received at the public hearings before the Planning Commission and City Council.
1 CITYOf
TF..HACHAl'I
LE(;AI l)ft'ART\.ff.JH
WHEREAS, the City Council finds that the requirements provided herein are directly related to the City's purpose of protecting the health, safety, and welfare of its residents, businesses, and visitors.

NOW, THEREFORE, THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF TEHACHAPI DOES ORDAIN AS FOLLOWS:

SECTION 1. The City Council finds that the adoption of this Ordinance is consistent
with the City's General Plan because the Ordinance implements Program 3.5 of the Housing Element, which states: "The City shall amend the Zoning Code (Section 6.20.140) to comply with recent updates to State ADU Law, specifically to ensure the Code allows both ADUs and Junior ADUs by-right in zones that allow single family and multi-family residential uses with appropriate setback, height, square footage, and parking standards as outlined by State law." SECTION 2. The definition of "Junior Accessory Dwelling Unit" in Section

11.10.020 (Definitions of Specialized Terms and Phrases) of the Tehachapi Zoning Code shall be amended to read as follows, with all other definitions to remain unchanged:
"Junior Accessory Dwelling Unit or JADU. A residential dwelling unit that is no more than 500 square feet of interior livable space in size and contained entirely within a single-family residence. A JADU may include separate sanitation facilities, or may share sanitation facilities with the existing structure."
SECTION 3. Paragraph 5 of Subdivision A of Section 4.20.040 (Minor Residential Building Setback Reductions) of the Tehachapi Zoning Code shall be amended to read as follows:
"5. In compliance with state law, no setback shall be required for an existing garage that is converted to an Accessory Dwelling Unit, and a setback of no more than four feet from the side and rear lot lines shall be required for an Accessory Dwelling Unit that is constructed above a garage. If state law is amended to state otherwise, the current version of state law shall prevail."
SECTION 4. Section 6.20.140 of the Tehachapi Zoning Code shall be amended in its entirety to read as follows:
"60.20.140 Accessory Dwelling Units and Junior Accessory Dwelling Units.

Purpose. This section establishes standards for the development of accessory dwelling units (ADUs) and junior accessory dwelling units (JADUs) in accordance with Chapter 13 of Division 1 of Title 7 of the California Government Code (Gov. Code§§ 66310 et seq.).

A. Building permit approval only.

1. A separate accessory dwelling unit application is not required to be filed with the City's Planning Division for an ADU or JADU that satisfies the requirements of all of the following: paragraph 2 of subsection A herein; subsections B, C, and D of this section, as applicable; and the Building Code, Residential Code, and Fire Code standards 2 <11YOt
TOtA<-HAPI
U<.Al IJtl"ARTMfNl
incorporated into the Tehachapi Municipal Code. A Building Permit application is required to be filed with the Building Department.

2. Pursuant to Government Code Section 66323, the City shall ministerially approve an application for a building permit on a lot that is zoned to allow single-family or multi-family residential use (including a mixed-use zone) to create any of the following, or any combination of the following units:
(a) A JADU within the primary dwelling, and an ADU within the primary dwelling or an ADU within an existing accessory structure. One ADU and one JADU per lot with a proposed or existing single-family dwelling is allowed if all of the following apply:
(1) The JADU is within the proposed space of a single-family dwelling or existing space of a single-family dwelling, and the ADU is within either the existing or proposed space of a single-family dwelling or an existing accessory structure. An ADU built in an existing accessory structure may include an expansion of not more than 150 square feet beyond the same physical dimensions as the existing accessory structure. Such an expansion beyond the physical dimensions of the existing accessory structure shall be limited to accommodating ingress and egress.
(a) The space has exterior access from the proposed or
existing single-family dwelling.
safety.
(b) The side and rear setbacks are sufficient for fire and (c) The JADU complies with the requirements of Article 3 (commencing with Section 66333) of Chapter 13 of Division 1 of Title 7 of the California Government Code and with the requirements set forth in subsections B, C, and D of this section.
(b) Detached new construction ADU for primary dwelling. One detached, new construction ADU for a lot with a proposed or existing single-family dwelling if all of the following apply:
(1) The ADU shall have no more than 800 square feet of livable space.
(2) The ADU shall not exceed a height limit of as provided in subparagraph (A), (B), or (C) of paragraph (4) of subdivision (b) of Section 66321, as applicable.
(3) The ADU shall be set back a minimum of four feet from side and rear lot lines.
(c) ADUs within non-livable space in existing multifamily structure. One ADU within the portions of existing multifamily dwelling structures that are not used as livable space, including, but not limited to, storage rooms, boiler rooms, 3 cm-<>•
TnUl<HAl'I
I H.AI l)t-"PART\.0-'<T
passageways, attics, basements, or garages, if each unit complies with state building standards for dwellings. If requested, more than one ADU shall be allowed, up to the number of ADUs that equals 25 percent of the existing multifamily dwelling units in the structure.
(d) Detached new construction ADUs for multifamily dwellings. Detached ADUs that comply with the height limitation in subparagraph (A), (B), or (C) of paragraph (4) of subdivision (b) of Section 66321, as applicable, and shall be allowed in the following numbers:
(1) On a lot with an existing multifamily dwelling, not more than eight detached accessory dwelling units. However, the number of accessory dwelling units allowable pursuant to this clause shall not exceed the number of existing units on the lot. If the existing multifamily dwelling has a rear or side setback of less than four feet, the local agency shall not require any modification of the existing multifamily dwelling as a condition of approving the application to construct an accessory dwelling unit that satisfies the requirements of this paragraph. In all other instances, the ADUs shall be set back a minimum of four feet from side and rear lot lines.
(2) On a lot with a proposed multifamily dwelling, not more than two detached accessory dwelling units. The ADUs shall be set back a minimum of four feet from side and rear lot lines.

8. Standards for JADUs. In accordance with the standards set forth in Article 3 of Chapter 13 of Division of Title 7 of the California Government Code (commencing with Section 66333), JADUs shall comply with the following requirements, unless state law is amended to set forth different standards in which case state law standards will govern:

1. A JADU shall be a minimum of 150 square feet and a maximum of 500 square feet of interior livable space. The gross floor area of a shared sanitation facility shall not be included in the maximum interior livable space of a JADU.

2. A JADU must be contained entirely within the walls of the existing or proposed single-family dwelling, which shall include an attached garage.

3. A separate exterior entry from the main entrance to the single-family dwelling shall be provided to serve a JADU.

4. A JADU may include separate sanitation facilities, or may share sanitation facilities with the existing single-family dwelling. If the JADU shares sanitation facilities with the single-family dwelling, there shall be interior access between the two units. If the JADU has shared sanitation facilities with the existing structure, either the JADU or the primary dwelling shall be occupied by the owner of record. Owner-occupancy shall not be required if the JADU has separate sanitation facilities, or if the owner is another governmental agency, land trust, or housing organization.

5. A JADU shall include an efficiency kitchen which shall include all of the following:
4 Cln'flf
Tf.HAlHAPI
l.KJ.I ['lfPARTMt'VT
(a) A cooking facility with appliances.
(b) A food preparation counter and storage cabinets that are of reasonable size in relation to the size of the JADU.

6. No additional parking is required for a JADU.

C. Term of Rental and Covenant Required.

1. A rental of an ADU or JADU shall be for a term longer than 30 days.

2. Covenant required. Prior to the issuance of a Certificate of Occupancy for a JADU, the property owner shall record a declaration of restrictions with the Kern County Recorder's Office, in a form approved by the City Attorney, placing the following restrictions on the property, the property owner, and all successors in interest:
(a) The JADU shall not be sold, transferred, or assigned separately from the primary dwelling, but may be rented.
(b) The JADU only may be rented for a term longer than 30 days and shall not be used for short-term rentals.
(c) If the JADU and the primary dwelling share sanitation facilities, either the JADU or the primary dwelling shall be occupied by the owner of record.

D. Fees and utility connections.

1. ADUs and JADUs shall have adequate water and sewer services. JADU services shall be provided from the water and sewer points of connection for the primary dwelling and not be a separate set of services. For an ADU that is not a conversion of an existing space, separate utility connections (water, sewer, and power) shall be required directly between the ADU and the utility in a manner compliant with current City development standards and consistent with Government Code Section 66311.5. Such ADUs shall be subject to a connection fee or capacity charge proportionate to the burden of the proposed ADU, consistent with Section 66311.5.

2. Consistent with Government Code Section 66311.5, the owner of an ADU shall be subject to the payment of all impact fees set forth in Government Code Section 66000 et seq., except as follows:
(a) ADUs that are less than 750 square feet (including JADUs) shall not be subject to impact fees.
(b) ADUs that are 750 square feet or more shall be charged impact fees that are proportional in relation to the square footage of the primary dwelling.
5 ClT'l'l't
1'"HA< 1
1API

1.F<JJ DEJ'ARTMt-"-1'
E. In accordance with state law, ADUs and JADUs are an accessory use or an accessory structure to the primary dwelling on the lot. ADUs and JADUs shall not be considered to exceed the allowable density for the lot.

F. ADU and JADU applications shall be processed in accordance with the timelines established by state law. The Development Director, or the Director's designee, shall act upon the ADU or JADU permit within 60 days of receiving a complete application, or in accordance with the deadlines required by Government Code Sections 66317 and 66335, as the same may be amended from time to time. The decisions of the Development Director shall be final, with the exception that an applicant may appeal an incompleteness determination or denial to the City Council.

G. If the proposed ADU does not fall under subsection B herein, the Development Director, or the Director's designee, shall ministerially review and approve an ADU application, provided that the submitted application is complete and demonstrates that the ADU complies with the requirements contained in this section and any other applicable law.

H. Where an application for an ADU or JADU is submitted separately but simultaneously with an application for a primary dwelling that is subject to discretionary review under the Tehachapi Municipal Code, the application for the ADU or JADU shall be processed in accordance with this section, separately without discretionary review or a public hearing, but following the City's action on the portion of the project that is subject to discretionary review.

I. Standards for ADUs. Except for those ADUs approved pursuant to subsection A of this section ("Building Permit Approval Only"), ADUs shall comply with the following development standards:

1. Location Restrictions:
(a) One ADU shall be allowed by right on a lot with a proposed or existing primary dwelling as stated in the Land Use Table for each specific zone. (b) One ADU shall be allowed on a lot with a proposed new multifamily structure.

2. Development Standards:
(a) Size restrictions.
(1) Maximum Size.
(a) If there is an existing primary dwelling, an ADU
(whether attached or detached) shall not exceed fifty percent (50 %) of the gross floor area of the primary dwelling, unless such percentage would prohibit an ADU with 800 square feet of interior livable space.
(b) An attached ADU that is proposed with a new
primary dwelling or with a new multi-family structure shall not exceed 850 square feet of interior livable space for a studio or 6 c.mot TEKA(liAP't
UC.OAI Ut·l'A�TMF..NT
one-bedroom unit, or 1,000 square feet of interior livable space if more than one bedroom.
(c) A detached ADU that is proposed with a new
primary dwelling or with a new multi-family structure shall not exceed 850 square feet of interior livable space for a studio or one-bedroom unit, or 1,000 square feet of interior livable space if more than one bedroom.
(2) Minimum Size. In no case shall an ADU be less than an "efficiency unit" as defined in Health and Safety Code Section 17958.1 with respect to square footage. As such, an ADU shall not be less than 150 square feet in size.
(b) Height restrictions.
(1) A detached ADU shall not exceed 16 feet in height.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a detached ADU shall not exceed 18 feet in height if it is on a lot within one-half of one mile walking distance of a major transit stop or a high-quality transit corridor, as those terms are defined in Section 21155 of the Public Resources Code. An additional two feet in height shall be allowed to accommodate a roof pitch on the ADU that is aligned with the roof pitch of the primary dwelling.
(2) An attached ADU shall not exceed a height of 25 feet or the height limit in the local zoning ordinance that applies to the primary dwelling, whichever is lower. In no case may the ADU exceed two stories.
(c) Setbacks. No setback shall be required for an ADU that is built within an existing structure or for a new ADU that is constructed in the same location and with the same dimensions as an existing structure. For all other ADUs, the required minimum setback from side and rear lot lines shall be four feet. An ADU shall comply with all required front yard setbacks otherwise required by the Tehachapi Zoning Code.
(d) Lot Coverage and Open Space. An ADU shall conform to all lot coverage and open space requirements applicable to the zoning district in which the property is located, except where the application of the lot coverage or open space regulations would not permit construction of an 800 square foot ADU that meets the height and setback requirements required by this subdivision.
(e) Design. The architecture, colors, and materials of the ADU shall match that of the primary dwelling or new multi-family structure, and shall comply with any objective design standards adopted by the City that are applicable to the zoning district or Specific Plan area where the ADU is located. (f) Exterior access. An ADU shall have a separate exterior entrance. 7 cm,>t
n.HA(HAPI
I FCAI f)f-l'ARTMFNT
(g) Fire sprinklers. ADUs are required to provide fire sprinklers if they are required for the primary dwelling or proposed multi-family structure. (h) Privacy. New second-story windows in an ADU that are 25 feet or less from a property line must incorporate at least one of the following:
(1) The proposed second-story window of the ADU shall be positioned so that the window sill is at least five feet above finished floor; or
(2) The proposed second-story window of the ADU must
utilize obscured glazing as defined in the California Building Code. (i) Entrances. The main entrance to an attached ADU may not be located on the front of the primary unit.

3. Parking Requirements:
(a) In addition to the off-street parking space(s) required for the primary dwelling or newly proposed multi-family structure, one off-street parking space shall be provided for each ADU, except when:
(1) The ADU is located within one-half mile walking
distance of public transit;
(2) The ADU is located within an architecturally and
historically significant historic district;
(3) The ADU is part of a proposed or existing primary
dwelling or accessory structure;
(4) The ADU is located in an area where on-street parking permits are required but not offered to an ADU occupant; or (5) The ADU is located within one block of a city-approved and dedicated parking space for a car share vehicle.
(b) When the ADU is created by converting or demolishing a garage, carport or covered parking structure, replacement of parking space(s) eliminated by the construction of the ADU shall not be required as long as the ADU remains in use as a legal ADU.
(c) When required, the parking space may be provided in the side or rear setback areas or as tandem parking, provided no vehicle parks on or blocks any public or private sidewalk or any other pedestrian path or street. (d) In case of a conflict with any other provision of this Code, the provisions in this Section 6.20.140 shall govern.

J. Other provisions:
8 tlTYn
TEHAt"liAM
UC;.AL PI-PAJCTMI-Nl

1. Recreational trailers are not permitted to be used as ADUs. This includes, but is not limited, to recreational vehicles and mobile/motor homes." SECTION 5. CEQA. The City Council finds and determines that this Ordinance is not subject to the requirements of the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) because this Ordinance implements the provisions of Article 2 (commencing with Section 66314) and Article 3 (commencing with Section 66333) of Chapter 13 of Division 1 of Title 7 of, the Government Code. The Ordinances is exempt from CEQA pursuant to Public Resources Code Section 21080.17 and California Code of Regulations Title 14, Section 15282(h). To the extent that any provisions of this Ordinance are not exempt pursuant to Public Resources Code Section 21080.17 and CEQA Guidelines Section 15282(h), the amendments are not subject to CEQA pursuant to CEQA Guidelines Section 15061(b)(3), because it can be seen with certainty that there is no possibility that the activity in question may have a significant effect on the environment.

SECTION 6. Submittal of Ordinance. The Planning Director shall submit a copy of the Ordinance to the Department of Housing and Community Development within 60 days after adoption of this Ordinance.

SECTION 7. Effective Date. This Ordinance shall take effect thirty (30) days after its adoption. The City Clerk is directed to certify to the enactment of this Ordinance and to cause this Ordinance to be published and/or posted as required by law.

INTRODUCED at a regular meeting of the Tehachapi City Council of the City of Tehachapi on the __ day of ______ 2026; and
PASSED AND ADOPTED this ___ day of _____ 2026, by the following vote:

AYES:

NOES:

ABSENT:

ABSTAIN:

JOAN POGON-CORD, Mayor of the
City of Tehachapi
9 <.TTY("!t
n:HA<.HAM
l.£<.AI llF.J'AJtT"llNT
ATTEST:

TORI MARSH, CMC, City Clerk of the City of
Tehachapi, California
I hereby certify that the foregoing Ordinance was duly and regularly adopted by the City Council of the City ofTehachapi at a regular meeting thereof held on __________ _ TORI MARSH, CMC, City Clerk of the City of
Tehachapi, California
Published in __________ on ______ _
10 TO:

FROM:

DATE:

APPROVED

COUNCIL REPORTS
MEETING DATE: SEPTEMBER 8, 2026 AGENDA SECTION: ASSISTANT CITY MANAGER SUBJECT:

HONORABLE MAYOR POGON-CORD AND COUNCIL MEMBERS

COREY COSTELLOE, ASSISTANT CITY MANAGER/PLANNING DIRECTOR AUGUST 31, 2026

INTRODUCTION OF AN ORDINANCE OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF TEHACHAPI

AMENDING VARIOUS CHAPTERS, SECTIONS AND LAND USE TABLES, AND ADDING A

CHAPTER AND VARIOUS SECTIONS TO, THE TEHACHAPI ZONING CODE TO IMPLEMENT PROGRAMS FROM THE HOUSING ELEMENT; MAKING TECHNICAL REVISIONS FOR CONSISTENCY AND CLARITY; MAKING CERTAIN FINDINGS THEREWITH; AND MAKING A DETERMINATION OF EXEMPTION FROM CEQA.

BACKGROUND
On July 7, 2025, the Tehachapi City Council adopted the City's 6 th Cycle Housing Element, a state-mandated document
covering the planning period between 2023 and 2031. The 6 th Cycle Housing Element includes certain identified actions that the City of Tehachapi must undertake, including several zoning code amendments to implement the programs from the Housing Element and to be compliant with ever-changing State law regarding housing.

In addition, from time to time City staff identifies other necessary amendments to update or clarify certain zoning standards within the code. The City of Tehachapi initially adopted our form-based Tehachapi Zoning Code in 2012, and from time to time have made amendments based on State law or other necessary updates.

The draft before the Council tonight and the corresponding ordinance include amendments to 20 current chapters and the addition of nine entirely new chapters to comply with State law.

PROPOSED AMENDMENTS
The proposed ordinance will amend multiple sections of the Tehachapi Zoning Code. Staff has provided a summary of the Zoning Code Amendments below.

Chapter 3.20 (Transect Zones) and Chapter 3.30 (Non-Transect Zones) All uses in the "Services" and "Residential" land use categories of each zone's Land Use Standards table per the requirements of the 6th Cycle Housing Element Update. Some revisions improve consistency and clarity rather than implement Housing Element programs. These technical revisions include:
• Relocating certain uses from the "Services" category to the "Residential" category (e.g. Day Care: Small House <7), and
• Adding uses to maintain the Code's convention of listing all uses in a category regardless of whether they are allowed in a given zone (e.g., Laundromat/Dry Cleaning).

Chapter 4.30 Density Bonus
Previous section replaced in full with the intent to continue to provide incentives to produce housing in accordance with California Government Code §65915 through 65918 (State Density Bonus Law) and to implement the goals, objectives and policies of the Housing Element of the City's General Plan.

Chapter 4.40 Landscape Standards (Section 4.40.040 General Standards) Reclassifies "artificial turf' from hardscape to softscape, allowing increased usage of artificial turf in landscaping projects.

The intent of this change is to recognize the current state of materials and quality of artificial turf available, and encourage its use in proposed projects, preferably replacing bark mulch that has maintenance challenges and can be impacted by the winds in Tehachapi. The requirement to provide a sample of artificial turf for approval by the Planning Department remains.

Chapter 6.20.040 Emergency Shelters
Entire section is replaced in full to be consistent with Government Code §65583(a)(4)(B) as the definition of emergency shelters is expanded to include other interim interventions, including but not limited to navigation centers, bridge housing, and respite or recuperative care.

Reorganized some previous sections, added parking requirements for all staff working, removed repetitive licensing requirements as previously covered in the Government Code. Added subsection C, which adds emergency shelters as permitted by-right and reviewed ministerially under the new Ministerial Housing Approval section (9.65).

Chapter 6.20.070 Murals and Public Art
Expansion of this section to include other works of art in addition to murals. Content is added to "Purpose" section via subsections (a-f).
• Reorganization of previous requirements into the new Section 2 • Clarification of mural and commercial sign differences. • Added section B.4 to ensure any large art installations are installed per the California Building Code. • Additional notes on content, design, cultural significance for Tehachapi.

Chapter 6.20.140 Accessory Dwelling Units
Entire section replaced due to changes in State law regarding Accessory Dwelling Units. An additional ordinance is also proposed per State law.

Chapter 7.10.060 Prohibited Signs
• Added "electronic message signs" to the list of prohibited signs in the City.

Page 2 ends

Chapter 7.10.080 (Continuation of Nonconforming Signs)
Relabeled section from Nonconforming Signs and removed sections 8.1-8.3 which outdated due to previous updates. • Added new language in new subsection 8 to describe what alterations and maintenance are allowed for a nonconforming sign.
• Added subsection C "Required Removal or Compliance"
• Added subsection D "Multi-Owner Properties" to address circumstances where multiple property owners have a shared agreement for a sign.

Chapter 7.10.090 Enforcement
Replaced entire section with cleaner references to penalties for non-compliance.

Chapter 7.20.030 Permanent Free Standing Sign Standards Added language to subsection C. "Freestanding Signs other than Monument Signs" to ensure the same standards for signs that are not a monument and not mounted to a building to share the same dimensional characteristics and size limitations as all other signs in the Downtown.

Chapter 7.20.040.A Standards for Temporary Signs Downtown Reduced the allowable size for Downtown temporary signs which include real estate and for lease signs (Yard Signs Type 11-111). Reduced the allowed height of a Yard Sign Type II from a maximum of 6 feet in height to a maximum of 5 feet. For Yard Signs Type Ill reduced the maximum height from 6 feet to 4 feet and reduced the maximum width from 8 feet to 6 feet. Overall reduction of sign area from 32 square feet to 24 square feet.

Chapter 7.30.040.A Standards for Temporary Signs Outside of Downtown Similar to the Downtown Zone, there were reductions in Yard Sign Type II and Type Ill. Type II reduced maximum height from 6 feet to 5 feet and reduction of Type Ill from maximum height of 6 feet to 4 feet and from maximum width from 8 feet to 6 feet. Overall reduction of sign area from 32 square feet to 24 square feet.

Chapter 9.10.020 Authority for Land Use Decisions, Table Only Corrected clerical error on table for Conditional Use Permits to Director "Decision" to "Recommend" as consistent with the code. Also corrected the clerical error for Minor Use Permits from Director "Recommend" to "Decision" as consistent with the code (9.30.040).
• Added "Ministerial Housing Approval" as a Type of Action. • Changed "Mural Permit" to "Mural and Public Art Permit" as a Type of Action as consistent with the proposed changes to section 6.20.070 Murals and Public Art.

Chapter 9.10.030 Multiple Permit Applications, Table Only • Added Ministerial Housing Approval as a "Name of Permit" as required by State Law.

Page 3 ends

Chapter 9.50.060 Findings and Decision
• Added additional language to A.4, A.5, and omitted A.6 and A.7, to ensure the chapter is consistent with State Law and evaluating Reasonable Accommodation Decisions with Cal Admin Codes now listed in the Chapter.

Chapter 9.60.020 Applicability
• Added subsection B.7 to Exemptions category to include housing projects that meet the criteria for ministerial review established by State Law.

Chapter 9.110 Murals and Public Art
• Chapter and Sections replaced in full to add public art to the mural permit process.

Chapter 10.30.070 Nonconforming Signs
• Previous language replaced with reference to Section 7.10.080 (Nonconforming Signs).

Chapter 11.10 Definitions
• Added language to the Accessory Dwelling Unit (ADU) (land use type) with reference to definition under California Government Code §66313 and with California Health and Safety Code §17958.1 and manufactured home as defined by California Health and Safety Code §18007.
• Redefined "Adult Day Care" to Adult Day Program with references to California Health and Safety Code §1502 with a specific definition replacing the previous code reference to Congregate Care or Living Facility. • Removed "Affordable Housing Project" definitions as they now fall under certain ministerial review housing types per State Law.
• Removed reference to "Assisted Living Facility" as it is now covered under the California Health and Safety Code Definition of Community Care Facility.
• Removed "Balloon Bobber" definition.
• Added "Cannabis" and "Cannabis Products" definitions. • Removed "Care Facility for the Elderly as it is now covered under the California Health and Safety Code Definition of Community Care Facility.
• Added extensive "Commercial Cannabis Activity" and "Commercial Cannabis Use" definitions. • Removed prior extensive categories and subcategories of Congregate Care or Living Facility as replaced by "Community Care Facility" definitions.
• Added definitions for "Compassionate Use Act."
• Added definitions for "Concentrated Cannabis" and "Cultivation". • Added "Delivery" definition as it relates to Cannabis delivery. • Change definition of "Director" from "Community Development Director or Designee" to "Planning Director or Designee" to better reflect the current structure and job description of City staff. • Added "Distribution" definition as it relates to cannabis. • Added "Employee Housing Residential" definition.
• Added "Employee Housing Agricultural" definition.

Page 4 of 7 ends

• Removed "Farmworker Housing" definition.
• Removed "Flag" definition.
• Added "Fully Enclosed and Secure Structure" definition. • Removed "Granny Flat" definition as now covered under Accessory Dwelling Unit. • Removed "Group Home" definition as now covered under "Community Care Facility". • Added "Identification Plaque" definition.
• Removed "Independent Living Center/Senior Apartment" definition as now covered under "Community Care Facility".
• Added "Junior Accessory Dwelling Unit" as required and defined by State Law. • Added "low-Barrier Navigation Center" definition as required and defined by California Government Code §65660. • Added "Maintenance Covenant" definition for murals and public art installations. • Added "Manufactured Home" definition as required and defined by California Health and Safety Code and consistent with California Government Code §65852.3.
• Added definition for the Medicinal and Adult-Use Cannabis Regulation and Safety Act. • Added language to Mobile Home Park/Subdivision in accordance with State Law. • Added "Mural" definition.
• Removed "Neon" definition.
• Removed "Nits" definition for standard unit of measurement for luminated surfaces. • Added "Off-Premise Sign" definition.
• Added "Pedestal" definition as it relates to Public Art. • Added "Person" definition.
• Added "Primary Caregiver" definition.
• Added "Private Residence" definition.
• Added "Public Art" definition.
• Added "Qualified Patient" definition as it relates to care facilities. • Added "Residential Care Facility for the Elderly" definition as defined by California Health and Safety Code §1569.2. • Removed "Secondary Dwelling" definition as now defined by Accessory Dwelling Unit. • Added "Sculpture" definition as it relates to public art. • Removed several "Sign" definitions as a consolidation effort. • Added "Supportive Housing" definition, replacing the previous reference to "transitional and supportive housing" and defining per California Health and Safety and Government Codes.

PROPOSED NEW CHAPTERS
Due to the findings and program requirements of the 6
th Cycle Housing Element Update, the City of Tehachapi is required to add the following sections to the Tehachapi Zoning Code to comply with State housing law. However, the first proposed addition is a clarification regarding cannabis related businesses and local ordinances in place restricting such business activity but clarifying State law applicability to personal cultivation.

Section 6.20.170 Marijuana/Cannabis Businesses
Proposed chapter codifies both previous City Council action prohibiting commercial cannabis businesses in the City of Tehachapi and the applicability and exemptions for personal use and cultivation under State Law.

Section 6.20.180 Community Care Facilities
Establishes requirements for Community Care Facilities consistent with California Health and Safety Code §1502 and 1566.3.

Page 5 ends

6.20.190 Employee Housing
Establishes requirements for Employee Housing consistent with California Health and Safety Code §§17021.5, 17021.6 and 17021.8.

6.20.200 Low Barrier-Navigation Centers
Establishes requirements consistent with Government Code §65660, permitting as ministerial use by right in all zones where mixed uses are permitted and in non-residential zones permitting multifamily uses.

6.20.210 Residential Care Facilities for the Elderly
Establishes requirements consistent with California Health and Safety Code §§1569.2 and 1569.8.

6.20.220 Supportive Housing
Establishes requirements consistent with California Health and Safety Code §50675.2(h) and Government Code §§65583 (c) (3) and 65651. Subject to the same restrictions that apply to other residential dwellings of the same type in the same zone.

6.20.230 Transitional Housing
Establishes requirements consistent with Government Code §65583 (c)(3) subject to the same restrictions that apply to other residential dwellings of the same type in the same zone.

7.10.045 Master Sign Plans
Establishes requirements for Master Sign Plans to ensure coordinated, comprehensive sign programs for multi-tenant developments and other projects requiring special consideration. Master Sign Plans promote visual consistency, ensure compliance with sign regulations, and provide clear guidelines for property owners and tenants.

Chapter 9.65 Ministerial Housing Approval
Establishes ministerial review and approval procedures for projects that meet specific criteria established by State law.

Projects subject to ministerial review under this Chapter are not subject to discretionary review under Chapter 9.60 (Architectural Design and Site Plan Review).

PLANNING COMMISSION ACTION
On August 10, 2026, the City of Tehachapi Planning Commission held a public hearing to consider all the proposed amendments and additions to the Tehachapi Zoning Code. The Planning Commission unanimously adopted a resolution, recommending to the Tehachapi City Council the adoption of an ordinance to amend the Tehachapi Zoning Code.

The public hearing was noticed in the Tehachapi News on July 15, 2026 and copies of all proposed amendments and additions to the Tehachapi Zoning Code were available for review at City Hall, the City Hall Annex and the Tehachapi Branch of the Kern County Library for 30 days.

Page 6 of 7 ends

REQUIRED FINDINGS
Chapter 10.10.060.B of the Tehachapi Zoning Code provides for the findings required to amend the TZC. 1) 10.10.060.B.1.a
The proposed amendment is consistent with the General Plan and any applicable specific plan. • The amendments comply with the intent of the General Plan, no specific plans (Capital Hills, East Tehachapi) were impacted with these revisions.
2) 10.10.060.B.1.b
The proposed amendment will not be detrimental to the public interest, health, safety, convenience, or welfare of the City.
• The amendment aligns with the City's goals and does not present any detriment to the public interest, health, safety, convenience, or welfare to property and residents.

ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW
Staff has reviewed the project under the guidelines of the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) and determined that as an administrative action, the Tehachapi Zoning Code update is exempt as the basis of the amendments do not create the potential for significant environmental impact per CEQA Guidelines§ 15061(b)(3). The changes proposed do not alter land use in a manner that would lead to more intensive use outside of what is already approved. Rezoning land to meet more density targets is not a part of the proposed amendments and therefore, this project is subject to the §15061(b)(3) exemption, commonly referred to as the "common sense" objection.

Under these exemptions, no further environmental analysis is required. A Notice of Exemption will be filed with the Kern County Clerk after approval. (Attachment B).

PUBLIC NOTICE
The notice for this meeting and the required ordinance summary was published on August 19, 2026, in the Tehachapi News, a copy was also posted at Tehachapi City Hall.

RECOMMENDATION

APPROVE THE FIRST READING AND INTRODUCTION, BY TITLE ONLY, OF AN ORDINANCE OF THE CITY

COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF TEHACHAPI AMENDING VARIOUS CHAPTERS, SECTIONS AND LAND USE TABLES,

AND ADDING A CHAPTER AND VARIOUS SECTIONS TO, THE TEHACHAPI ZONING CODE TO IMPLEMENT PROGRAMS FROM THE HOUSING ELEMENT; MAKING TECHNICAL REVISIONS FOR CONSISTENCY AND CLARITY; MAKING CERTAIN FINDINGS THEREWITH; AND MAKING A DETERMINATION OF EXEMPTION FROM CEQA.

Page 7 of 7 ends

Attachment A
Proposed Ordinance
CITYOF

TEHACHAPI
LEGAL DEPARTMl:.NT
ORDINANCE NO. ----

AN ORDINANCE OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF TEHACHAPI AMENDING VARIOUS

CHAPTERS, SECTIONS, LAND USE TABLES, AND ADDING A CHAPTER AND VARIOUS

SECTIONS TO THE TEHACHAPI ZONING CODE TO IMPLEMENT PROGRAMS FROM THE HOUSING ELEMENT, MAKING TECHNICAL REVISIONS FOR CONSISTENCY AND CLARITY; MAKING CERTAIN FINDINGS THEREWITH; AND MAKING A DETERMINATION OF

EXEMPTION FROM CEQA
THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF TEHACHAPI DOES ORDAIN AS FOLLOWS:

Section 1. RECITALS.

The City Council finds and declares as follows:

A. California Constitution Article XI, Section 7, enables the City of Tehachapi ("the City") to enact local planning and land use regulations; and
B. The authority to adopt and enforce zoning regulations is an exercise of the City's police power to protect the public health, safety, and welfare; and C. On July 7, 2025, the City Council adopted the City's 6th Cycle Housing Element ("Housing Element") covering the planning period between 2023-2031; and D. The Housing Element includes certain identified actions that the City will undertake, including several specified zoning code amendments, to implement programs from the Housing Element; and
E. From time to time, the City makes amendments to the Tehachapi Municipal Code ("TMC"), including the Tehachapi Zoning Code ("TZC") to update or clarify certain zoning standards; and
F. The Planning Commission held a duly noticed public hearing on August 10, 2026 at which time it considered all evidence presented, both written and oral, and at the end of the hearing cnvm

TEIIACIIAPI

LEGAL DEPARTMENT
voted to adopt Resolution No. 26-03, recommending that the City Council adopt this Ordinance; and G. The City Council held a duly noticed public hearing on this Ordinance on September 8, 2026, at which time it considered all evidence presented, both written and oral; and H. All legal prerequisites to the adoption of this Ordinance have occurred; and I. Provisions of the TZC, as proposed to be amended or added, are set forth in an Exhibit "A" referenced below, which is attached hereto and by this reference made a part hereof.

Section 2. INCORPORATION OF RECITALS.

The Recitals set forth hereinabove are true and correct and incorporated herein by reference as if fully set forth herein.

Section 3. FINDINGS
Based upon all available evidence presented to the City Council during the above-referenced public hearing on September 8, 2026, including written and oral staff reports, together with public testimony, the City Council hereby specifically finds as follows:

A. The proposed amendment is consistent with the General Plan and any applicable specific plan. TZC § 10.10.060.B.1.a. The proposed amendments include proposed changes to the TZC necessary to implement programs from the Housing Element and are therefore consistent with and in furtherance of the General Plan. The proposed amendments make other technical changes which do not conflict with the General Plan.

B. The proposed amendment will not be detrimental to the public interest, health, safety, convenience, or welfare of the City. TZC § 10.10.060.B.l.b. The proposed amendments include proposed changes to the TZC necessary to implement programs from the Housing Element.

The amendments address the City's housing needs and provide clarifications on certain standards, and are not detrimental to the public interest, health, safety, convenience, or welfare of the City. The proposed amendments make other technical changes which are not detrimental to the public 2 CITY OF

TEHACHAPI

LEGAL DEPARTMENT
interest, health, safety, convenience, or welfare of the City. Further, the proposed amendment to clarify previously approved prohibitions of commercial cannabis activity in furtherance of the public interest, health, safety, convenience, or welfare of the City.

C. The proposed amendments are internally consistent with other applicable provisions of this Zoning Code. TZC § 10.10.060.8.2.

Section 4. AMENDMENTS.

A. As identified below in paragraph B, various chapters, sections, and tables of the TZC are hereby amended, and as identified in paragraph C below a chapter and various sections of the TZC are hereby added, to read as set forth in Exhibit "A".

B. The chapters, sections, and tables of the TZC hereby amended include:

1. Chapter 3.20 (Transect Zones) and Chapter 3.30 (Non-Transect Zones)

2. Chapter 4.30 (Density Bonus)

3. Section 4.40.40 (Landscape & General Standards)

4. Section 6.20.040 (Emergency Shelters)

5. Section 6.20.070 (Murals and Public Art)

6. Section 6.20.140 (Accessory Dwelling Units)

7. Section 7.10.060 (Prohibited Signs)

8. Section 7.10.080 (Nonconforming Signs)

9. Section 7.10.090 (Enforcement)

10. Section 7.20.030 (Permanent Free Standing Sign Standards)

11. Table 7.20.040.A (Temporary Sign Standards, Downtown)

12. Table 7.30.040.A (Temporary Sign Standards, Outside of Downtown)

13. Section 9.10.020 (Authority for Land Use and Zoning Decisions)

14. Section 9.10.030 (Multiple Permit Application)
3 CITY OF

TEHACHAPI

LEGAL DEPARTMENT

15. Section 9.50.060 (Findings and Decision)

16. Sections 9.60.010 (Purpose)

17. Section 9.60.020 (Applicability)

18. Chapter 9.110 (Murals & Public Art Permits)

19. Section 10.30.070 (Nonconforming Sign)

20. Section 11.10.020 (Definitions of Specialized Terms and Phrases) C. The chapter and sections of the TZC hereby added include:

1. Section 6.20.170 (Marijuana/Cannabis Business)

2. Section 6.20.180 (Community Care Facilities)

3. Section 6.20.190 (Employee Housing)

4. Section 6.20.200 (Low-Barrier Navigation Centers)

5. Section 6.20.210 (Residential Care Facilities for the Elderly)

6. Section 6.20.220 (Supportive Housing)

7. Section 6.20.230 (Transitional Housing)

8. Section 7.10.045 (Master Sign Plans)

9. Chapter 9.65 (Ministerial Housing Approval)
D. All provisions of the TZC that have no amendments identified in paragraphs B and C above or in Exhibit "A" attached remain in effect without amendment.

Section 5. CALIFORNIA ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY ACT.

This Ordinance is exempt from the requirements of the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) (California Public Resources Code § 21000 et seq.) pursuant to Section 15061{b)(3) of the CEQA Guidelines and is not a project which has the potential for causing a significant effect on the environment. The Ordinance proposes amendment to implement programs from the Housing Element and make other technical changes which do not have the potential for causing significant 4 CITY OF

TEHACHAPI

LEGAL DEPARTMENT
environmental impacts. The adoption of the Ordinance is therefore not subject to the CEQA review pursuant to Title 14, Chapter 3, Section 15061(b)(3) of the California Code of Regulations.

Section 6. SEVERABILITY.

Each of the provisions of this Ordinance are severable. If any provision shall be declared to be invalid, the remaining provisions shall not be affected thereby but shall remain in full for and effect.

Section 7. EFFECTIVE DATE.

This Ordinance shall take effect 30 days after the date of its passage. Within 15 days of its passage it shall be published in accordance with Government Code Section 36933.

INTRODUCED at a regular meeting of the City Council of the City ofTehachapi, California on the 8th day of September, 2026.

PASSED AND ADOPTED at a regular meeting of the City Council of the City of Tehachapi, California on the 21st day of September, 2026, by the following vote:

AYES:

NOES:

ABSTAIN:

ABSENT:

JOAN POGON-CORD, Mayor of
the City of Tehachapi, California
5 CITY OF

TEHACHAPI

LEGAL DEPARTMENT
ATTEST:

TORI MARSH, CMC, City Clerk
of the City of Tehachapi, California
I hereby certify that the foregoing Ordinance was duly and regularly adopted by the City Council of the City of Tehachapi by a regular meeting thereof held on September 21, 2026.

TORI MARSH, CMC, City Clerk
of the City of Tehachapi, California
Published: _____ _
6 CITY OF

TEHACHAPI

LEGAL DEPARTMENT
EXHIBIT "A"
7 �r--1-= -
.---' \.._ -- .- [:JJ·
1-.CL_ - �
Vi
�
�
Zoning Code
City of Tehachapi, CA
0lEt!�S�/��1
Adopted October 2014
PUBLIC REVIEW DRAFT FOR 2026 REVISIONS
., ■
Chapter 3.20 Transect Zones

3.20.030 Rural Ed e (T2) Zone ------------�---��----
A. Intent and Purpose
The RE zone is applied to areas intended for low intensity rural activity to physically define Tehachapi's edges.

1. Physical Character. Very few buildings occur in
the RE zone and consist of the Barn and the Estate
budding types with the Small Flex Budding allowed at
crossroads as defined in this code. Buildings are var
ied 1n height, up to 2.5 stories and are set back from
the roadway to maintain a rural environment.
a) Property shall comply with the development standards 1n Section C of the RE zone; b) Signage shall comply with Article 7 (Signs).

2. Streetscape / Public Realm. The streetscape 1s in
support of nature and rural activity. Frontages consist of common yards, front yards. and porches with the
shopfront and gallery only on the Small Flex BL1ilding.

Paths are used instead of sidewalks.
a New blocks shall have a minimum perimeter of 1
m le and comply with Chapter 8.20·
b Existing blocks shall comply with Chapter 8.20.
when any of the following are modified or apply: i)
vehicular access, 1iJ right of way, 1i1 streetscape;
cl Adjacent streetscapes shall be improved per Chapter 8.20 when any of the following apply: 1 new building or renovation addition over 50°•0: i1 modi
tication of site access; or iii) subdivision of land;

3. Land Use. Land uses activities range fror, agricul
ture to residential, limited service, office, and restau rant businesses.
a Existing non conforming land uses may remain per
the requirements of Chapter 10.30.040·
b New or expanded land use activity shall comply
\/\11th Section B of the RE zone

4. Parking. Parking 1s provided through a system of
on-street and off-street spaces.
a, Existing parking shall be improved when any of the
following apply: i new building or renovation ad
dition over 50%; ii) modification of site access; or iii) subdivision·
b New or expanded parking shall comply with Sec
t1ons B and C.2 of the RE zone.
3-10
Examples of the RE Zone's range of intended physical character:

Above: Agriculture, nature and very limited rural develop ment characterize the Rural Edge zone.

Above: Barn and accessory buildings are organized in
support of rural and agricultural act,vit,es •IJot -::'"pnasize Tehachapi s :1atural edges.

B. Land Use Standards

1. Allowed Land Use Types. Table 3.20.030 identities
the allowed land use activity the required permit, the
amount of required parking, and any special requirements. The identified permit is required prior to estab l1shing operations.

2. Multiple Land Use Types. A building or building site may utilize multiple land use types per the applicable
requirements of Table 3.20.030.

3. Location and Size of Land Use Type. In order to
promote land use compat1bil1ty. allowed ,and use types
shall comply with the identified requirements for size and 1ocat1on.

Chapter 3.20 Transect Zones
-----------Rural Ed e {T2) Zone 3.20.030
Tab I e 3.20.030 Land Use Standards
1-r-,.· , ___
Adult Entertainment - - '
Entertainment Cinema, Nightclub, Health / Fitness - -
and Outdoor Recreation MUP 1/400
Recreation Live/Amplified Music MUP 1:5
Meeting Facility MUP 1:5
Drive-Th rough - -
Pub / Bar, Micro-Brewery - -
Restaurant Restaurant (may incl alcohol sales) MUP 1/400 and Food Outdoor Dining P(l) 0
Wine Tasting/Microbrewery MUP 1/400
Brewpub MUP 1/400
Alcohol Sales (off-site) - -
Artisan / Craft MFG (w/ on-site sales),
p 1/400
Retail
Art Gallery / Exhibition
Retail <2,000 sq ft MUP 1/400
Retail >2,000 sq ft - -
Secondhand Stores - -
Business or Personal Services - -
Day Care Center:> lS - -
Funeral Home - -
Hotel / Motel - -
Services Inn (B&B) MUP 1/3R
Laundromat/ Dry Cleaning - -
Medical Services - -
Repair, Commercial (non-vehicular) - -
Veterinary Clinic/Boarding MUP 1/500
Office, General <2,000 sq ft p 1/400
Office and Government, Civic, Library - -
Civic School, College, University - -
Transit Station - -
Car Wash, Gas Station - -
Recreational Vehicle Park -
Motor-Vehicle
Repair, commercial (motor vehicles) - -
Related
Repair, personal (motor vehicles) P(3) 0
Motor Vehicle Sales, Rentals - -
Communi- Telecommunications Facilities - -
cations Broadcasting / Recording Studio - -
Key
P I Permitted Use - Zoning Clearance Required.

MUP I Minor Use Permit Required. See 9.30.50.B ---------1 CUP I Conditional Use Permit Required. See 9.30.50.A
TUP I Temporary Use Permit Required. See 9.70
I Use not allowed
Accessory Dwelling Unit P(l) (1)
Community Care Facility, Large CUP(l) (1)
Community Care Facility, Small P(l) (1)
Day Care: Small House <7 p (1) 1:4
Day Care: Large House 7 to 14
Emergency Shelter
Employee Housing (Agricultural) P(l) (1)
Employee Housing (Residential) P(l) (1)
Home Occupation P(l) 0
Junior Accessory Dwelling Unit P(l) (1)
Residential Low-Barrier Navigation Center
Mobile Home Park / Subdivision
Multi Family Residential
Residential Care Facility for the
CUP(l) (1)
Elderly, Large
Residential Care Facility for the
P(l) (1)
Elderly, Small
Rooming and Boarding House
Single Family Residential p 2/U
Single Room Occupancy
Supportive Housing P(l) (1)
Transitional Housing P(l) (1)
Manufacturing (perishable: e.g.,cider,
MUP 0
apple juice) <4,000 sq ft bldg
Manufacturing (non-perishable)
p 1/500
Industrial <2,000 sq ft
Power/ Electrical Substation
Reverse Vending Machine
Small Collection Facility
Temporary Use TUP (3) 0
Nature (see 8.10.060) p 0
Agriculture (see 8.10.070) p 0
Other
Greenway (see 8.10.080)
Green (see 8.10.090) p 0
Plaza, Square, Passage, Playground
Sportsfield (see 8.10.140) p 0
Roof Garden (see 8.10.150) p 0
(ll I See Article 6 'Specific to Uses' � 1/400 i 1 parking space required for each 400 sq ft offloor area 1/2r 1 parking space required for each 2 rooms
1:6 1 1 parking space required for each 6 students or seats 1/u 1 1 parking space required for each dwelling unit
3-11
Chapter 3.20 Transect Zones

3.20.030 Rural Ed e (T2) Zone ---------- -------------------------- C. Development Standards

1. Building Site and Building Placement
� __ Residential Lane tas occl4"_s�ell8-20.100
F F
• t
J
•
◄ E
•
_,_
·'·-
•
•
B
E.,
------------
, . . I "
I ■
• •
Path ow
Primary Street front,
Building Site Boundary - - , Buildable Area
Diagram 1

1.1 Each building and addition shall be located on
the building site per Diagram 1 and designed as
one of the allowed types below:

Building Site Building Setbacks, Size
-
Width Depth Facade Side Rear -
Building A B C D E
Type
Estate min min 800 See 5.10.170 800
Barn min min 800 See 5.10.090 800
150- 150-200 See 5.10.080 Flex 200
Building
Small Allowed only with in 100 ft of the intersection of two 'Road' thoroughfare types. (see 8.20.080)

1.2 Building facades along streets shall be located
within the facade layer 'C', 'D' per Diagram 1 and
extend along frontage(s) per Section 3.2.
3-12
I
__ ! _ Residential Lane (as occurs) See s)li� 00 _
.....

I J
Jl ►
I
G
◄ I • •,11,f •• • .......... ◄ H '
•
•
G
J J
J1
K
Primary Street front
B .1d. s·t B d Allowed Off-Street
u1 ing I e oun ary - - P k
"
ar ing A rea
Dia ram2

2.1 Parking shall be located on the building site per
Diagram 2. Parking areas shall consist of at least
50% pervious surfaces.

2.2 Parking may be accessed from the street or rear
lane as allowed by these standards.

2.3 Parking entries, driveways shall not exceed 12 ft
wide, designed as integral, decorative components
of the site. Driveways may only connect to each
other within the allowed off-street parking area.

Parking Setback Min ft Screening Requirement
G 150;30
f-------- (Flex Bldg none
Along Small)
Front
H
J
Jl
K
Side Street
Rear 30 --------- Min 5 ft tall hedge
Side 50
Parking
Entry
Driveway
Separation
On-Street
Parking
20 when lane along interior sideyard
Corner site: min 150 ft from corner
Interior site: within 40 ft of either
side when side street or rear lane not
present
min 100 ft
min 75 ft from corner
Chapter 3.20 Transect Zones
-----------------�------Rural Ed e (T2) Zone 3.20.030

3. Frontages and Encroachments
M3
I
.
►
Ml I
Residential Lane (as occurs) See 8.20.100
◄M4 M4 ►
M3
• • •
I •
•
M2 ► ◄
l______ U
ss
Primary Street front, Diagram3
Building Site Boundary Frontaae Required
(see 'Fl' ror reqmts)
SS Streetscape Area
(see 8.20 for reqmts)
Encroachment Area
(see 'M' for reqmts)

3.1 Building facades shall be located on the building
site per Diagram 3 and designed as one or multiple
allowed types below:

Frontage Types
Common Yard
Front Yard
Porch
Shopfront and Gallery (only
for Flex Building Small)
Requirements
See 5.20.150
See 5.20.140
See 5.20.130
See Table 5.20

3.2 Street facades shall extend along the frontage line per Diagram 3 and as identified in Section 'Fl' below
FL Amount of Ground Floor Facade in Facade-Layer
Along Primary St Corner Site: 30% min from side street
corner
Interior Site: 30% min
Along Side St 30% min from primary street corner

3.3 Building elements may encroach into required
setbacks as identified below.

M Ml M2 M3 M4
Estate
Barn
Flex Building
Small
20 20
25 25
10 10
so 30
15 15
10 5
C. Development Standards

4. Building Height and Adjacencies
w
'
(occupied attic
� I as occu.,
rsiii,J __
-------· •
Diagram4
Building Site Boundary - -

4.1 Buildings and additions shall comply with the ---,
requirements in Diagram 4. All numbers are stated
as a range or maximum unless stated otherwise.

4.2 Building height is measured vertically from average grade along the building edge to the top plate of
the highest story.

4.3 Roofs, chimneys, finials and portions of structures less than 250 square feet with no dimension
exceeding 16 feet, are allowed up to 14 feet above
the top plate of the story.

T u V(min) w -
Finished Fir Ground
Level from Floor to
Ft Stories front bldg Floor Ht Building
Type site line
Estate 26 2.5 min 1.5 10 40
Barn 26 1.5 n.a. n.a. 40
Flex
Building 15 1.5 0 10 2
9 I Small --
L 3-13
Chapter 3.20 Transect Zones

3.20.040 Rural General (T2.S) Zone
A. Intent and Purpose
The RG zone is applied to areas generally along Te
hachapi s edges to provide for rural neighborhood
housing choices in a small town setting.

1. Physical Character. A limited range of buildings
shape the rural streetscapes and consist of the
Barn, and the Estate building type with the Small
Flex Building allowed at crossroads as defined in
this code. Buildings are up to 2.5 stories and set
back from the street to spatially define the rural
streetscape.
a Property shall comply with the development stan
dards in Section C of the RG zone·
b) Signage shall comply with Article 7 Signs}.

2. Streetscape I Public Realm. The streetscape is in
support of rural activity. Frontages consist of com
mon yards, front yards and porches with the Shop
front and Gallery only on the Small Flex Building.

Paths are used instead of sidewalks.
a New blocks shall have a minimum perimeter of
2,400 feet and comply with Chapter 8.20;
b Existing blocks shall comply with Chapter 8.20
when any of the following are modified or apply: i)
vehicular access, ii) right of way, iii streetscape·
cl Adjacent streetscapes shall be improved per
Chapter 8.20 when any of the following apply: i)
new building or renovation addition over 50°0; ii
modification of site access; or iii) subdivision;
d Open space shall be provided per Chapter 8 1 O
when any of the following apply: i new building or
renovation/addition over 50%; ii) modification of
site access; or 111' subd1v1sion,

3. Land Use. Land uses activities range from agncul
ture to residential to very limited office, service and restaurant businesses.
a1 Existing non conforming land uses may remain per
the requirements of Chapter 10.30.040;
b New or expanded land use activity shall comply with
Section B of the RG zone.

4. Parking. Parking is provided through a system of
on-street and off-street spaces.
a Existing parking shall be improved when any of tl-ie
following apply: 1 new building or renovation ad
dition over 50%; ii) modification of site access; or iii) subdivision·
3-14
Examples of the RG Zone's range of intended physical character:

Above: The Rural General environment emphasizes natu
rat features and few buildings.

Above: Streetscapes are rural ond absent of any suburban characteristics e"'pnas1Z1ng an ,nformal character.
b1 New or expanded parking shall comply with Sec
tions B and C.2 of the RG zone.

B. Land Use Standards

1. Allowed Land Use Types. Table 3.20.040 identifies
the allowed land use activity the required permit,
the amount of required parking and any special
requirements. The identified permit is required prior
to establishing operations,

2. Multiple Land Use Types. A building or building
site may utilize ,,-,ultiple land use types per the ap
plicable requirements of Table 3.20.040.

3. Location and Size of Land Use Type. In order to
promote land use compatibility, allowed land use
types shall comply with the identified requirements
for size and location.

Chapter 3.20 Transect Zones
Rural General (T2.5) Zone 3.20.040
Table 3.20.040 Land Use Standards
11··�•·•-■ Adult Entertainment - - Communi- Telecommunications Facilities CUP(l) 0 Entertainment Cinema, Nightclub, Health / Fitness - - cations Broadcasting / Recording Studio and Outdoor Recreation - - Accessory Dwelling Unit p (1) (1) Recreation Live/Amplified Music MUP 1:5 Community Care Facility, Large CUP(l) (1) Meeting Facility - - Community Care Facility, Large P(l) (1) Drive-Through - - Day Care: Small House <7 P(l) 1:4
Pub / Bar, Micro-brewery CUP 1/400 Day Care: Large House 7 to 14 Restaurant Restaurant (may incl alcohol sales) MUP 1/400 Emergency Shelter and Food Outdoor Dining - - Employee Housing (Agricultural) P(l) (1) Wine Tasting/Microbrewery MUP 1/400 Employee Housing (Residential) p (1) (1) Brewpub MUP 1/400 Home Occupation P(l) 0
Alcohol Sales (off-site) - - Junior Accessory Dwelling Unit P(l) (1) Artisan I Craft MFG (w/ on-site sales),
1/400
Retail Art Gallery / Exhibition
Retail <3,000 sq ft p 1/400
Residential Low-Barrier Navigation Center
Mobile Home Park / Subdivision
Multi Family Residential
Retail >3,000 sq ft - -
Secondhand Stores - -
Residential Care Facility for the
CUP(l) (1)
Elderly, Large
Business or Personal Services - -
Day Care Center:> 15 - -
Residential Care Facility for the
P(l) (1)
Elderly, Small
Funeral Home - - Rooming and Boarding House
Hotel / Motel - - Single Family Residential p 2/U
Inn (B&B) MUP 1/3R Single Room Occupancy
Services Laundromat / Dry Cleaning - - Supportive Housing P(l) (1) Medical Services - - Transitional Housing P(l) (1)
Repair, Commercial (non-vehicular) - - Manufacturing (perishable: e.g.,cider, CUP 1/500
Veterinary Clinic/Boarding MUP 1/400 apple juice) <3,000 sq ft bldg Veterinary Clinic/Boarding (large
CUP 1/400
animal)
Manufacturing (non-perishable)
p 1/500
Industrial <1,500 sq ft bldg
Office, General <3,000 sq ft p 1/400 Power/ Electrical Substation Office and Government, Civic, Library - - Reverse Vending Machine - I
-
Civic School, College, University - - Small Collection Facility I Transit Station - - Nature (see 8.10.060) p 0
I Car Wash - -
Gas Station (non-commercial
MUP(l) 1/500
Motor-Vehicle
vehicles) <50,000 sq ft site area
Gas Station (commercial vehicles) - -
Related
Recreational Vehicle Park - -
Agriculture (see 8.10.070) p 0
Greenway (see 8.10.080) p 0
Other Green (see 8.10.090) p 0
Plaza, Square, Passage, Playground
Sportsfield, Playground
Repair, commercial (motor vehicles) - - Roof Garden (see 8.10.150) p 0 Motor Vehicle Sales, Rentals - -
Key (1) I See Article 6 'Specific to Uses'
p Permitted Use - Zoning Clearance Required. I 1/400 1 parking space required for each 400 sq ft of floor area MUP Minor Use Permit Required. See 9.30.50.B I 1/2r 1 parking space required for each 2 rooms CUP : Conditional Use Permit Required. See 9.30.50.A 1:6 1 parking space required for each 6 students or seats I Use not allowed 1/u j 1 parking space required for each dwelling unit 3-15

3.20.040 Rural General (T2.5) Zone
C. Development Standards
E
F
. ...... ' ,ii, ........
■ ■
• Ir
■ ,,.
• ---- ....

E ►
F
;------r- --;
I
• •
I
I
-: E -;Q ...

I I
I I - - .,
l ----1

C--- --
ROW
Diagram 11
Building Site Boundary - - , Buildable Area
1 .1 Each building and addition shall be located o� the building site per Diagram 1 and designed as one of the allowed types below:

Building Site Building Setbacks,
Size
Building
Width Depth Facade Side Rear
Type A B C D E F
Estate min min 400 See 5.10.170 300
Barn min min400 See 5.10.090 300
I
I
.1 ►
I
I
Residential Lane (as occurs) See 8.20.100 ! �
- -- -- - . - -- -- -- - a::
◄ I I►
··-------·--·
•
•
J
I
'
'
I
•
4 G
J
◄ Jl
Primary Street front:
4 G
J
'
'
'
--· ·
J I
.,
"O
vi
Dia ram2
Building Site Boundary - - ,
Allowed Off-Street
Parking Area

2.1 2.2

2.3 Parking shall be located on the building site per
Diagram 2. Parking areas shall consist of at least
50% pervious surfaces.

Parking/ service areas may be accessed from the
street or rear lane.

Parking entries/ driveways shall not ex ceed 12
ft wide within the front or side parking setbacks,
designed as integral, decorative components of
the site. Driveways may only connect to each other
within the allowed off-street parking area.

Parking Setback Min ft Screening Requirement
>--G Front 100; 30 for
150-
Flex 150-250 See 5.10.080 200
Building
Small Allowed only within 250 ft of the intersection of two 'Road' thoroughfare types. (see 8.20.080)

1.2 Building facades along streets shall be located
within the facade layer 'C', 'D' per Diagram 1 and
�----ex_ t_e_nd_
_
along frontage(s) per Section 3.2. I
3-16
I
J
Jl
K
Along
Side Street
Rear
Side
Parking
Entry
Driveway
Separation
On-Street
Parking
Flex Bldg none
Small
30 Min 5 ft tall hedge
50 Min 3 ft tall hedge
• 10 when lane along interior sideyard j
• Corner site: min 100 ft from corner
• Interior site: within 25 ft of either
side when side street or rear lane
not present
• min 100 ft
• min 50 ft from corner
Rural General (T2.5) Zone 3.20.040
Residential Lane (as occurs) See 8.20.100
M3
"
•
M3
. ---- .,. ______ _
'
'
M2 ►
► •◄M4 M4 ►
Ml '
◄ I ► :◄M4
r"•'!ll'•P•�
SS I ss
Building Site Boundary - - ,
SS Streetscape Area
(see 8.20 for reqmts)
Frontaae Required
(see 'FL' for reqmts)
Encroachment Area
(see 'M' for reqmts)

3.1 Building facades shall be located on the building
site per Diagram 3 and designed as one or multiple
allowed types below:

Frontage Types
Common Yard
Front Yard
Porch
Gallery and Shopfront Gallery
(for Flex Building Small only)
Requirements
See 5.20.150
See 5.20.140
See 5.20.130
See Table 5.20

3.2 Street facades shall extend along the frontage line per Diagram 3 and as identified in Section 'Fl'. below
Along Primary St • Corner Site: 50% min from side street corner
• Interior Site: 50% min
Along Side St 35% min from primary street corner

3.3 Building elements may encroach into required
setbacks as identified below.

M Ml M2 M3 M4
Estate
Barn
Flex Building
Small
15 20
5 15 20 20
20 10 10
5 5 5
C. Development Standards

4. Building Height and Adjacencies
1occup1ed att1C -.----'-'-I ... --•• occu•"•' --
u
L
........--
• V
-----Diagram4
Building Site Boundary - - ,

4.1 Buildings and additions shall comply with the
requirements in Diagram 4. All numbers are stated
as a range or maximum unless stated otherwise.

4.2 Building height is measured vertically from average sidewalk grade along frontage to the top plate of
the highest story.

4.3 Roofs, chimneys, finials and portions of structures less than 200 square feet with no dimension
exceeding 16 feet, are allowed up to 14 feet above
the top plate of the story.

T u V(min) w
Finished Fir Ground
Level from Floor to
Ft Stories front bldg Floor Ht Building
Type site line
Estate 26 2.5 min 1.5 10 40
Barn 18 1.5 n.a. n.a. 32
Flex
Building 15 1.5 0 10 29
Small
I
I
3-17
Chapter 3.20 Transect Zones

3.20.050 Neighborhood Edge (T3) Zone
A. Intent and Purpose
The NE zone is applied to areas generally along the
edges of Tehachapi's lower intensity neighborhoods
to provide for a transition between general neigh
borhoods and rural areas.

1. Physical Character. A limited range of house
form buildings shape the streetscapes and consist
of the Estate, House, and Duplex building types.

Buildings are varied in height, up to 2 stories, and
are set back from the sidewalk to spatially define
suburban streetscapes.
a Property shall comply with the development
standards in Section C of the NE zone;
b Signage shall comply with Article 7 Signs).

2. Streetscape / Public Realm. The streetscape is in
support of pedestrian activity. Frontages consist of
common yards, front yards and porches. Sidewalks
with tree parkway strips provide for comfortable
strolling.
a1 New blocks. /\,lax perimeter· 2 000 feet, Max
block length: 600 feet, shall comply with Chapter

8.20;
bl Existing blocks shall comply with Chapter 8.20
when any of the following are modified or apply:
1 vehicular access, ii right of way iii) streetscape
1v' block exceeds 700 feet on any side;
c Adjacent streetscapes shall be improved per
Chapter 8.20 when any of the following apply· i)
new building or renovation. addition over 50 o; ii
modification of site access; or iii) subdivision;
d Open space shall be provided per Chapter 8.10
when any of the following apply: 1 new building
or renovation/addition over 50%; ii) modification
of site access; or i11 subdivision;

3. Land Use. Land use activities are residential with
limited home occupations and suburban agriculture.
a Existing non-conforming land uses may remain
per the requirements of Chapter 10.30.040;
b New or expanded land use activity shall comply
with Section B of the NE zone.

4. Parking. Parking is provided through a system of
on-street and off-street spaces.
a Existing parking shall be improved when any of
the following apply: i new building or renova
tion/addition over 50%; ii) modification of site
access, or 1i1 subdiv1s1on:
3-18
Examples of the NE Zone's range of intended physical character:

Above: House-form buildings with large yards shape the
streetscapes.

Above: House form bu,ldings and their extensions ,n large yards such as porches and balconies vrsually dominate
over veh,n,lor dnveways and parKmg.
b \Jew or expanded parking shall comply with Sections
B and C.2 of the \IE zone.

B. Land Use Standards

1. Allowed Land Use Types. Table 3.20.050 identifies
the allowed land use activity, the required permit, the amount of required parking and any special require
ments. The identified permit is required prior to estab lishing operations;

2. Multiple Land Use Types. A building or building site may utilize multiple land use types per the applicable
requirements of Table 3.20.050.

3. Location and Size of Land Use Type. In order to
promote land use compatibility. allowed land use types
shall comply with the identified requirements for size
and location.

Chapter 3.20 Transect Zones
Neighborhood Edge (T3) Zone 3.20.050
Table 3.20.050 land Use Standards
Adult Entertainment
Entertainment Cinema, Nightclub, Health/ Fitness
and Outdoor Recreation
Recreation Live/Amplified Music
Meeting Facility
Restaurant
Drive-Through
and Food
Restaurant, Pub/ Bar
Wine Tasting/Microbrewery
Alcohol Sales (off-site)
Retail
Artisan/ Craft MFG {w/ on-site sales),
Art Gallery/ Exhibition
Retail
Business or Personal Services
Day Care Center: > 15 MUP(l) 1:4
Funeral Home
Hotel / Motel
Services Inn (B&B)
Laundromat I Dry Cleaning
Medical Services
Repair, Commercial (non-vehicular)
Veterinary Clinic/Boarding
Office or Civic, Library, General
Office and Government
Civic School, College, University -
I -
Transit Station
Car Wash, Gas Station
Recreational Vehicle Park
Motor-Vehicle
Repair, commercial (motor vehicles)
Related
Repair, personal (motor vehicles) p 0
Motor Vehicle Sales, Rentals
Communi- Telecommunications Facilities
cations Broadcasting I Recording Studio I
-
Key
p Permitted Use - Zoning Clearance Required.

MUP Minor Use Permit Required. See 9.30.50.B
CUP Conditional Use Permit Required. See 9.30.50.A
TUP Temporary Use Permit Required. See 9.70
I Use not allowed
Accessory Dwelling Unit P(l) (1)
Community Care Facility, Large CUP(l} (1)
Community Care Facility, Large P(l) (1)
Day Care: Small House <7 P(l} 1:4
Day Care: Large House 7 to 14 MUP(l) 1:4
Emergency Shelter
Employee Housing (Agricultural) P(l) (1)
Employee Housing (Residential) p (1) (1)
Home Occupation p (1) 0
Junior Accessory Dwelling Unit P(l) (1)
Residential
Low-Barrier Navigation Center
Mobile Home Park/ Subdivision
Multi Family Residential - I -
Residential Care Facility for the
Elderly, Large
CUP(l) (1)
Residential Care Facility for the
Elderly, Small
P(l) (1)
Rooming and Boarding House
Single Family Residential p 2/U
Single Room Occupancy
Supportive Housing P(l) (1)
Transitional Housing P(l) (1)
Manufacturing
Power/ Electrical Substation
Industrial
Reverse I Vending Machine -
I -
Small Collection Facility
Temporary Use TUP (3) 0
Nature (see 8.10.060) p 0
Agriculture (see 8.10.070) p 0
Other
Greenway (see 8.10.080)
Green (see 8.10.090) p 0
Plaza, Square, Passage, Playground
Sportsfield (see 8.10.140) p 0
Roof Garden (see 8.10.150) p 0
(1) See Article 6 'Specific to Uses'
1/400 1 parking space required for each 400 sq ft of floor area 112, 1 parking space required for each 2 rooms
1:6 1 parking space required for each 6 students or seats 1/u 1 parking space required for each dwelling unit
3-19
Chapter 3.20 Transect Zones

3.20.050 Neighborhood Edge (T3) Zone
C. Development Standards
◄ E
◄A
•
B
F
•
I
E ►•
1 I L----'
, ___ ( ______ I
A ►◄ A
Sidewalk
F
,-------- ·1
I
I
I
I
I
◄:E
I
I I
I
: c - - - ., :
··-c------- ·
Primary Street front
A►
•
B
Diagram 1
Building Site Boundary - - • Buildable Area

1.1 Each building and addition shall be located on
the building site per Diagram 1 and designed
as one of the allowed types below:

Building Site Building Setbacks, Size
Building Width Depth Facade Side Rear
Type A B C D E F
Estate 150- 160-200 See 5.10.170 200
House 60-75 125-160 See 5.10.160 _j
Duplex 65-80 125-150 See 5.10.150 I
I

1.2 Building facades along streets shall be located
within the facade layer 'C', 'D' per Diagram 1 I
and extend along frontage(s) per Section 3.2.
3-20

2. Parking Placement and Service Access
I Residential Lane fas occurs) See 8.20. l 00 I
'
•
•
•
•
-- -- -- -ii
◄ I ►
I
I
J I "
�
• •
l • � .;;
G • G
Jl
J J
:� I
ide"
K
Primary Street front Diagram2
Building Site Boundary - - •
Allowed Off-Street
Parking Area

2.1 Parking shall be located on the building site per
diagram 2. Parking areas shall consist of at least
25% pervious surfaces.

2.2 Parking areas shall not be accessed from primary
street unless rear lane or side street not present.

2.3 Parking entries/ driveways shall not exceed 12
ft wide within front and side parking setbacks,
designed as integral, decorative components of
the site. Driveways may only connect to each other
within the allowed off-street parking area.

Parking Setback Min ft Screening Requirement
G Front so By the building,
or min 3' tall hedge
H Along 30 By the building,
Side Street or min 3' tall hedge
Rear 10 Min 5 ft tall wall/ hedge
Side 10 Min 3 ft tall wall/ hedge
• 4 when lane along interior sideyard
Parking • Corner site: min 50 ft from corner
J • Interior site: within 5 ft of side when Entry side street or rear lane not present Jl Driveway •min 50 ft Separation
K On-Street
• min 30 ft from corner Parking
Chapter 3.20 Transect Zones
Neighborhood Edge (T3) Zone 3.20.050
M3
:-· -- ·r- -- ··• l
I
.
1 I I
!.M4 M4 ► J ►
I
Ml I •
!. --
ss
Sidew k
M3 SS ►
,---•----·-
I
I
t
I •
�M�
M2
: Ml
I f
ss
'
It
Primary Street front Diagram3
Building Site Boundary
SS Streetscape Area
(see 8.20 for reqmts)
Frontaae Required
(see 'Fl' ror reqmts)
Encroachment Area
(see 'M' for reqmts)

3.1 Building facades shall be located on the building
site per Diagram 3 and designed as one or multiple
allowed types below:

Frontage Types
Common Yard
Front Yard
Porch
Requirements
See 5.20.150
See 5.20.140
See 5.20.130

3.2 Street facades shall extend along the frontage line per Diagram 3 and as identified in Section 'FL'. below
FL Amount of Ground Floor Facade in Facade-Layer
Along Primary St Corner Site: 70% min from side street
corner
Interior Site: 60% min -----
Along Side St 50% min from primary street corner

3.3 Building elements may encroach into required
setbacks as identified below.

M Ml M2 Ml M4
Estate 10 10 15 10
House 5 5 7 4
Duplex 6 5 7 3
I
C. Development Standards

4. Building Height and Adjacencies
w
_,,,,.
ioccup,ed attic dS
I occurs) , --- .. ___ ■--.. ,
-------·
Diagram4
Building Site Boundary - - ,

4.1 Buildings and additions shall comply with the
requirements in Diagram 4. All numbers are stated
as a range or maximum unless stated otherwise.

4.2 Building height is measured vertically from average sidewalk grade along frontage to the top plate of
the highest story.

4.3 Roofs, chimneys, finials and portions of structures less than 200 square feet with no dimension
exceeding 15 feet, are allowed up to 12 feet above
the top plate of the second story.

T u V(min) w
Finished Fir Ground
Bulldlng Ft Stories Level from Floor to
Type SW Floor Ht
Estate 24 2 min 1.5 10 36
House 22 2 min 1.5 9 34
Duplex 22 2 min 1.5 9 34
3-21
Chapter 3.20 Transect Zones
A. Intent and Purpose.

The NG zone is applied to Tehachapi's general neigh
borhood areas to provide for a variety of single family and multi family housing choices 1n a small town
neighborhood setting.

1. Physical Character. A wide variety of house form
buildings shape the streetscapes. Buildings are
vaned 1n height. up to 2 stories and are near or
setback from the sidewalk to spatially define the
streetscapes.
al Property shall comply with the development
standards in Section C of the NG zone;
bl Signage shall comply with Article 7 (Signs\.

2. Streetscape / Public Realm. The streetscape is m
support of pedestrian activity. Frontages consist of
front yards. porches and stoops with walled yards
along rears and side streets. Sidewalks with tree
parkway strips provide for comfortable strolling.
a New blocks. \!lax perimeter: 2 000 feet. Max block
length· 600 feet shall comply with Chapter 8.20·
b Ex1st1ng blocks shall comply with Ch 8.20 when
any of the following apply: i) modification to
vehicular access. right of way, 11 streetscape, 111
block exceeds 700 feet on any side;
c Adjacent streetscapes shall be improved per
Chapter 8.20 when any of the following apply· i)
new building, ii renovation. addition over 50°
n iiiJ
modification of site access; or iv) subdivision;
d Open space sriall be provided per Chapter 8.1 O
when any of the following apply: 1 new building.
ii) renovation/addition over 50%, iii) modification
of site access. or iv' subdivision

3. Land Use. Land use activities are residential with
limited home occupations and suburban agncul
ture.
a Existing non conforming land uses may remain
per the requirements of Chapter 10.30.040;
b \Jew or expanded land use act1v1ty shall comply
with Section B of the NG zone.

4. Parking. Parking is provided trirough a system of
on- and off-street spaces.
a Existing parking shall be improved when any of
the following apply· 1 ne,"' building 11 renova
tion/addition over 50%, iii) modification of site
access. or iv subdivision;
b New or expanded parking shall comply with Sec
tions B and C.2 of the \JG zone.
3-22
Illustrative examples of the NG Zone's range of
intended physical character:

Above: House-form buddings accommodate ,ingle or
mult1-family residential in a small rown YJeighborhood
setting.

Aoove: House form build1ngs svch as rhe Villa orovide ad ,tmonal ne,gnoorhooa compatible mult family housing
choices n a s,,1a/1 rown ne1g11bo1hood ,erti1'g.

B. Land Use Standards

1. Allowed Land Use Types. Table 3.20.060 identifies
the allowed land use act1v1ty. the required permit, the amount of reqwred parking and any special require
ments. The required permit 1s obtained prior to estab
lishmg operations,

2. Multiple Land Use Types. A building or building site may utilize multiple land use types per the applicable
requirements ofTable 3.20.060.

3. Location and Size of Land Use Type. n order to
prornote land use con1patibility allowed land use types shall comply with the identified requirements for size
and location.

Table 3.20.060 Land Use Standards
Adult Entertainment
Entertainment Cinema, Nightclub, Health/ Fitness
and Outdoor Recreation
Recreation live/Amplified Music
Meeting Facility CUP(2)
Restaurant
Drive-Through
and Food
Restaurant, Pub/ Bar
Wine Tasting/Microbrewery
Alcohol Sales (off-site)
Retail
Artisan/ Craft MFG (w/ on-site sales),
Art Gallery/ Exhibition
Retail
Business or Personal Services
Day Care Center: > 15 MUP(l)
Funeral Home
Hotel / Motel
Services Inn (B&B)
laundromat/ Dry Cleaning
Medical Services
Repair, Commercial (non-vehicular)
Veterinary Clinic/Boarding
Office or Civic, Library, General
Office and Government
Civic School, College, University
Transit Station
Car Wash, Gas Station
Recreational Vehicle Park
Motor-Vehicle
Repair, commercial (motor vehicles)
Related
Repair, personal (motor vehicles) p
Motor Vehicle Sales, Rentals
Communi- Telecommunications Facilities
cations Broadcasting/ Recording Studio I
-
Key
P �itted Use - Zoning Clearance Required.

MUP Minor Use Permit Required. See 9.30.50.B
CUP Conditional Use Permit Required. See 9.30.50.A
Use not allowed
(1) 1 See Article 6 'Specific to Uses'
1:7 (2)
1:4
0 Chapter 3.20 Transect Zones
Community Care Facility, large
Community Care Facility, large P(l) (1)
Day Care: Small House <7 p (1) 1:4
Day Care: large House 7 to 14 MUP(l) 1:4
Emergency Shelter
Employee Housing (Agricultural) p (1) (1)
Employee Housing (Residential) P(l) (1)
Home Occupation P(l) 0
Junior Accessory Dwelling Unit P(l) (1)
Residential
Low-Barrier Navigation Center
Mobile Home Park/ Subdivision
Multi Family Residential p 1.75/U
Residential Care Facility for the
Elderly, large
CUP(l) (1)
Residential Care Facility for the
Elderly, Small
P(l) (1)
Rooming and Boarding House
Single Family Residential p 2/U
Single Room Occupancy
Supportive Housing P(l) (1)
Transitional Housing P(l) (1)
Manufacturing
Industrial
Power/ Electrical Substation
Reverse Vending Machine
Small Collection Facility
Nature (see 8.10.060) p 0
Agriculture (see 8.10.070) p 0
Greenway (see 8.10.080) p 0
Green (see 8.10.090) p 0
Other
Plaza
Square (see 8.10.110) p 0
Passage (see 8.10.120) p 0
Playground (see B.10.130) p 0
Sportsfield (see 8.10.140) p 0
Roof Garden (see 8.10.150) p 0
r--, (2) Rel191ous lnst1tuuons only, all other types of Meeting Fac1hty are prohibited 1/400 1 parking space required for each 400 sq ft of floor area �r
1:6
} 1 parking space required for each 2
_
r_
o
_
o
_
m_
s _____ ___,
1 parking space required for each 6 students or seats -----l '---1/u 1 parking space required for each dwelling unit �---'--------------- 3-23
Chapter 3.20 Transect Zones
C. Development Standards

1. Building Site and Building Placement
Primary Street front Diagram 1
Building Site Boundary - - • Buildable Area

1.1 Each building and addition shall be located
on the building site per Diagram 1 and
designed as one of the allowed types below:

Building Site Building Setbacks, Size
Building Width Depth Facade Side Rear
Type A B C D E F
House 40-60 100-150 See510� Duplex 50-60 100-150 See 5.10.150 Villa 80- 160-175 See S.10.140
Bungalow
Court
Rowhouse
HF
Courtyard

1.2 3-24
125
120- 150-200 See 5.10.130 200
80- 100-150 See s.10.110 140
140- 150-165 See 5.10.120 200
Building facades alon streets shall be located
within the facade layer 'C', 'D' per Diagram 1
and extend along frontage(s) per Section 3.2.

2. Parking Placement and Service Access
Primary Street frontl Diagram2
Building Site Boundary Allowed Off-Street
Parking Area

2.1 Parking shall be located on the building site per
Diagram 2. Parking areas shall consist of at least
25% pervious surfaces.

2.2 Parking areas shall not be accessed from primary
street unless rear lane or side street not present.

2.3 Parking entries/ driveways shall not exceed 12
H
J
J1
K
ft wide within the front or side parking setbacks,
designed as integral, decorative components of
the site. Driveways may only connect to each other
within the allowed off-street parking area.
:J:· 1 I• :.l (Ill �U :.II
By the building,
Front 40 or min 3' tall wall/ hedge as
allowed by Section 3.3
Along 15 By the building,
Side Street or min 3' tall wall/ hedge
Rear 10 Min 5 ft tall wall/ hedge
Side 5 Min 3 ft tall wall/ hedge
• 3 when lane along interior sideyard
Parking • Corner site: min 50 ft from corner
• Interior site: within 5 ft of side when Entry side street or rear lane not present Driveway min 50 ft Separation
On-Street min 30 ft from corner Parking

3. Frontages and Encroachments
· - - �sffl'e'n"t'lift't..:itrel11s' c5um�rs�s:zir.rocr - · - I
-·--·--·--·-�---- --·--·-1
i
, , .ll I M3 M3 SS.; ◄
j : • - .. - - - - - ,- - - - - - ; :
- - - - - - - • .-j,. •• - - - : i
I : ! : ' I
, t l .a i I I I ::;
!: . _, �
►'◄ M4 M4 � '., M2 !�ftt
]
!! �: � !i
I 1 : t 1'0
!L __ .�,
� L.-�,
!�

SS SS I
L. --·'- -·'- -. --- -·--� -.!.-...-....J
Primary Street front Diagram3
Building Site Boundary - - •
SS Streetscaoe Area
(see 8.20 for reqrhts)
Frontaae Required
(see 'FL' for reqmtsJ
Encroachment Area
(see 'M' for reqmts)

3.1 Building facades shall be located on the building
site per Diagram 3 and designed as one or multiple
allowed types below:

Frontage Types Requirements
Front Yard See 5.20.140
Porch See 5.20.130
Stoop See 5.20.120
Walled Yard See 5.20.110

3.2 Street facades shall extend along the frontage line per Diagram 3 and as identified in Section 'FL below
Along Primary St • Corner Site: 80% min from side street corner • Interior Site: 70% min
Along Side St 60% min from primary street corner

3.3 Building elements may encroach into required
setbacks as identified below.

M Ml M2 M3 M4
House 5 5 3 2
Duplex, Villa 3 3 3 - 2- Bungalow Court 4 ---
4 - 3 2
RowhouseHF 4 4 4 2
Courtyard 4 4 3 2
Chapter 3.20 Transect Zones
w'
C. Development Standards
l0ccup1ed attic ! r
-.. , ___ a• occurs)
I •
I
V •
u
Dlagram4
Building Site Boundary - - ,

4.1 4.2

4.3 Buildings and additions shall comply with the
requirements in Diagram 4. All numbers are stated
as a range or maximum unless stated otherwise.

Building height is measured vertically from average
sidewalk grade along frontage to the top plate of
the highest story. , I
Roofs, chimneys, finials and portions of structure� less than 200 square feet with no dimension exceeding 15 feet, are allowed up to 12 feet above
the top plate of the second story
Tf u V(min) w
Finished Ground
Ft Stories Fir Level Floor to
Building Type from SW Floor Ht - House 22 2 min 1.5 9 34 Duplex 22 2 min 1.5 9 34
Villa 22 2 min 1.5 9 34
Bungalow Court 22 2 min 1.5 9 -34
Rowhouse HF 24 2 min 1.5 10 36
Courtyard 24 2 min 1.5 10 36
3-25
Chapter 3.20 Transect Zones

3.20.070 Neighborhood Center (T4.5) Zone
A. Intent and Purpose
The NC zone is applied to focused areas at the core of
Tehachapi's neighborhood general areas and surrounding the Downtown to provide neighborhoodoriented retail. services with housing in a small-town setting

1. Physical Character. A wide variety of house form
buildings and the Small Flex Building type shape the
streetscapes. Buildings are varied in height, up to

2.5 stories, mixed and single use and are near or at
the sidewalk to spatially define the streetscapes.
a Property shall comply with the development standards in Section C of the NC zone:
bl S1gnage shall comply with Article 7 Signs).

2. Streetscape / Public Realm. The streetscape is
in support of higher pedestrian act1v1ty than the
general neighborhood areas. Frontages range from
front yards. porches and stoops with walled yards
along rear and side streets. Shopfronts and galleries are allowed on the small flex building. Wide sidewalks with trees in parkway strips or planters
accommodate outdoor dining and comfortable
strolling.
a New blocks. Max perimeter: 1,600 feet. Max block
length: 400 feet, shall comply .v1th Chapter 8.20;
b EX1Sting blocks shall comply with Chapter 8.20
when any of the following are modified or apply: i)
vehicular access. ii right of-way iii streetscape 1v
block exceeds 600 feet on any side;
c Adjacent streetscapes shall be improved per
Chapter 8.20 when any of the following apply: 1,
new building or renovation addition over sono· ii
modification of site access; or iii) subdivision;
d Open space shall be provided per Chapter 8.10
when any of the following apply: 1) new building
or renovation/addition over 50%; ii) modification
of site access; or 1ii1 subdivision;

3. Land Use. Land use act1v1t1es focus on reighbohood retail. restaurants and services. civic cultural, lodging, office and housing.
a Existing non conforming land uses may remain
per the requirements of Chapter 10.30.040:
bi Nevv or expanded land use activity shall comply
·.vith Section B of the f\/C zone.

4. Parking. Parking is provided through a shared
system of on-street and off-street spaces.
a Existing parking shall be improved when any of
the following apply: i new building or renovation,
3-26
Examples of the NC Zone's range of intended physical character:

Above: 2-story block-form building with office/housing over ground floor shopfront adjacent to house-form building. 4bove: 2.5-story house-form budding with shoofront for
n<3•gnoorhood-or•ented ret,rf rt'sta ,,.a,,r st?• ,es.
addition over 50%; ii) modification of site access; or iii) subdivision:
b New or expanded parking shall comply with Sections
Band C.2 of the NC zone.

B. Land Use Standards

1. Allowed Land Use Types. Table 3.20.070 identifies
the allowed land use activity the required permit the
amount of required parking and any special requirements. The identified permit is required prior to establishing operations;

2. Multiple Land Use Types. A building or buildmg site
may utilize multiple land use types per the applicable
rl"quiren1ents of Table 3.20.070

3. Location and Size of Land Use Type. In order to
promote land use compatibility allowed land use types
shall comply with the identified requirements for size
and locanon
Chapter 3.20 Transect Zones
' Neighborhood Center (T4.5) Zone 3.20.070
Table 3.20.070 Land Use Standards

1.,.-;I(:.,, .. ;it:...• ·-
Adult Entertainment - -
Communi- Telecommunications Facilities CUP(l) 0
I
Cinema, Nightclub - -
Entertainment
Health/ Fitness <1,500 sq ft p 1/500
cations Broadcasting/ Recording Studio MUP 1/400 I
and
Indoor I Outdoor Recreation
Recreation
Live/ Amplified Music <1,000 sq ft
Meeting Facility
Drive-Through
Pub/ Bar <1,000 sq ft
Restaurant Restaurant (may incl alcohol sales)
and Food Outdoor Dining
Wine Tasting <1,000 sq ft
Brewpub
Alcohol Sales (off-site)
Artisan/ Craft MFG (w/ on-site
sales), Art Gallery I Exhibition
Retail Retail <1,500 sq ft
Retail 1,500 to 2,400 sq ft
Retail > 2,400 sq ft
Secondhand Stores
Business or Personal Services
Day Care Center:> 15
Funeral Home
Hotel / Motel
Inn (B&B) max 15 rooms
Services
Laundromat/ Dry Cleaning
Medical Services
Personal Services, Restricted
Repair, Commercial (non-vehicular)
Veterinary Clinic/ Indoor Boarding
Office or Civic, Library, General
Office and Government
Civic School, College, University
Transit Station
Car Wash, Gas Station
Recreational Vehicle Park
Motor-Vehicle
Repair, commercial (motor vehicles)
Related
Repair, personal (motor vehicles)
Motor Vehicle Sales, Rentals
Key
p Permitted Use - Zoning Clearance Required.

MUP Minor Use Permit Required. See 9.30.50.B
-
MUP 1:6
MUP 1:6
- -
CUP 1/350
MUP 1:4
MUP(l) 0
MUP 1:4
MUP 1/400
- -
p 1/500
p max 1
MUP 1/SOO
- -
- -
p 1/400
MUP(l) 1:4
- -
- -
MUP(l) 1/3R
p 1/400
p 1/400
- -
- -
MUP 1/400
p 1/400
p 1/400
CUP 1:4
MUP 0
p 0
- -
------------,
CUP Conditional Use Permit Required. See 9.30.50.A
Use not allowed
(1) See Article 6 'Specific to Uses'
Accessory Dwelling Unit P(l) (1)
Community Care Facility, Large CUP(l) (1)
Community Care Facility, Small P(l) (1)
Day Care: Small House <7 P(l) 1:4
Day Care: Large House 7 to 14 MUP(l) 1:4
Emergency Shelter p (1)
Employee Housing (Agricultural) p (1) (1)
Employee Housing (Residential) P(l) (1)
Ground Floor P(2) 1/U
Home Occupation P(l) 0
Junior Accessory Dwelling Unit P(l) (1)
Residential Low-Barrier Navigation Center p (1)
Mobile Home Park/ Subdivision - -
Multi Family Residential p 1.S/U
Residential Care Facility for the
CUP(l) (1) Elderly, Large
Residential Care Facility for the
P(l) (1)
Elderly, Small
Rooming and Boarding House p 1/U
Single Family Residential p 2/U
Single Room Occupancy MUP 1/2Us
Supportive Housing P(l) (1)
Transitional Housing P(l) (1)
Manufacturing - -
Power/ Electrical Substation -
Industrial
Reverse Vending Machine p 0
Small Collection Facility - -
Nature - -
Agriculture (see 8.10.070) p 0
Greenway (see 8.10.080) p 0
Green (see 8.10.090) p 0
Plaza (see 8.10.100) p 0
Other
Square (see 8.10.110) p 0
Passage (see 8.10.120) p 0
Playground (see 8.10.130) p 0
Sportsfield - -
Roof Garden (see 8. 10. 1 SO) p 0
(2) Not within 75 ft of street corner
1/400 1 parking space required for each 400 sq ft of floor area 1/2R 1 parking space required for each 2 rooms
1:6 1 parking space required for each 6 students or seats 1/U 1 parking space required for each dwelling unit
3-2 7
Chapter 3.20 Transect Zones

3.20.070 Neighborhood Center (T4.5) Zone
C. Development Standards
B Res1dent1al lane {as occurs) See 8.20.100
· - -- ' - --- -- ' - --
I
.
•
•
•
•
•
•
◄ E
,
'
•
◄A
•
F
• "' It.■ W
I • I '
I '
• I
I
E � :..e
I
I
I
- .l - - - ;
C I
A ►◄ A
F
•
C
Primary Street front!
� ..
.IQ◄
I
I
I
A�
•
B
;;
,. QI --0
_;;
Diagram 1
Building Site Boundary - - • Buildable Area

1. 1
Building
Type
House
Duplex
Villa
Bungalow
Court
Courtyard
Rowhouse
HF
Flex Bldg
Small

1.2 3-28
Each building and addition shall be located on
the building site per Diagram 1 and designed as
one of the allowed types below:

Width
Building
Depth
Site Building
Facade
Setbacks,
Side
Size
Rear -

A B C D E
·-F
I
40-50 100-150 See 5.10.160
50-65 100-150 See 5.10.150
80- 160-175 See 5.10.140 125
120- 150-200 See 5.10.130
130-
150 - 150-165 See 5.10.120 200
86-
140 80-150 See 5.10.110
so- 100-150 See 5.10.080 100
Building facades along streets shall be located
within the facade layer 'C', 'D' per Diagram 1 and 1 extend along frontage(s) per Section 3.2.

I
;o
•
•
•
•
•
•
, Residential lane as occurs) See 8.20.100
- -- -
-
--- --
-
,,..
·◄:�-
• : I
.,.,_. I ►•
I
I
I I
• •
G G
....

K
... w
;;
�"'
ll
,::,
_;;
Pnmdfy Street front Diagraml
Building Site Boundary - - •
Allowed Off-Street
Parking Area

2.1 Parking shall be located on the building site per
Diagram 2. Parking areas shall consist of at least
25% pervious surfaces.

2.2 Parking/ service areas shall be accessed from an
alley or side street. No new driveways from street.

2.3 Parking entries/driveways shall not be wider than 15 ft, designed as integral, decorative components of
the site.

By the building,
G Front so or min 3' tall wall/ hedge as
allowed by Section 3.3
H Along 15 By the building,
Side Street or min 3' tall wall/ hedge
Rear 10 Min 5 ft tall wall/ hedge
Side 5 Min 3 ft tall wall/ hedge
3 ft when alley along interior sideyard
Parking
J Entry from • Corner site: min 75 ft from corner
side street
On-Street K Parking • Primary street: min 30 ft from corner Chapter 3.20 Transect Zones
Neighborhood Center (T4.5) Zone 3.20.070
- --Residential -- --Lane --- (as occurs-) See - 8.20.100 -- -- M3
'
► ◄ M4 M4
• I
I
I
i Ml
I �•'•-'-5�
.. _ ,. -
I
•
◄► � M4
•
t •
' I Ml
PrimMy Street Front!
M3
ss !
'
I I:!
� I I .;:; L
Diogrom3
Building Site Boundary Frontaae Required
(see 'Fl' for reqmts)
SS Streetscape Area
(see 8.20 for r,qmtsl
Encroachment Area
(stt 'M' for ,�mu)

3.1 Building facades shall be located on the building
site per Diagram 3 and designed as one or multiple
allowed frontage types below:

Frontage Types Requirements
Front Yard See 5.20.140
Porch See 5.20.130
Stoop See 5.20.120
Walled Yard See 5.20.110
Shopfront (Flex Bldg Small only) See Table 5.20
Gallery (Flex Bldg Small only) See Table 5.20

3.2 Street facades shall extend along the frontage line ,
per Diagram 3 and as identified in Section 'FL'. below
FL Amount of Ground Floor Facade in Facade-Layer
Along Primary St • Corner Site: 80% min from side street corner • Interior Site: 80% min
Along Side St 70% min from primary street corner

3.3 Building elements may encroach into required
setbacks as identified below.

House to
Courtyard
Rowhouse HF
to Flex Bldg (S)
4 4
3 3
4 5
3 3
C. Development Standards

4. Building Height and Adjacencies
w
- -
occupied .itt1c �'f ti----■•• occurs•

I----II,
,
I
T
Building Site Boundary • - •
I
•

4.1 Buildings and additions shall comply with the
requirements in Diagram 4. All numbers are stated
as a range or maximum unless stated otherwise.

4.2 Building height is measured vertically from average sidewalk grade along frontage to the top plate of
the highest story.

4.3 Roofs, chimneys, finials and portions of structures less than 200 square feet with no dimension
exceeding 15 feet, are allowed up to 14 feet above
the top plate of the second story.

T u V(min) w'
Finished Fir Ground
Building Ft Stories Level from Floor to
Type SW Floor Ht
House 26 2.5 ---
min 1.5 10 40
� Duplex 26 --2.5 ---
min 1.5 --10
Villa 26 2.5 min ---

1.5 10 ---
40 Bungalow 24 2.5 min 1.5 10 � Court ---
Rowhouse
26 2.5 min 1.5 10 40
HF ---
Courtyard 26 2.5 min 1.5 10 4C0
Flex Bldg 26 2.5 0 13 40 I Small
3-29
Chapter 3.20 Transect Zones

3.20.080 Downtown (TS) Zone
A. Intent and Purpose
The DT zone Is applied to areas generally in Te
hachapi s core for the purpose of being the cultural,
speciality shopping entertainment and civic core of
Tehachapi and the Tehachapi Valley

1. Physical Character. The widest variety of
block form and house form buildings shape the
streetscapes Buildings are varied in height up to 3
stories mixed and single use and are near or at the
sidewalk to spatially define the small-town main
street streetscape.
a) Property shall comply with the development
standards In Section C of the QT zone;
b Signage shall comply with Article 7 Signs .

2. Streetscape I Public Realm. The streetscape Is
in support of high pedestrian activity. Frontages
range from shopfronts forecourts and galleries,
and terraces, with parkmg courts on side streets
and walled yards on rear arid side streds. /' de
sidewalks with street trees accommodate outdoor
dining and comfortable strolling.
a New blocks. Max perimeter: 1 600 feet, Max block
length: 400 feet, shall comply with Chapter 8.20·
b Ex1st111g blocks shall comply vith Chapter 8.20
when any of the following are modified or apply:
1 vehicular access i, right of way 111 streetscape,
1,, block exceeds 600 feet on ariy side;
c AdJacel't streetscapes shall be improved peI
Chapter 8 20 when any of the following apply: i
ne1.-' buildmg or Priovation add1t1on over 50 ° 1i
modification of site access; or iii) subdivision;
d Open space shall be provided per Chapter 8.1 0
when any of the following apply· , 1e•v building
or renovation/addition over 50%; ii) modification
of site access or 111 subdivision;

3. land Use. .and use actIv1tIes focus on specialty
retail restaurants services civic cultural lodging,
conference facilities, office and housing.
a Ex1st111g non conforming larid uses ,.,,,ay remain
per the requirements of Chapter 10.30.040·
b New or expanded land use activity shall comply
" tt, Section B of the DT zone

4. Parking. Parking Is provided through a shared
system of on-street spaces and grouped, off-street
spaces
3-30
Examples of the OT Zone's range of intended physical character:

Above: A variety of bwldmgs wrth ground floor non-res,den t;a activities shape the s,r,a, town ma,n st, t'et envirorwient AoovP: Streetscopes are va, ea e·'1p110sr.cnq pedest 01' co1" �o · sc 1 e ard , ..... u to ,, µ 'tS c - Y •
d E,<1st1ng park,ng snJI be t'T'p,oved when ,iny ot the fol owing app y nE , bu d nc• '.)r eno• lt on Jdd1t1on 01,er SO°'o; ii) modification of site access, or 111) subdiv1s1on; b \Jew or expanded p,irking shall om ply •" th Scct,ons B and C 2 of the DT zone
B. Land Use Standards

1. Allowed Land Use Types. Table 3.20.080 identifies the al 1owed land ..ise Jct1vIty the requ r-."d permit the a,,,ount of requ1rPd parking and aI y spec a equirements The dent1
tied permit Is required prior to establishing operations;

2. Multiple land Use Types. A building or building site may c1t ll r,-,ult plL Jnd JSe types oer tt>e appl CJble requIrp rrents ot -abk ' 2•,.080

3. Location and Size of Land Use Type. ., o, der to prorrote ,and ..ise con,pat b I· 1 1 101 ,ea ,H'd .. sc tfoes sha comply with the 1dent1fied requirements for size and location.

Table 3.20.080 Land Use Standards
Category Use
Adult Entertainment
Cinema
Entertainment Nightclub
and Health/ Fitness
Recreation Indoor/ Outdoor Recreation
Live/Amplified Music
Meeting Facility
Drive-Through
Pub/ Bar
Restaurant Restaurant (may incl alcohol sales)
and Food Outdoor Dining
Wine Tasting/Microbrewery
Brewpub
Alcohol Sales (off-site)
Artisan/ Craft MFG (w/ on-site sales),
Retail
Art Gallery/ Exhibition
Retail <1,500 sq ft
Retail <10,000 sq ft
Retail >10,000 sq ft
Business or Personal Services
Day Care Center:> 15
Funeral Home
Hotel / Motel
Inn (B&B) max 15 rooms
Services Laundromat/ Dry Cleaning
Medical Services
Personal Services, Restricted
Repair, Commercial (non-vehicular)
Veterinary Clinic/ Indoor Boarding
Office or Civic, Library, General
Office and Government
Civic School, College, University
Transit Station
Car Wash, Gas Station
Recreational Vehicle Park
Motor-Vehicle Repair, commercial (motor vehicles)
Related
Motor Vehicle Sales, new/ used
Motor Vehicle Rentals
Key
p
MUP
CUP
Permitted Use - Zoning Clearance Required.

Minor Use Permit Required. See 9.30.S0.B
Conditional Use Permit Required. See 9.30.S0.A
Use not allowed
Permit Pkg
- -
I
CUP 1;4
CUP 1 1/300
p 11500
MUP 1:7
MUP 1:7
MUP 1
:
7 - -
MUP 1
:
5 I
MUP 1:5
MUP(l) 0
p 1:5
MUP 11400
CUP 0
p 11500
p max 1
p 1/500
MUP 1/400
p 11500 I
MUP(l) 1:4
- -
MUP 1/R
MUP (1)1 1/3R
- -
I p I 1/500
- -
p 1/500 I
MUP 1/500
p I 11400
p J 1I400
CUP 1:5
I MUP I 0
- -
I
I
-
I
-
- -
I I
-
I
-
MUP I 1/300
-------------------;
(1) See Article 6 'Specific to Uses'
I
I
Chapter 3.20 Transect Zones
Downtown (TS) Zone 3.20.080
Category Use Permit Pkg
Communi- Telecommunications Facilities CUP(l) 0 '
cations Broadcasting/ Recording Studio MUP 1/400
Accessory Dwelling Unit P(l) (1)
Community Care Facility, Large CUP(l) (1)
Community Care Facility, Small I P(l) (1) I
Day Care: Small House <7 p (1) 1:4
Day Care: Large House 7 to 14 MUP(l)I 1:4
Emergency Shelter p (1)
Employee Housing (Agricultural) P(l) (1)
Employee Housing (Residential)
Ground Floor (not on primary street) ' p 1/U
Home Occupation P(l) 0
Junior Accessory Dwelling Unit P(l) 11) I
Residential Low-Barrier Navigation Center p (1)
Mobile Home Park/ Subdivision I - -
Multi Family Residential p 1/U
Residential Care Facility for the
CUP(l) (1)
Elderly, Large
Residential Care Facility for the
P(l) (1)
Elderly, Small
Rooming and Boarding House MUP 1/U
Single Family Residential -
Single Room Occupancy MUP I 1/2U
Supportive Housing P(l) (1)
Transitional Housing PO) (1)
Manufacturing - -
Power/ Electrical Substation -
I -
Industrial
Reverse Vending Machine p 0
Small Collection Facility - -
Nature - -
Agriculture (see 8.10.070) p 0
Greenway, Green - -
Plaza (see 8.10.100) p 0
Other Square (see 8.10.110) - -
Passage (see 8.10.120) p I 0
Playground (see 8.10.130) p 0
Sportsfield - I -
Roof Garden (see 8.10.150) p 0
1/400
1/R
1:6
1 parking space required for each 400 sq ft of floor area 7 1 parking space required for each room --i
1 parking space required for each 6 students or seats- 1 1/U 1 parking space required for each dwelling unit
3-31
Chapter 3.20 Transect Zones

3.20.080 Downtown (TS) Zone
C. Development Standards
E ► • E
�
.. Q
JI.
.. ;;
- - -' - - - - - - - - - l. - - - "
C C
r -- •·
PrnnMy Street front Diagram 1
Building Site Boundary - - , Buildable Area

1.1 Building
Type
House
Villa
I Courtyard
I Rowhouse
BF
Flex Bldg
Large
Lined
Bldg

1.2 C
3-32
Each building and addition shall be located on
the building site per Diagram 1 and designed as
one of the allowed types below:

Building Site
Width Depth
A B
40-50 90-150
65-125 145-200
125-175 150-200
86-170
100-
200
125-
250
80-150
150-200
150-200
---,
Building Setbacks, Size
Facade Side Rear
C D E
See 5.10.160
See 5.10.140
See 5.10.120
See 5.10.100
(1) See 5.10.070
See 5.10.060
F
Building facades along streets shall be located
within the facade layer 'C', 'D' per Diagram 1 and
extend along frontage(s) per Section 3.2.
" r I

2. Parking Placement and Service Access
1erv1ce Al.!!_Y Jeqd) �e�2� 1� _ ,_
-------------
.. HI
J
"
JI.

I � .g
K •
G G
K ,,W
Primary Street front Diagram2
Building Site Boundary - -
Allowed Off-Street
Parking Area

2.1 Parking shall be located on the building site per
Diagram 2. Parking areas shall consist of at least
25% pervious surfaces.

2.2 Parking / service areas shall be accessed from an
alley or side street. No new driveways from street.

2.3 Parking entries/driveways shall not be wider than 15 ft, designed as integral, decorative components of
the site.

Parking Setback Min ft Screening Requirement
G
lH
Front
By the building,
50 or min 3' tall wall/ hedge as
----------allowed by Section ----- 3.3
Along
Side Street
Rear
25 By the building,
or min 3' tall wall/ hedge
10 Min 5 ft tall wall/ hedge
•
______ Side s__ M_in_3 ft tall wall/ hedge _j
2 ft when alley along interior sideyard
Parking
J Entry from • Corner site: min 75 ft from corner
side street
On-Street K
___
Parking • Primary street: min 30 ft from corner
I
- _ _ _ _ _ Service All!!.Y See 8 . .20.100 _ _ _
' '
,----------1 _____ ...,. ___ --r---------- 9
I "I, � M3 M3 SS ► ◄ � � r
< I: �
t
M4 ►,.
◄ M4
Prrm.-iry Street
Building Site Boundary - - ,
SS Streetscape Area
(see 8.20 for reqmts)
Frontaae Required
(see 'FL' ror reqmts)
Encroachment Area
(see 'M' for reqmts)

3.1 Building facades shall be located on the building
site per Diagram 3 and designed as one or multiple
allowed types below:
�
Frontage Types Requirements ______________ __.;
Walled Yard
Terrace
Parking Court (side street only)
Forecourt
Shopfront ---
Gallery
See 5.20.110
See 5.20.100
See 5.20.090
See 5.20.080
See 5.20.070
See Table 5.20

3.2 Street facades shall extend along the frontage line per Diagram 3 and as identified in Section 'FL' below 1 Fl Amount of Ground Floor Facade In Facade-layer
I Along Primary St • Corner Site: 90% min from side street 1-. ________ co__rn_e_r ___ ._lnterior Site: 80% min I
Along Side St 75% min from primary street corner

3.3 Building elements may encroach into required
setbacks as identified below.

M Ml M2 M3 M4
House to
RowhouseBF within 3 ft of curb 5 0
Chapter 3.20 Transect Zones
Downtown (TS) Zone 3.20.080
C. Development Standards

4. Building Height and Adjacencies
w
'
� occupied attte as occurs �[ lh
Dlafram4
Building Site Boundary - - ,

4.1 Buildings and additions shall comply with the
requirements in Diagram 4. All numbers are stated
as a range or maximum unless stated otherwise.

4.2 Building height is measured vertically from average sidewalk grade along frontage to the top plate of
the highest story. --------

4. 3 Roofs, chimneys, finials and portions of structures less than 250 square feet with no dimension
exceeding 16 feet, are allowed up to 15 feet above
the top plate of the third story.

BuJldlng
Type
House
Villa
Courtyard
Rowhouse
BF
Flex Bldg
Large
TF (TR) R U V (min) W
Ft/ Stories
26 2.5
Third
story
Stbk
n.a.

Finished Grd Fir
Fir from to Fir
SW Ht
min 1.5 10 --------------- 26
30 30
35 (24)

2.5 n.a. min 1.5

2.5 n.a. min 0.5
3(1) min 10 min 1.5
3(1) See

5.10.070 0
10 10
12 14
41 I
41 451
45 so
Flex Bldg (L) to
Lined Bldg within 3 ft of curb 5 0
lined 35 I I 3(1)
1 --Bl
_
dg ___
(2
_
4) __ _
min 10 0 12 so
---�
I
3-33
Chapter 3.20 Transect Zones

3.20.090 Tehachapi Blvd West (SO2.1) Zone
A. Intent and Purpose
The SD2 1 zone 1s applied to areas generally along
Tehachapi Boulevard between Downtown and Tucker
Road for regional and commun.ty oriented lodging,
retail and service businesses that complement Down
town.

1. Physical Character. Block form buildings shape the
streetscapes along Tehachapi Boulevard with house
form buildings shaping side streets and the transition
to adjacent neighborhoods. Buildings are vaned in
height up to 3 stones mixed and single use, and are
near or partially setback from the sidell',alk to spa
tially define the streetscape.
a Property shall comply with the development scan
dards in Section C of the SD2 1 zone;
b' Signage shall comply with Article 7 Signs).

2. Streetscape / Public Realm. The str<>etscape is in
support of pedestrian activity Frontages range from
front yards and stoops to shopfronts forecourts gal
leries and parking courts. Wide sidewalks accommo
date outdoor dining and comfortable strolling
a \Jew blocks. Max perimeter: 2.400 feet Max block
length: 500 feet. shall comply with Chapter 8.20:
b Existing blocks shall comply with Chapter 8.20
when any of the following are modified or apply: i)
vehicular access 1i right of way iii streetscape 1v
block exceeds 700 feet on any side;
cl Adiacent streetscapes shall be improved per
Chapter 8.20 ,vhen any of the following apply· i
new building or renovation addition over 50 11
modification of site access; or iii) subdivision;
d Open space shall be provided per Chapter 8.1 O
vvhen any of the following apply: 1 new building or
renovation/addition over S0°•o; ii) modification of
site access. or ii subd1v1s1on

3. Land Use. Land use activities focus on regional and
community ,v1de retail restaurants. lodging, confer
ence facilities, with supportive office and housing.
a Existing non conforming land uses may remain per
the requirements of Chapter 10.30.040
bl r,.,Jew or expanded land use activity shall comply
· 1th Section B of the SD2. · zone.

4. Parking.
a Ex1st111g parking shall be mproved when any of the
following apply I new building or renovation. ad
dition over 50%; ii) modification of site access; or iii) subd1v1s1on
3-34
Examples of the S02.1 Zone's range of intended
physical character:
4bove: 3-story Large Flex buildings prov de Joog ny a•id conference faolit1es along Tehac10p1 Boulevard.
4b0v · 'vi. tc fa1"11y ,es ctent,o n qo •10t s o 11d rgs o, t-1ot1)e forrr t/pes 1 0119, de ,tre-"t) pro✓ de rop1µac b,e t "115 t Of"S 'rem Tenacnap t3oL evord ·o act acent ie 9"bor hoods.
b \Jew or expanded parking shall corn ply ,,vith Sections B and C.2 of the SD2.1 zone.

B. Land Use Standards

1. Allowed Land Use Types. Table 3.20.090 identifies
the allowed land use activity the required permit. the
amount of required parking and any special require
ments. The identified permit is required prior to es tab hshing operations.

2. Multiple Land Use Types. A building or building site may utilize multiple land use types per the applicable
requirements of Table 3.20.090·

3. Location and Size of Land Use Type. n order to
promote land use c.ornpatibil1ty allowed land use types shall comply with the identified requirements for size
and location
Chapter 3.20 Transect Zones
Tehachapi Blvd West (5D2.1) Zone 3.20.090
Table 3.20.090 Land Use Standards
, ...... ,. -Adult Entertainment
Cinema, Nightclub
Entertainment
Health / Fitness and
Indoor/ Outdoor Recreation Recreation
Live/Amplified Music
Meeting Facility
Drive-Through
Pub/ Bar
Restaurant
Restaurant (may incl alcohol sales) and Food
Outdoor Dining
Wine Tasting/Microbrewery
Alcohol Sales (off-site)
Artisan / Craft MFG (w/ on-site sales),
Art Gallery / Exhibition
Retail
Retail <1,500 sq ft
Retail <10,000 sq ft
Retail > 10,000 sq ft
Secondhand Stores
Tobacco Centric Venues
Business or Personal Services
Day Care Center:> 15
Funeral Home
Hotel / Motel
Services
Inn (B&B) max 15 rooms
Laundromat/ Dry Cleaning
Medical Services
Personal Services, Restricted
Repair, Commercial (non-vehicular)
Veterinary Clinic/ Indoor Boarding
Office or Civic, Library, General
Office and
School, College, University
Civic
Transit Station
Car Wash
Gas Station
Motor-Vehicle Recreational Vehicle Park
Related Repair, commercial (motor vehicles)
Motor Vehicle Sales, new/ used
Motor Vehicle Rentals
Key
p Permitted Use - Zoning Clearance Required.

MUP Minor Use Permit Required. See 9.30.SO.B
CUP Conditional Use Permit Required. See 9.30.50.A
Use not allowed
(1) See Article 6 'Specific to Uses'
-
-
p
MUP
MUP
MUP
p
-
MUP
MUP(l)
-
CUP
p
p
p
MUP
p
p
p
MUP(l)
-
MUP
-
-
p
CUP
p
MUP
p
CUP
MUP
MUP
-
-
-
CUP
p
-
-
1/400
11400
1/400
1/400
1/200
-
1/400
0 -
0 1/400
1/500
1/400
1/300
1/400
1/400
1/300
1:4
-
1/R
-
-
1/250
113001
11300
1/300
1/300
1:3
0 11250
-
-
-
11300
1/250
cations Broadcasting/ Recording Studio MUP
Accessory Dwelling Unit P(l)
Community Care Facility, Large CUP(l)
Community Care Facility, Small P(l)
Day Care: Small House <7 P(l)
Day Care: Large House 7 to 14 MUP(l)
Emergency Shelter p
Employee Housing (Agricultural) P(l)
Employee Housing (Residential) P(l)
Home Occupation P(l)
Junior Accessory Dwelling Unit P(l)
Low-Barrier Navigation Center p
Residential Mobile Home Park/ Subdivision
Multi Family Residential p
Residential Care Facility for the
CUP(l)
Elderly, Large
Residential Care Facility for the
P(l)
Elderly, Small
Rooming and Boarding House MUP
Single Family Residential p
Single Room Occupancy MUP
Supportive Housing P(l)
Transitional Housing P(l)
Manufacturing
Power/ Electrical Substation
Industrial
Reverse Vending Machine p
Small Collection Facility
Nature
Agriculture (see 8.10.070) p
Greenway (see 8.10.080) p
Green (see 8.10.090) p
Plaza (see 8.10.100) p
Other
Square (see 8.10.110) p
Passage (see 8.10.120) p
Playground (see 8.10.130) p
Sportsfield
Roof Garden (see 8.10.150) p
1/400 1 parking space required for each 400 sq ft of floor area 11400
(1)
(1)
(1)
1:4
1:4
(1)
(1)
(1)
0 (1)
(1)

1.5/U
(1)
(1)

1.5/U
2/U
1/2U
(1)
(1)
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 -----,
1/R 1 parking space required for each room
1:6 1 parking space required for each 6 students or seats 1/U 1 parking space required for each dwelling unit
3-35
Chapter 3.20 Transect Zones

3.20.090 Tehachapi Blvd West (5D2.1) Zone
C. Development Standards
··a ·--·--·--·--·--·--·-- a
1 _. '- _.

Ser� Alley (as occurs) SeeJU0.100 _. L
F F
:>• ... -. ----.-- """"'! : .. ·---r-------:
•
I
8,
•
•
•
•
Primary Street fronU Diagram 1
Building Site Boundary - - • Buildable Area

1.1 Bulldlng
Type
Duplex
Villa
Courtyard
Rowhouse
BF
Flex Bldg
Small
Flex Bldg
Large
Each building and addition shall be located on
the building site per Diagram 1 and designed as
one of the allowed types below·
--
Building Site Building Setbacks, Size
Width Depth Facade Side Rear

A B C D E F
50-65 100-150 See 5.10.150
80-125 150-200 See 5.10.140
150- 150-200 See 5.10.120 250
86-170 90-150 See 5.10.100 -
50-100 100-150 See 5.10.080
200- 200- See 5.10.070 400 400

1.2 Building facades along streets shall be located
within the facade layer 'C', 'D' per Diagram 1 and
extend along frontage(s) per Section 3.2.
3-36
I
ervtee Alley (as occurs) See 8.20. 100 ,
J ,,: ............. i i ............ :�
H
I
' : i :

G
J
Jl
·-------------
I I
l I
►
,
,
I I
' I �
' I I ,... =
'
I 1j j,
• J I :i: ., L----�........J I i P:t ]
G ! K
J
. • ◄ Jl I I : _____________ •
I I
__ �__ . --·--·----·_I
w-- K
�w
Primary Street front Oiagram2
Building Site Boundary - - •
Allowed Off-Street
Parking Area
-
-, 2.1 Parking shall be located on the building site per Diagram 2. Parking areas shall consist of at least
25% pervious surfaces.

2.2 Parking/ service areas may be accessed from
primary street, alley or side street.

2.3 Parking entries/driveways shall not be wider than 15 ft, designed as integral, decorative components of
the site. Driveways may only connect to each other
within the allowed off-street parking area.

By the building,
G Front 30 or min 3' tall wall/ hedge as
allowed by Section 3.3
H Along 30 By the building,
Side Street or min 3' tall wall/ hedge
Rear 10 Min 5 ft tall wall/ hedge
Side 10 Min 3 ft tall wall/ hedge
5 when along interior sideyard
Parking • Corner site: min 75 ft from corner
J • Interior site: within 15 ft of either side Entry when side street or alley not present Jl Driveway • min 100 ft Separation
K On-Street
• Primary street: min 30 ft from corner Parking
Chapter 3.20 Transect Zones
Tehachapi Blvd West (5D2.1) Zone 3.20.090
Service Alley1°as occurs) See 8.20. 100
1 - --·--,-- --:-- -- -- -- -
1 . I '
I 1 •. - - • - - - -�!. - - - . I \ - - - - - - - !'!-3 - - - - •
·
I �
; 1· : S$ "':
' I
1 ► '◄ M4 I :
l
: I '
M4 "" ◄1► :◄ M4
•
M2

I ' I I
•
I : Ml
I ! .... 1,111111 __ _
L • ss
Ml
·---al•---·
SS I
·--·--'-- • -'---�J
• #'w
Primary Street Front Diagram3
Building Site Boundary - - •
SS Streetscape Area
(see 8.20 for reqmtsJ
Frontaae Required
(see 'FL' r0< reqmts)
Encroachment Area
(see 'M' for reqmts}

3.1 Building facades shall be located on the building
site per Diagram 3 and designed as one or multiple
allowed types below: -------
Frontage ---
Types Requirements
Front Yard See 5.20.140
Stoop See 5.20.120
Walled � Yard See 5.10.110
Parking Court See 5.20.090
Forecourt See 5.20.080
Shopfront See 5.20.070
Gallery See Table 5.20

3.2 Street facades shall extend along the frontage line per Diagram 3 and as identified in Section 'FL'. below
-·i::Hi,itihHh•ii-i-iiflHMiifH¥£M •
Along Primary St • Corner Site: 70% min from side st:;l corner • Interior Site: 60% min
Along Side St 60% min from primary street corner I 3.3 Building elements may encroach into required setbacks as identified below. ----=======
M M1 M2 M3 M4
Duplex to Courtyard 5 5 3 4
1-f l -----------5---5--7----2;---i
_
Rowhouse BF to Flex Bldg (S) :--i Flex Bldg (L) 5 5 5 3 C. Development Standards

4. Building Height and Adjaencies
w
J
/
occupied attic as ,
/ occur�) ,
�---1--- ----LR
I
T'
__ __., l"
•
Diagram4
Building Site Boundary - - ,

4.1 Buildings and additions shall comply with the
requirements in Diagram 4. All numbers are stated
as a range or maximum unless stated otherwise. '-------

4.2 Bui Id in g height is measured vertically from average sidewalk grade along frontage to the top plate of
the highest story. j 4.3 Roofs, chimneys, finials and portions of structures less than 200 square feet with no dimension
L
exceeding 15 feet, are allowed up to 12 feet above
the top plate of the third -story. --=----------
TF (TR) R u V(min) w
Third Finished Grd Fir
Ft/ Stories Story Fl Level to Fir
Building Stbk from SW Ht
Type
Duplex 24 2.5 n.a. min 1.5 10 36
Villa 26 2.5 n.a. min 1.5 10 38
Courtyard 30 2.5 n.a. min 1.5 10 42
RowhouseBF 30 2.5 n.a. min 1.5 10 42 -
Flex Bldg
Small 26 2 n.a. 0 12 38
Flex Bldg
35 (24) 3 (1) min 0 14 47
Large 10
3-37
Chapter 3.30 Non-Transect Zones
Sections:
.., .J . .Jv.v Iv

3.30.020

3.30.030

3.30.040

3.30.050

3.30.060

3.30.070

3.30.080

3.30.090

3.30.100

3.30.110

3.30.120

3.30.130

3.30.140

3.30.150

3.30.160

3.30.010
Purpose
Applicability
Estate (E) Zone
Single Family Residential R 1 Zone
Medium-Density Residential R 2) Zone
High-Density Residential R-3 Zone
Mobile Home Park (MHP) Zone
Residential Professional (RP) Zone
Neighborhood Comn1ercial C-1) Zone
Central Commercial (C-2 Zone
General Commercial (C-3) ?one
Highway Commercial C-4 Zone
Light Industrial M-1 Zone
Medium Industrial M 2 Zone
Agriculture A Zone
Planned Development PD Zone
Purpose
Chapter 3.30 provides regulatory standards governing
land use and building form within the Non Transect
based zoning areas. The Zoning Code 1s a reflection of
the community v1s1on for implementing the intent of
the General Plan. These standards are intended to en
sure that proposed development 1s compatible with
existing and future development on neighboring
proputies and produces an environment of desirable
character consistent with the General Plan and any
applicable specific plan

3.30.020 Applicability
The rr qu1rernents of Chapter 3.30 shall apply to JII
proposed developr'1ent within Non �ransect based
zones, and shall be considered 1n comb1nat1on with the
standards for the applicable zone in Article 4 General
to Zones) and those 1n Article 6 (Specific to Uses). If there 1s a conflict between any standards, the pro
visions of Article 3 (Specific to Zones) control over
Article 4 and the prov s1ons of Article 6 control over
Articles 3 and 4.
3- 39
Chapter 3.30 Non-Transect Zones

3.30.030 Estate (E) Zone
A. Intent and Purpose
The E zone is applied to areas ofTehachapi's that are
appropriate for the development of larger residential
lots where uses and activities allowed are designed to
promote rural character and quiet residential neighborhoods. All property shall comply with the follow ing applicable requirements:

1. Physical Character. Property shall comply with
the development standards in Section C of the E
zone.

2. Land Use.
al Existing land uses may remain per the requirements of Chapter 10.30 Nonconforming Provisions; bl New or expanded land use activity shall comply
with Section B of the E zone.

3. Parking.
a Existing parking shall be improved when any of
the following apply: a new building or renova
tion/addition over SO%, b) modification of site
access, or c subdivision;
b\ New or expanded parking shall comply with Sec
tions Band C.2 of the E zone.
3-40
Above: Homes on larger lots promote a rural character ..

Above: A large home with ample yard space enhance a
qu1et residential neighborhood
B. Land Use Standards

1. Allowed Land Use Types. Only those land uses identified in Table 3.30.030 as allowable per the required permit shall be allowed, subject to the following:
al The required permit 1s obtained prior to establishing operations;
bJ All land use activity shall comply with the applicable requirements for parking, size or location and special
requirements identified in Table 3.30.030.

2. Multiple Land Use Types. A building or building site rnay utilize multiple land use types per the applicable requirements ofTable 3.30.030.

Table 3.30.030. Land Use Standards
Adult Entertainment
Cinema
Entertainment Nightclub
and Health / Fitness
Recreation Indoor/Outdoor Recreation CUP 1/400
Live/Amplified Music
Meeting Facility CUP 1/400
Drive-Through
Pub/ Bar, Micro-Brewery
Restaurant Restaurant (may incl alcohol sales) and Food Outdoor Dining
Wine Tasting
Alcohol Sales (off-site)
Artisan / Craft MFG (w/ on-site sales).

Art Gallery/ Exhibition
Retail Retail <2,000 square feet
Retail >2,000 square feet
Secondhand Stores
Tobacco Centric Venue
Business or Personal Services
Day Care Center: > 15 CUP(l) 1:4
Funeral Home
Hotel/ Motel -
I -
Inn (B&B)
Services
Laundromat/ Dry Cleaning
Medical Services
Personal Services, Restricted
Repair, Commercial (non-vehicular)
Veterinary Clinic/ Indoor Boarding
Office
Office and Government, Civic, Library
Civic School, College, University MUP 1:5
Transit Station
Car Wash, Gas Station
Motor-Vehicle Motor Vehicle Sales, Rentals
Related Recreational Vehicle Park
Repair (motor vehicles)
Key
p Permitted Use
MUP Minor Use Permit Required
CUP Conditional Use Permit Required
Use not allowed
(1) See Article 6 "Specific to Uses'
Chapter 3.30 Non-Transect Zones
Estate (E) Zone 3.30.030
Communi- Telecommunications Facilities CUP(l) 0
cations Broadcasting/ Recording Studio
Accessory Dwelling Unit P(l) (1)
Community Care Facility, Large CUP(l) (1)
Community Care Facility, Small P(l) (1)
Day Care: Small House <7 P(l) 1:4
Day Care: Large House 7 to 14 P(l) 1:4
Emergency Shelter p (1) (1)
Employee Housing (Agricultural) MUP(l) (1)
Employee Housing (Residential) P(l) (1)
Ground Floor
Home Occupation p (1) 0
Junior Accessory Dwelling Unit P(l) (1)
Residential Low-Barrier Navigation Center
Mobile Home Park/ Subdivision
Multi Family Residential
Residential Care Facility for the
Elderly, Large CUP (1) (1)
Residential Care Facility for the
Elderly, Small P(l) (1)
Rooming and Boarding House
Single Family Residential p 2N
Single Room Occupancy
Supportive Housing p (1) (1)
Transitional Housing p (1) (1)
Manufacturing
Power/ Electrical Substation
Industrial
Reverse Vending Machine
Small Collection Facility
Nature (see 8.10.060) MUP 0
Agriculture (see 8.10.070) MUP
Greenway (see 8.10.080) p 0
Green (see 8.10.090) p 0
Other
Plaza, Square, Passage
Playground
Sportsfield (see 8.10.140)
Roof Garden (see 8.10.150)
1/400 1 parking space required for each 400 sq ft of floor area 1/2R 1 parking space required for each 2 rooms
1:6 1 parking space required for each 6 students or seats 1/U 1 parking space required for each dwelling unit
3-41
Chapter 3.30 Non-Transect Zones

3.30.030 Estate (E) Zone
C. Development Standards
L -- -- --·-- -----
Alley (as occurs)
1 -,;,!Y�-� i "���1-I l � I �
Interior , Corner
Building Site � Building Site
I
I
◄ B B► �A�t
•
!◄ B
I
I
C ►:
-
•
-·�
L ___ __! --· A _____ _J
ow
Primary Street (front) a.,,..,
Building Site Boundary - - • Buildable Area
BUILDING SITE REQUIREMENTS Min.

A Front Setback
From Center Line of Loe.al Street 55'
From Center Line of Secondary Street 70'
From Center Line of Major Street 80'
B Side Setback 10'
C Side Street Setback, Corner Lot 25"
Reverse Corner Lot 25''
D Rear Setback 25'
Rear Setback, Through Lot See Front
I Setback measured from the right-of-way of any local street existing or proposed secondary or major highway. or the right-of-way established by any official or specific plan line.

LOT REQUIREMENTS
E E-1 /2 Lot Size
F E-1 Lot Size
G E-2 1/2 Lot Size
H E-5 Lot Size
3-42
Min.
.5 acre
1 acre

2.5 acre
5 acres

2. Parking Placement
Allowed Off-Street Building Site Boundary - -
Parking Area

2.1 See Chapter 4.50 (Parking Standards).
--·--·- -·--·--. --·
Alley (as occurs)
1-·--·--·--·- . - --·--·--·
. I
I •·--·-·"'··•--•! I •··••------•-•""
I
• j :

Interior
Building Site
I
r
I
t
I �
I
•
I I �
I
•
Corner
Building Site
� I •
•• - -••• -• -- -•. , I
:;. • -•.•• -••••• ·"
I L ___________ . -·--·--·--·
.-...-4���----"'e �---\o._-i.l ....... �
Primary Street (front)
Building Site Boundary __ Encroachment Area
(see 'J' for reqmts)
j

3.1 Trees, shrubs and similar landscaping materials may be located within front, side and rear setbacks in compli3.2 Rooftop equipment, including roof mounted air conditioning systems, are prohibited in new residential construction. Exception: Retrofit equipment with in
existing residential construction, when the Chief Building Inspector determines that the circumstances of the installation preclude installation within the building
envelope.

J Encroachments Requirements
Encroachment into Front Setback
Architectural Features 3'max.

Uncovered porches and necessary 6'max. landings1
Stairs and connected platforms or
landings extending above the first 6'max
floor of a building
Awnings and decks 50% of required
setback
Chapter 3.30 Non-Transect Zones
Estate (E) Zone 3.30.030
C. Development Standards

4.--Building --Height and Adjacencies
-- -- ---- ----
I
IK
---,.--
___ ___., �
T
L
Fr;;;;--· Rear
Building Site Boundary - - .

Uncovered stairs and necessary
landings1
Awnings, decks, trellises, or patio
covers2
Diagram4
3'max.
50% of required
setback
1 Such stairs and landing shall not extend above the first floor of the building, except for a railing not exceeding three feet in height.
2 Height to the top of the trellis or patio cover is 9 feet max.

4.1 4.2
K
L
M
Buildings and additions shall comply with the
requirements per Chapter 4.20 (Site and Structural
Standards).

Building height shall be measured vertically from
average sidewalk grade along frontage and per
ADA requirements.

Max3
Height Requirements
Stories Ft
Bldg Height 2 35
Accessory Structure 1 12
Antenna 45
3 Maximum stories shall not exceed maximum height (feet) from groundline.
3-43
Chapter 3.30 Non-Transect Zones

3.30.040 Single Family Residential (R-1) Zone
A. Intent and Purpose
The R-1 zone 1s applied to areas of Tehachapi that are
appropriate for the development of low density residential dwellings of a single family dwelling type. The R 1 zone establishes neighborhoods that preserve and
protect a single family residential character, while also allowing for a variety of housing opportunities. All
property shall comply with the following applicable
requirements:

1. Physical Character. Property shall comply with the
development standards in Section C of the R 1 zone

2. Land Use.
a Existing land uses may remain per the require
men ts of Chapter 10.30 Nonconforming Provi
sions ·
b New or expanded land use activity shall comply
with Section B of the R 1 zone

3. Parking.
a Existing parking shall be improved when any of
the following apply· a new building or renova
tion/addition over 50%, b) modification of site
access. or c. subd1v1s1onbl New or expanded parking shall comply with Sec tions Band C 2 of the R 1 zone.
3-44
Above: Single fop1J/y homes with accessible driveways.

Above: Single family home r•cely la•1dscaoed promotes a 1ow density neighborhood.

B. Land Use Standards

1. Allowed Land Use Types. Only those land uses iden
tified in Table 3.30.040 as allowable per the required
permit shall be allowed, subject to the following·
a The required permit is obtained prior to establishing operations
bi All land use act1v1ty shall comply with the applicable requirements for parking size or location and spe
cial requirements identified in Table 3 30.040

2. Multiple Land Use Types. A building or build111g site may utilize multiple land use types per the applicable
requirements ofTable 3.30.030.

Chapter 3.30 Non-f ran sect ?ones
Single Family Residential (R-1) Zone 3.30.040
Table 3.30.040. land Use Standards
Cinema
Entertainment Nightclub
and Health/ Fitness
Recreation Indoor/Outdoor Recreation
Live/Amplified Music
Meeting Facility
Drive-Through
Pub/ Bar, Micro-Brewery
Restaurant Restaurant (may incl alcohol sales) and Food Outdoor Dining
Wine Tasting
Alcohol Sales (off-site)
Artisan/ Craft MFG (w/ on-site
sales), Art Gallery I Exhibition
Retail Retail <2,000 square feet
Retail >2,000 square feet
Secondhand Stores
Tobacco Centric Venue
Business or Personal Services
Day Care Center: > 15
Funeral Home
Hotel / Motel
Services
Inn (B&B)
Laundromat/ Dry Cleaning
Medical Services
Personal Services, Restricted
Repair, Commercial (non-vehicular)
Veterinary Clinic/ Indoor Boarding
Office
Office and Government, Civic, Library
Civic School, College, University
Transit Station
Car Wash, Gas Station
Motor-Vehicle Motor Vehicle Sales, Rentals
Related Recreational Vehicle Park
Repair (motor vehicles)
Key
p Permitted Use
MUP Minor Use Permit Required
CUP Conditional Use Permit Required
Use not allowed
(1) See Article 6 "Specific to Uses"
CUP 1/400
CUP(2) 1:7 (2)
CUP 1/400
CUP(l) 1:4
I
p 1:S
-j
Communications
Residential
Industrial
Other
Broadcasting/ Recording Studio
Accessory Dwelling Un
_
it ____ ....1-_P_11
_
) _,___<1>__,
Community Care Facility, Large CUP (1) (1)
Community Care Facility, Small P (1)
Day Care: Small House <7
Day Care: Large House 7 to 14
Emergency Shelter
Employee Housing (Agricultural)
Employee Housing (Residential)
Ground Floor
Home Occupation
Junior Accessory Dwelling Unit
Low-Barrier Navigation Center
Mobile Home Park/ Subdivision
Multi Family Residential
Residential Care Facility for the
Elderly, Large
Residential Care Facility for the
Elderly, Small
Rooming and Boarding House
Single Family Residential
Single Room Occupancy
Supportive Housing
Transitional Housing
Manufacturing
Power/ Electrical Substation
Reverse Vending Machine
Small Collection Facility
Nature (see 8.10.060)
Agriculture (see 8.10.070)
Greenway (see 8.10.080)
Green (see 8.10.090)
Plaza, Square, Passage
Playground (see 8.10.130)
Sportsfield (see 8.10.140)
Roof Garden (see 8.10.150)
I
I
I
I
I
P(ll 1:4
p (1) I 1
,4 I

P(I) (I)
-
I
-
I
P(l) (1) I
-
I - I
P(l) 0
P(I) I <n I
-
-
I - I
-
I CUP (1) I (1) I
P(I) I (1)
I
-
I - I
p 2/U
I
-
I - I
P(l) (I)
I P(l) I oi I
I
-
I - I
I
-
I -7
CUP 0
I
-
I
I
p I o I
I
MUP I o I
MUP 0
I p I o I
(21 Re-llgM>Us tnsbtU1K>f'IS only, all oth� typM of Mtthng Fa<-1l1ty ift p,oh.1t>.t� 1/400 1 parking space required for each 400 sq ft of floor area 112, 1 parking space required for each 2 rooms
1:6
1/u
1 parking space required for each 6 students or seats
1 parking space required for each dwelling unit
3-45
Chapter 3.30 Non-Transect Zones

3.30.040 Single Family Residential (R-1) Zone
C. Development Standards
Primary Street (front)
Building Site Boundary - - • Buildable Area
BUILDING SITE REQUIREMENTS Min.

A Front Setback 25"
IB Side Setback, Interior Lot 5'/1 0' 2
C Side Street Setback, Corner Lot 15'
Reverse Corner Lot 20'
D Side Interior Setback Corner Lot 5'
Reverse Corner Lot 5'
E Accessory Structure Rear Setback 3 5'
F Rear Setback 25"
1 Lots less than 8,000sf require a 20 front and rear Setback. 2 One side setbdck 1s min 5 and the other side setback is min. 1 o·. 3 Residential accessory structures shall have the same minimum front and side setback as rt>quired of the main building.

LOT REQUIREMENTS
G Lot Size (min.) 8,000sf
H Lot Width, Interior Lot (min.) 70'
I Lot Width, Corner Lot (min.) 75'
J Lot Width, Reverse Corner Lot (min.) 80'
K Lot Depth (min.) 100'
L Lot Coverage (max.) 35%
3-46

2. Parking Placement
Allowed Off-Street Building Site Boundary - -
Parking Area

2.1 See Chapter 4.50 (Parking Standards).

Chapter 3.30 Non-Transect Zones
Single Family Residential (R-1) Zone 3.30.040
Alley {as occurs)
-·--· --. - -. -- -·-- . - - . - -· -
·-------------,
Interior
Building Site
------------·
Corner
Building Site
.,_ -• -• • • • -• -• • : i 4 - • • • • • • • • • • • •• I I
L,-----·--·- . -·-- ______ .J
Primary Street (front) 0.,,-J
I 1
i I
10 1-1 I
C. Development Standards
---.. lo
I '
t I p I
Fro-;;-- Rear
Diagram4
Building Site Boundary __ Encroachment Area Building Site Boundary - - , (see 'N' for reqmts)

3.1 Trees, shrubs and similar landscaping materials may be located within front, side and rear setbacks in compliance with Chapter 4.40 (Landscape Standards).

3.2 Roof mounted air conditioning systems are not permitted.

N Encroachments Requirements
Encroachment into Front Setback
Architectural Features 3'max.

Uncovered porches and necessary 6'max. landings1
Stairs and connected platforms or
landings extending above the first 6'max
I floor of a building
Awnings and decks 50% of required
setback
Encroachment into Side or Rear Setback
Uncovered stairs and necessary 3'max. landings'
Awnings, decks, trellises, or patio 50% of required
covers2 setback
1 Such stairs and landing shall not extend above the first floor of the building, except for a railing not exceeding three feet in height. 2 Height to the top of the trellis or patio cover is 9 feet max.

4.1 Buildings and additions shall comply with the
requirements per Chapter 4.20 (Site and Structural
Standards).

4.2 Building height shall be measured vertically from
average sidewalk grade along frontage and per
ADA requirements.

Max3
Height Requirements
Stories Ft
0 Bldg Height 2.5 35
P Accessory Structure 12
3 Maximum stories shall not exceed maximum height (feet) from groundline.
3-47
Chapter 3.30 Non-Transect Zones

3.30.050 Medium-density Residential (R-2) Zone
A. Intent and Purpose
The R 2 zone is applied to areas of Tehachapi that
are appropriate for low-density, multi family housing
choices. The R 2 zone establishes good neighborhood
design on lots not less than 7,500 square feet. All
property shall comply with the following applicable
requirements:

1. Physical Character. Property shall comply with
the development standards in Section C of the R 2
zone.

2. Land Use.
a) Existing land uses may remain per the require
men ts of Chapter 10.30 (Nonconforming Provi
sions ;
b New or expanded land use activity shall comply
with Section B of the R 2 zone.

3. Parking.
a Existing parking shall be improved when any of
the following apply: al new building or renova
tion/addition over 50%, b) modification of site
access, or c) subdivision·
b New or expanded parking shall comply with Sec
tions Band C.2 of the R 2 zone.
3-48
Above: Townhomes allow a slight increase in density ,vhi/e maintaining neighborhood character ..

Above: A multi unit building can be integrated into a neighborhood B. Land Use Standards

1. Allowed Land Use Types. Only those land uses identi
tied in Table 3.30.050 as allowable per the required
permit shall be allowed. subject to the following:
aJ The required permit is obtained prior to establishing operations;
bl All land use activity shall comply with the applicable requirements for parking, size or location, and special requirements identified in Table 3.30.050.

2. Multiple Land Use Types. A building or building site may utilize multiple land use types per the applicable
requirements ofTable 3.30.050.

Chapter 3.30 Non-Transect Zones
Medium-density Residential (R-2) Zone 3.30.050
Table 3.30.050. Land Use Standards
Adult Entertainment CommuniCinema cations Broadcasting/ Recording Studio Entertainment Nightclub Accessory Dwelling Unit P(l) (1) and Health / Fitness Community Care Facility, Large CUP(l) (1) Recreation Indoor/Outdoor Recreation CUP 1/400 Community Care Facility, Small P(l) (1) Live/Amplified Music Day Care: Small House <7 P(l) 1:4
Meeting Facility Day Care: Large House 7 to 14 P(l) 1:4 Drive-Through Emergency Shelter p (1) (1)
Pub/ Bar, Micro-Brewery Employee Housing (Agricultural) Restaurant Restaurant (may incl alcohol sales) and Food Employee Housing (Residential) P(l) (1) Outdoor Dining Ground Floor
Wine Tasting Home Occupation P(l) 0
Alcohol Sales (off-site) Junior Accessory Dwelling Unit P(l) (1) Artisan / Craft MFG (w/ on-site sales}, Residential Low-Barrier Navigation Center Art Gallery/ Exhibition Retail <2,000 square feet CUP 1/400 Mobile Home Park/ Subdivision Retail
Retail >2,000 square feet Multi Family Residential p 1.5/U Secondhand Stores Residential Care Facility for the CUP(l) (1) Elderly, Large Tobacco Centric Venue Residential Care Facility for the Business or Personal Services Elderly, Small P(l) (1)
Day Care Center:> 15 CUP(l) 1:4 Rooming and Boarding House Funeral Home Single Family Residential p 2/U
Hotel / Motel Single Room Occupancy MUP 1/2U
Services Inn (B&B) Supportive Housing P(l) (1)
Laundromat/ Dry Cleaning Transitional Housing P(l) (1)
Medical Services CUP 1/400 Manufacturing
Repair, Commercial (non-vehicular) Power/ Electrical Substation Veterinary Clinic/ Indoor Boarding Industrial
Reverse Vending Machine
Office Small Collection Facility
Office and Government, Civic, Library Nature (see 8.10.060) CUP 0 Civic School, College, University p 1:5 Agriculture (see 8.10.070) Transit Station Greenway (see 8.10.080)
Car Wash, Gas Station Green (see 8.10.090) p 0
Motor Vehicle Sales, Rentals Other
Motor-Vehicle Plaza, Square, Passage
Related Recreational Vehicle Park Playground (see 8.10.130) MUP 0 Repair (motor vehicles) Sportsfield (see 8.10.140) MUP 0 Roof Garden (see 8.10.150) p 0
Key
p Permitted Use 1/400 1 parking space required for each 400 sq ft of floor area MUP Minor Use Permit Required 1/2R 1 parking space required for each 2 rooms CUP Conditional Use Permit Required 1:6 1 parking space required for each 6 students or seats Use not allowed 1/U 1 parking space required for each dwelling unit (1) See Article 6 "Specific to Uses"
3-49
I
Chapter 3.30 Non-Transect Zones

3.30.050 Medium-density Residential (R-2) Zone
C. Development Standards
j_ -. - -· -- . - -. - -·--·-- ·-- ,I-
-' Alley (as occurs) , ·--·--·--·- . -·--·--·--·-1
D I D �;V'] i ·�� !I �� 4!rp � I I � f-'1/ � • Interior � I • Corner � j : Building Site � ! � Building Site j I � I I I �
;��i�j. I◄ F A F ►,◄ G A G ► I
L,.__. --. --. - _. -. --. --. --. _l
0 Si lk A
Building Site Boundary - - • Buildable Area
BUILDING SITE REQUIREMENTS Min.

A Front Setback 20'
B Side Setback 5'
Accessory Structure Side Setback 1 5'
C Side Street Setback, Corner Lot 10'
D Rear Setback w/out alley (w/alley = 1 O') 20'
1 Accessory Structure Side Setbacks: Residential accessory structures shall have the same minimum side setback as required of the main building. A nonresidential accessory structure may be located on interior side lot line when structure is located 80' or more from the front property line. An accessory build1ng having an opening on an alley shall be located not less than five feet from the property line. Any accessory structure permitted on a side property line shall have prov1s1ons for roof drainage to be retained on the lot.

LOT REQUIREMENTS Min.

E Lot Size 7,500 sf
F Lot Width, Interior Lot 60'
G Lot Width, Corner Lot 65
'
H Lot Width, Reverse Corner Lot 70'
I Lot Depth 100'
DENSITY REQUIREMENTS Max.

J Density 1 unit/3,630' of lot 2
2 Plus 1 unit for any remaining area more than 1 81 S sq.ft.

2. Parking Placement
L. - - . - - . - - . - - . - - . - - . - - . - - . _1
Alley (as occurs}
��f
• Interior , Corner 1
� Building Site : � Building Site !
L
-.
1---·--·--·_J
Building Site Boundary - - Allowed Off-Street
Parking Area

2.1 2.2

2.3 2.4
Allowed On-Street
Parking Area
Parking shall be located on the building site per Diagram 2. All utilities shall be located underground.

Parking / service areas shall not be accessed from
primary street unless alley or side street not present.

Parking entries shall be 20' max wide, designed as integral, decorative components of the building facade.

See Chapter 450 (Parking Standards).
3-50
Chapter 3.30 Non-Transect Zones
Medium-density Residential (R-2) Zone 3.30.050

3. Encroachments
L . - - . - - . - - . - - . - - . - - . - - • - - . _1
Alley (as occurs) -
. - - ·
--·--· - -:- - ·--. - - . --. -,
·-------��-----· --------------·
I
)
I
I
'
Interior
Building Site
"
t'
I
I,,
V
I
·---�----,,------ ·
Corner
Building Site
-·---.. ----•-,-·
ii
L_._ ,_ --·----·--·--·--·J
Building Site Boundary __ Encroachment Area
(see 'K' for reqmts)
j
GI
'O
iii

3.1 Trees, shrubs and similar landscaping materials may be located within front, side and rear setbacks in compliance with Chapter 4.40 (Landscape Standards).

3.2 Roof mounted air conditioning systems are not permitted.

Architectural Features
Uncovered porches and necessary
landings'
Stairs and connected platforms or
landings extending above the first
floor of a building
Awnings and decks
3'max.
6'max.
6'max
50% of required
setback
Encroachment into Side or Rear Setback
Uncovered stairs and necessary
landings'
Awnings, decks, trellises, or patio
covers2
3'max.
50% of required
setback
1 Such stairs and landing shall not extend above the first floor of the building, except for a railing not exceeding three feet in height 2 Height to the top of the trellis or patio cover is 9 feet max.

C. Development Standards

4. Building Height and Adjacencies
I
Tj
M l
Building Site Boundary - -

4.1 4.2
Buildings and additions shall comply with the
requirements per Chapter 4.20 (Site and Structural
Standards).

Building height shall be measured vertically from
average sidewalk grade along frontage and per
ADA requirements.

Max3
Height Requirements
Stories Ft
L Bldg Height 2.5 3S
M Accessory Structure 12
3 Maximum stories shall not exceed maximum height (feet) from I groundline.
3-5 1
Chapter 3.30 Non-Transect Zones

3.30.060 High-density Residential (R-3) Zone
A. Intent and Purpose
The R 3 zone is applied to areas ofTehachapi that are
appropriate for high density, multi family housing
choices. The R3 zone establishes good neighborhood
design on lots not less than 7,500 square feet. All
property shall comply with the following applicable
requirements:

1. Physical Character. Property shall comply with
the development standards in Section C of the R 3
zone.

2. Land Use.
a) Existing land uses may remain per the requirements of Chapter 10.30 1Nonconforming Provisions· b New or expanded land use activity shall comply
with Section B of the R 3 zone.

3. Parking.
a, Ex1st1ng parking shall be improved when any of
the following apply: a new budding or renovation/addition over 50%, b) modification of site access, or c subdivision;
b New or expanded parking shall comply with Sec
t1ons Band C.2 of the R 3 zone.
3-52
Illustrative examples of the R-3 Zone:

Above: 1'11ultifamily units with ample green outdoor space Above: Large apartment complexes provide a vanety of
housmg opt10ns 111 the com nuntty.

B. Land Use Standards

1. Allowed Land Use Types. Only those land uses 1denti
lied in Table 3.30.060 as allowable per the required
permit shall be allowed, subject to the following:
a) The required permit is obtained prior to establishing operations;
b All land use activity shall comply with the applicable requirements for parking, size or location, and special requirements identified in Table 3.30.060

2. Multiple Land Use Types. A building or building site may utilize multiple land use types per the applicable
requirements ofTable 3.30.060.

Chapter 3.30 Non-Transect Zones
High-density Residential (R-3) Zone 3.30.060
Table 3.30.060. Land Use Standards
Adult Entertainment Communi- Telecommunications Facilities CUP(l) 0 Cinema cations Broadcasting/ Recording Studio
Entertainment Nightclub Accessory Dwelling Unit P(l) (1) and Health/ Fitness Community Care Facility, Large CUP(l) (1) Recreation Indoor/Outdoor Recreation CUP 1/400 Community Care Facility, Small P(l) (1) Live/Amplified Music Day Care: Small House <7 P(l) 1:4
Meeting Facility CUP 1/400 Day Care: Large House 7 to 14 P(l) 1:4 Drive-Through Emergency Shelter P(l) (1)
Pub/ Bar, Micro-Brewery Employee Housing (Agricultural) Restaurant Restaurant (may incl alcohol sales) Employee Housing (Residential) P(l) (1) and Food
Outdoor Dining Ground Floor
Wine Tasting Home Occupation P(l) 0
Alcohol Sales (off-site) Junior Accessory Dwelling Unit P(l) (1) Artisan/ Craft MFG (w/ on-site sales), Residential Low-Barrier Navigation Center Art Gallery/ Exhibition Mobile Home Park/ Subdivision
Retail Retail <2,000 square feet MUP 1/400 Multi Family Residential p 1/U Retail >2,000 square feet Residential Care Facility for the Secondhand Stores Elderly, Large CUP (1) (1)
Tobacco Centric Venue Residential Care Facility for the P(l) (1) Business or Personal Services Elderly, Small
Day Ca re Center: > 15 CUP(l) 1:4 Rooming and Boarding House p 1/U Funeral Home Single Family Residential p 2/U
Hotel / Motel I I
-
Single Room Occupancy MUP 1/2U
Services Inn (B&B) Supportive Housing P(l) (1)
Laundromat/ Dry Cleaning I
-
I
-
Transitional Housing P(l) (1)
Medical Services Manufacturing
Repair, Commercial (non-vehicular) Industrial
Power/ Electrical Substation
Veterinary Clinic/ Indoor Boarding Reverse Vending Machine Office <2,000 sq ft CUP 1/400 Small Collection Facility Office and Government, Civic, Library Nature (see 8.10.060) p 0 Civic School, College, University Agriculture (see 8.10.070) Transit Station Greenway (see 8.10.080)
Car Wash, Gas Station Green (see 8.10.090) p 0
Recreational Vehicle Park Plaza (see 8.10.100) p 0
Other
Motor-Vehicle Repair (motor vehicles) Square (see 8.10.110) p 0 Related
Motor Vehicle Sales, new/ used Passage (see 8.10.120) p 0 Motor Vehicle Rentals Playground (see 8.10.130) p 0
Sportsfield (see 8.10.140) p 0
Roof Garden (see 8.10.150) p 0
Key
p Permitted Use 1/400 1 parking space required for each 400 sq ft of floor area MUP Minor Use Permit Required 1/2R 1 parking space required for each 2 rooms CUP Conditional Use Permit Required 1:6 1 parking space required for each 6 students or seats __ ,_
Use not allowed 1/U 1 parking space required for each dwelling unit (1) See Article 6 "Specific to Uses"
3-53
Chapter 3.30 Non-Transect Zones

3.30.060 High-density Residential (R-3) Zone
C. Development Standards
Primary Street (front)
Building Site Boundary - - , Buildable Area
BUILDING SITE REQUIREMENTS Min.

A Front Setback 20'
B Side Setback 5'
Accessory Structure Side Setback 5'
C Side Street Setback, Corner Lot 10'
D Rear Setback w/out alley (w/alley = 1 O') 20'
1 Accessory Structure Side Setbacks: Residential accessory structures shall have the same minimum side setback as required of the main building. A nonresidential accessory structure may be located on interior side lot line when structure is located 80' or more from the front property line. An accessory building having an opening on an alley shall be located not less than five feet from the property line. Any accessory structure permitted on a side property line shall have provisions for roof drainage to be retained on the lot.

LOT REQUIREMENTS Min.

E Lot Size 7,500 sf
F Lot Width, Interior Lot 60'
G Lot Width, Corner Lot 6
5'
H Lot Width, Reverse Corner Lot 70'
I Lot Depth 100'
DENSITY REQUIREMENTS Max.

J Density 1 unit/2,722' of lot 1
2 Plus 1 unit for any remaining area more than 1 361 sq.ft 3-54
Interior
Building Site
Building Site Boundary - -
Corner
Building Site
Allowed Off-Street
Parking Area
Allowed On-Street
Parking Area
j

2.1 Parking shall be located on the building site per Diagram 2. All utilities shall be located underground.

2.2 Parking / service areas shall not be accessed from
primary street unless alley or side street not present.

2.3 Parking entries shall be 20' max wide, designed as
integral, decorative components of the building
facade.

2.4 See Chapter 4.50 (Parking Standards).

Chapter 3.30 Non-Transect Zones
High-density Residential (R-3) Zone 3.30.060
Alley (as occurs)
,-·--
·--·--·--:--·--·--·--·-,
I
I
I
•·---•----·------.,, I - - -- - -- - -----,
1 I '
• I '. I 1,
I ! � !
. , Interior : I I I Building Site I I I: I •
. • ', I I•
I � ! !
• I ·, I
I •
I ! � !
Corner
Building Site
• I
'I
I>·-------------•• 1 --•-------•--• I
L_
·--·--·- ·--·--·--·--·J
Building Site Boundary __ Encroachment Area
(see 'K' for reqmts)

3.1 Trees, shrubs and similar landscaping materials may be located within front, side and rear setbacks in compliance with Chapter 4.40 (Landscape Standards).

3.2 Roof mounted air conditioning systems are not permitted ..

K Encroachments Requirements
Encroachment into Front Setback
Architectural Features 3'max.

Uncovered porches and necessary 6'max. landings1
Stairs and connected platforms or
landings extending above the first 6'max
floor of a building
Awnings and decks 50% of required
setback
Encroachment into Side or Rear Setback
Uncovered stairs and necessary 3' max. landings1
Awnings, decks, trellises, or patio 50% of required
covers
2 setback
1 Such stairs and landing shall not extend above the first floor of the building, except for a railing not exceeding three feet in height. 2 Height to the top of the trellis or patio cover is 9 feet max.

C. Development Standards

4. Building Height and Adjacencies
,. - ..
--,
I TL -
I � T
M
'
Building Site Boundary __ .

4.1 Buildings and additions shall comply with the
requirements per Chapter 4.20 (Site and Structural
Standards).

4.2 Building height shall be measured vertically from
average sidewalk grade along frontage and per
ADA requirements.

Max3
Height Requirements
Stories Ft
L Bldg Height 2.5 35
M Accessory Structure 12
3 Maximum stories shall not exceed maximum height (feet) from groundline.
3-35
Chapter 3.30 Non-Transect Zones

3.30.070 Mobile Home Park (MHP) Zone
A. Intent and Purpose
The MHP zone is applied to areas of Tehachapi that
are appropriate for the development of mobile
homes on nonpermanent foundations. The MHP
zone establishes affordable housing opportunities
in the community and ensures a safe and attractive
residential environment. All property shall comply
with the following applicable requirements.

1. Physical Character. Property shall comply with
the development standards in Section C of the MHP
zone.

2. Land Use.
a Existing land uses may remain per the require
ments of Chapter 10.30 Nonconforming Provi
sions);
b) New or expanded land use activity shall comply
with Section B of the MHP zone.

3. Parking.
a1 Existing parking shall be improved when any of
the following apply: a, new building or renova
tion/addition over 50%, b) modification of site
access, or c subdivision,
bJ New or expanded parking shall comply with Sec
tions Band C.2 of the MHP zone.
3-56
Illustrative examples of the MHP Zone:

Above: Landscaping and wide streets offer a safe environ ment.

Above: Parking is located adjacent to each building.

B. Land Use Standards

1. Allowed Land Use Types. Only those land uses ident1
fied in Table 3.30.070 as allowable per the required
permit shall be allowed, subject to the following:
a The required permit is obtained prior to establishing operations;
bl All land use activity shall comply with the applicable requirements for parking, size or location and special
requirements identified in Table 3.30.070.

2. Multiple Land Use Types. A building or building site may utilize multiple land use types per the applicable
requirements ofTable 3.30.070.

Chapter 3.30 Non-Transect Zones
Mobile Home Park (MHP) Zone 3.30.070
Table 3.30.070. land Use Standards
Communications Broadcasting/ Recording Studio
Entertainment Nightclub Accessory Dwelling Unit
and Health/ Fitness Community Care Facility, Large CUP(l) (1) Recreation Indoor/Outdoor Recreation P(2) 1/400 Community Care Facility, Small p (1) (1) Live/Amplified Music Day Care: Small House <7 P(l) 1:4
Meeting Facility Day Care: Large House 7 to 14 p (1) 1:4 Drive-Through Emergency Shelter p (1) (1)
Pub/ Bar, Micro-Brewery Employee Housing (Agricultural) Restaurant Restaurant (may incl alcohol sales) and Food Employee Housing (Residential) P(l) (1) Outdoor Dining Ground Floor
Wine Tasting Home Occupation P(l) 0
Alcohol Sales (off-site) Junior Accessory Dwelling Unit Artisan/ Craft MFG (w/ on-site sales), Residential Low-Barrier Navigation Center Art Gallery/ Exhibition Retail <2,000 square feet Mobile Home Park/ Subdivision P(l) (1) Retail
Retail >2,000 square feet Multi Family Residential
Residential Care Facility for the Secondhand Stores Elderly, Large CUP(l) (1) Tobacco Centric Venue Residential Care Facility for the Business or Personal Services Elderly, Small p (1) (1)
Day Care Center:> 15 P(l) 1:4 Rooming and Boarding House Funeral Home Single Family Residential I -
Hotel / Motel Single Room Occupancy
Services Inn (B&B) Supportive Housing p (1) (1)
Laundromat/ Dry Cleaning Transitional Housing P(l) (1)
Medical Services Manufacturing
Repair, Commercial (non-vehicular) -
I
-
Power/ Electrical Substation
Veterinary Clinic/ Indoor Boarding Industrial
Reverse Vending Machine
Office Small Collection Facility
Office and Government, Civic, Library Nature (see 8.10.060) p 0 Civic School, College, University p 1:S Agriculture (see 8.10.070) Transit Station Greenway (see 8.10.080)
Car Wash, Gas Station Green (see 8.10.090) p 0
Motor Vehicle Sales, Rentals Other
Motor-Vehicle Plaza, Square, Passage
Related Recreational Vehicle Park p (2) Playground (see 8.10.130) MUP 0 Repair (motor vehicles) Sportsfield (see 8.10.140)
Roof Garden (see 8.10.150)
Key
p Permitted Use (2) Accessory to mobile home park
MUP Minor Use Permit Required 1/400 1 parking space required for each 400 sq ft of floor area CUP Conditional Use Permit Required 1/2R 1 parking space required for each 2 rooms Use not allowed 1:6 1 parking space required for each 6 students or seats (1) See Article 6 "Specific to Uses" 1/U 1 parking space required for each dwelling unit 3-57
Chapter 3.30 Non-Transect Zones

3.30.070 Mobile Home Park (MHP) Zone
C. Development Standards

1. Building Placement
--·--
A
-·--·--·--·--·
,
♦
'
G f'� :Jf 1 . 7
: Typical
1 Double
I
I I I
1 B Typical
1 ◄ ►•Single,
I I I
. .
r"J'l'·--� rr-'1

I I I I
1 Typical •◄B► Typical,
1 1
Double 1 1 Single 1
I I I
I I �.xr
I ◄E►
Access Road
Prima Street (front)
Building Site Boundary - - •

BUILDING SITE REQUIREMENTS
A Rear Setback
't)
"'
0 er
"'
"'
.,
Buildable Area
Min.
20'
Between Mobile Homes in park
B Side to Side 15'
C Side to Rear 10'
D Rear to Rear 10'
1 Accessory Structure Side Setbacks: Residential accessory structures shall have the Sdme minimum side setback as
required of the main building.

INDIVIDUAL SITE REQUIREMENTS Min.

Site Width
E Single 55'
F Double 30' plus mobile home width
G Site Depth 80'
FORM AND DENSITY REQUIREMENTS Max.

H Lot Coverage 60%
Density 8 unit/acre
3-58

2. Parking Placement
--·--·-- ·--·--·- - ·--· 1
r
L
I
..

I,
r
'
I
t,
l
.:;
j
,·
t'
l
�-----· ·,--------- -.

J Access Road
't)
"'
0 er
.. ...
...
<t
Primary Street (front) ______________ ,_.,.m2
B 'Id' s·t B d Allowed Off-Street
u1 mg , e oun ary - - p k' A

2.1 2.2

2.3 2.4
ar mg rea
Parking shall be located on the building site per Diagram 2. All utilities shall be located underground.

Parking / service areas shall not be accessed from primary street unless alley or side street not present.

Parking entries shall be 20' max wide, designed as integral, decorative components of the building facade.

All vehicular parking areas and drives shall be surfaced and graded in accordance with the requirements for
local streets as contained in the City's subdivision
ordinance.

2.5 All mobile home park sites shall have access from an abutting improved and dedicated city street or highway.

2.6 All points of vehicular access to and from public streets shall be approved by the Commission.

2.7 See Chapter 4.50 (Parking Standards).

Chapter 3.30 Non-Transect Zones
Mobile Home Park (MHP) Zone 3.30.070
.. .
·- - -- - -·
I l I
'
•
I,
I
t '
., r
!. - - - � -� � - - .. !
.,. ... -· .... .. -- _._,,
I I I
I I t
I
'
..
·- ---- ....

I
I
(
�- - - - !
. - - . - - . -Primary Str'eef'lfront)- - . --;
Building Site Boundary __ Encroachment Area
(see 'K' for reqmts)

3.1 Trees, shrubs and similar landscaping materials may be located within front, side and rear setbacks in compliance with Chapter 4.40 (Landscape Standards).

3.2 All mobile home spaces shall have frontage on internal private drives. No mobile home space shall have direct
access to a public street or public alley.

K Encroachments Requirements
Encroachment into Front Setback
Architectural Features 3'max.

Uncovered porches and necessary 6'max. landings1
Stairs and connected platforms or
landings extending above the first 6'max
floor of a building
Awnings and decks 50% of required
setback
Encroachment into Side or Rear Setback
Uncovered stairs and necessary 3'max. landings1
Awnings, decks, trellises, or patio 50% of required
covers2 setback
1 Such stairs and landing shall not extend above the first floor of the building, except for a railing not exceeding three feet in height. 2 Height to the top of the trellis or patio cover is 9 feet max.

C. Development Standards

4. Building Height and Adjacencies
L
Building Site Boundary - -
M

4.1 Buildings and additions shall comply with the
requirements per Chapter 4.20 (Site and Structural
Standards).

4.2 Building height shall be measured vertically from
average sidewalk grade along frontage and per
ADA requirements.

Height Requirements Max
L Bldg Height 25'
M Accessory Structure 25'
3-59
Chapter 3.30 Non-Transect Zones

3.30.080 Residential Professional (RP) Zone
A. Intent and Purpose
The RP zone is applied to areas of Tehachapi that are
appropriate for the developrnent of professional of
fices along with compatible residential uses. The RP
zone supports residential development that 1s com
patible with the existing and future development of
the zone. All property shall comply with the following
applicable requirements:

1. Physical Character. Property shall comply with
the development standards in Section C of the RP
zone.

2. Land Use.
a) Existing land uses may remain per the require
men ts of Chapter 10.30 \Jonconforming Provi
sionsl;
b New or expanded land use activity shall comply
'Nlth Section B of the RP zone.

3. Parking.
a Ex sting parking shall be improved when any of
the follo•v1ng apply: ai new building or renova
tion/addition over 50%, b) modification of site
access or c subdivision
bl New or expanded parking shall comply with Sec
tions Band C.2 of the RP zone.
3-60
Illustrative examples of the RP Zone:

Above: Small office compliments the surrounding res,den t•a u es.

Above: Office buildings can be compatible with residential uses.

B. Land Use Standards

1. Allowed Land Use Types. Only those land uses 1dent1
fled in Table 3.30.080 as allowable per the required
permit shall be allowed, subJect to the following:
a The required permit is obtained prior to establishing operations,
b All land use activity shall comply with the applicable requirements for parking size or location. and special
requirements identified in Table 3.30.080.

2. Multiple Land Use Types. A building or build1rg site JTlay utilize r,ult1ple land use types per the applicable requirements ofTable 3.30.080.

Chapter 3.30 Non-Transect Zones
Residential Professional (RP) Zone 3.30.080
Table 3.30.080. Land Use Standards
Adult Entertainment CommuniCinema cations Broadcasting/ Recording Studio Entertainment Nightclub Accessory Dwelling Unit P(l) (1) and Health/ Fitness Community Care Facility, Large CUP(l) (1) Recreation Indoor/Outdoor Recreation Community Care Facility, Small P(l) (1) Live/Amplified Music Day Care: Small House <7 p (1) 1:4 Meeting Facility Day Care: Large House 7 to 14 P(l) 1:4 Drive-Through Emergency Shelter
Pub/ Bar, Micro-Brewery Employee Housing (Agricultural) Restaurant Restaurant (may incl alcohol sales) and Food Employee Housing (Residential) P(l) (1) Outdoor Dining Ground Floor MUP 1N
Wine Tasting Home Occupation P(l) 0
Alcohol Sales (off-site) Junior Accessory Dwelling Unit P(l) (1) Artisan/ Craft MFG (w/ on-site sales), Residential Low-Barrier Navigation Center Art Gallery/ Exhibition Mobile Home Park/ Subdivision Retail <2,000 square feet p 1/400 Retail Retail >2,000 square feet Multi Family Residential
Residential Care Facility for the Secondhand Stores Elderly, Large CUP(l) (1) Tobacco Centric Venue Residential Care Facility for the Business or Personal Services p 1/500 Elderly, Small P(l) (1) Day Care Center:> 15 Rooming and Boarding House
Funeral Home Single Family Residential p 2/U
Hotel / Motel Single Room Occupancy
Services Inn (B&B) Supportive Housing p (1) (1)
Laundromat/ Dry Cleaning Transitional Housing P(l) (1)
Medical Services p 1/400 Manufacturing
Repair, Commercial (non-vehicular) MUP 1/SOO Power/ Electrical Substation Veterinary Clinic/ Indoor Boarding Industrial MUP 1/400 Reverse Vending Machine Office <3,000 sq ft p 1/400 Small Collection Facility
Office and Government, Civic, Library Nature, Agriculture Civic School, College, University CUP 1:5 Greenway (see 8.10.080) p 0 Transit Station Green (see 8.10.090) p 0
Car Wash, Gas Station Plaza (see 8.10.100) p 0
Motor-Vehicle Recreational Vehicle Park Other Square (see 8.10.110) p 0 Related Repair (motor vehicles) Passage (see 8.10.120) p 0 Motor Vehicle Sales, Rentals Playground (see 8.10.130) MUP 0 Sportsfield (see 8.10.140)
Roof Garden (see 8.10.150) p 0
Key
Permitted Use 1/400 1 parking space required for each 400 sq ft offloor area MUP Minor Use Permit Required 1/2R 1 parking space required for each 2 rooms CUP Conditional Use Permit Required 1:6 1 parking space required for each 6 students or seats Use not allowed 1/U 1 parking space required for each dwelling unit (1) See Article 6 "Specific to Uses"
3-61
Chapter 3.30 Non-Transect Zones
· .080 Residential Professional (RP) Zone
C. Development Standards

1. Building Placement
Primary Street (front)
Building Site Boundary __ . Buildable Area
Accessory Structure Front Setback 20'
B Side Setback 10'
Accessory Structure Side Setback 1
C Side Street Setback, Corner Lot 15'
D Rear Setback 20'
Accessory Structure Rear Setback 5'
1 Accessory Structure Side Setbacks: Residential accessory structures shall have the same minimum side setback as
required of the ma,n building.

E
F
G
H
I I
LOT REQUIREMENTS Min.

Lot Size
Lot Width, Interior Lot
Lot Width, Corner Lot
Lot Width, Reverse Corner Lot
Lot Depth
3-62
7,500 sf
70'
75'
80'
100'

2. Parking Placement
O.,,..l
Building Site Boundary Allowed Off-Street
Parking Area

2.1 2.2

2.3 2.4

2.5 Allowed On-Street
Parking Area
Parking shall be located on the building site per Diagram 2. All utilities shall be located underground.

Parking / service areas shall not be accessed from primary street unless alley or side street not present.

Parking entries shall be 20' max wide, designed as integral, decorative components of the building facade.

See Chapter 4.50 (Parking Standards).

See Section 4,40.080 (Fences and Screening).

Chapter 3.30 Non-Transect Zones
Residential Professional (RP) Zone 3.30.080

3. Encroachments
I
l, __________ _ ____ I
I _ _ _ • _ _ _ _ �e�a_Loc�u!l} . _ _ _ _ . _ 1
I -- ..,_ •. •. - • •. •' I : • ••••• • •. • • •. i �I
t � ��-
Interior
Building Site
� I I
'
' I
I
r I
I
I I
'
Corner
Building Site
Building Site Boundary _ _ Encroachment Area
(see 'J' for ,eqmts)

3.1 3.2
Trees, shrubs and similar landscaping materials may be
located within front, side and rear setbacks in compliance with Chapter 4.40 (Landscape Standards).

Commercial rooftop equipment installations shall be
screened from view from adjoining properties to the
satisfaction of the administrative authority. The noise level from all rooftop equipment shall not exceed the
ambient noise level at the surrounding property lines.

J Encroachments Requirements
Encroachment into Front Setback
Architectural Features
Uncovered porches and necessary
landings'
Stairs and connected platforms or
3'max.
6'max.

I landings extending above the first
floor of a building
6'max
I
I Awnings and decks SO% of required
setback
C. Development Standards

4. Building Height and Adjacencies
K -
- -L
---,-.-
K
T
L
fr� Rear
Building Site Boundary - -
Uncovered stairs and necessary
landings'
Awnings, decks, trellises, or patio
covers 2
Diagram4
3'max.
50% of required
setback
1 Such stairs and landing shall not extend above the first floor of the building, except for a railing not exceeding three feet in height.
2 Height to the top of the trellis or patio cover is 9 feet max.

4.1 4.2
Buildings and additions shall comply with the
requirements per Chapter 4.20 (Site and Structural
Standards).

Building height shall be measured vertically from
average sidewalk grade along frontage and per
ADA requirements.

L Accessory Structure 12
3 Maximum stories shall not exceed maximum height (feet) from groundline.
3-63
Chapter 3.30 Non-Transect Zones

3.30.090 Neighborhood Commercial (C-1) Zone
A. Intent and Purpose
The C 1 zone is applied to areas ofTehachapi that are
appropriate for lirl"ited commercial uses. The uses of
the C 1 zone shall be designed in a way so as to be
operated completely compatible to and harmonious
with the character of surrounding residential areas
and shall provide primarily those services that are in
tended to serve the surrounding neighborhood. The
C 1 zone 1s not intended to accommodate large retail
goods establishments or to act as a focal point within
the City. All property shall comply with the following
applicable requirements:

1. Physical Character. Property shall comply with
the development standards in Section C of the C 1
zone.

2. Land Use.
a Existing land uses may remain per the require
ments of Chapter 10.30 \Jonconforming Prov1
sionsJ;
b i\lew or expanded land use act1v1ty shall comply
with Section B of the C 1 zone.

3. Parking.
a Existing parking shall be improved when any of
the following apply: a new building or renova
tion/addition over 50%, b) modification of site
access or c subd1v1s1on
b \Jew or expanded parking shall comply with Sec
t1ons Band C.2 of the C ' zone.
3-64
Above: A variety of small retail stores provide services for the surrounding commun,ty.

Above: Smaller commeroa/ buildings are in tended to fit sea n dS 1 ,,, • ., •f.i es c, ri, � '> ' " ·ar or ,''e e•ghbor hood
B. Land Use Standards
All property �hall comply .v1th the applicable require
men ts of Section B of the C 1 Zone.

1. Allowed Land Use Types. Only those land uses 1dent1
tied in Section Bas allowable per the required permit
shall be allowed, subject to the following:
a The required permit is obtained prior to establishing operat ons·
b, All land use activity shall comply with the applicable r<>quiremerts for parking size or ocation and special
requirements identified in Section B.

2. Multiple Land Use Types. A building 01 building site may utilize rl"Ultiple land use types per the applicable requireme1�ts of Section B.

Chapter 3.30 Non-Transect Zones
Neighborhood Commercial (C-1) Zone 3.30.090
Table 3.30.090. Land Use Standards
Telecommunications Facilities
Cinema Broadcasting I Recording Studio CUP 1/400
Entertainment Nightclub Accessory Dwelling Unit
and Health/ Fitness Community Care Facility, Large
Recreation Indoor/Outdoor Recreation 1/400 Community Care Facility, Small Live/Amplified Music Day Care: Small House <7
Meeting Facility CUP 1/400 Day Care: Large House 7 to 14 Drive-Through Emergency Shelter
Pub/ Bar, Micro-Brewery Employee Housing (Agricultural) Restaurant Restaurant (may incl alcohol sales) Employee Housing (Residential) and Food Outdoor Dining Ground Floor
Wine Tasting Home Occupation
Alcohol Sales (off-site) Junior Accessory Dwelling Unit Artisan I Craft MFG (w/ on-site Residential Low-Barrier Navigation Center sales), Art Gallery/ Exhibition Mobile Home Park/ Subdivision Retail <2,000 square feet p 1/400 Multi Family Residential Retail I - - Retail <l 0,000 square feet p 1/400 Residential Care Facility for the Retail >10,000 square feet CUP 1/400 Elderly, Large
Secondhand Stores Residential Care Facility for the
Tobacco Centric Venue Elderly, Small
Business or Personal Services MUP 1/500 Rooming and Boarding House CUP 1/U Day Care Center:> 15 P(l) 1:4 Single Family Residential Funeral Home Single Room Occupancy
Hotel / Motel Supportive Housing
Inn (B&B) Transitional Housing
Services
Laundromat/ Dry Cleaning Manufacturing
Medical Services CUP 1/400 Industrial
Power I Electrical Substation CUP 0
Personal Services, Restricted Reverse Vending Machine
Repair, Commercial (non-vehicular) Small Collection Facility Veterinary Clinic/ Indoor Boarding Nature (see 8.10.060) p 0 Office p 1/400 Agriculture (see 8.10.070)
Office and Government, Civic, Library CUP 1/400 Greenway (see 8.10.080) p 0 Civic School, College, University CUP 1:5 Green (see 8.10.090) p 0 Transit Station Plaza (see 8.10.100) p 0
Other
I Motor-Vehicle
Car Wash, Gas Station Square (see 8.10.110) p 0
Recreational Vehicle Park Passage (see 8.10.120) p 0
I
Related Repair (motor vehicles) Playground (see 8.10.130) CUP 0 Motor Vehicle Sales, Rentals Sportsfield (see 8.10.140) Roof Garden (see 8.10.150)
Key
p Permitted Use 1/400 1 parking space required for each 400 sq ft of floor area ____j MUP Minor Use Permit Required l/2R 1 parking space required for each 2 rooms CUP Conditional Use Permit Required 1:6 1 parking space required for each 6 students or seats - • Use not allowed 1/U -----
1 parking space required for each dwelling unit
(1) See Article 6 'Specific to Uses'
3-65
Chapter 3.30 Non-Transect Zones

3.30.090 Neighborhood Commercial (C-1) Zone
C. Development Standards
f>rilMry Strfft (kontl
Building Site Boundary - - , Buildable Area
Front Secondary Highway Setback, 45'
I Front Major Highway Setback 55'
B Side Setback _1,2,3
Side Setback. Adjacent to E, R-1, A 30'
C Rear Setback _1,2,3
Rear Setback, Adjacent to E, R-1, A 30'
- None Required
1 A reversed corner lot adJoin1ng d key lot in E R-1, or A zone minimum side setback .idjoining street shall be not< 1 2 of required front setback on the key lot.
2 Min side or rear setback across a street or alley from E, R-1, or A zone shall be 1 o·.
3 One foot shall be added to each required side setback and rear setback for each 3 of height above lowest 12' of height of a structure.
[o
I F
LOT REQUIREMENTS Min.

Lot Size 7,500 sf
Lot Width, Interior Lot 60'
Lot Width, Corner Lot 65'
Lot Width, Reverse Corner Lot 70'
Lot Depth 100'
I '
I
!�l
j � Building Site .�� Building Site /4 �
l�-1
I I
L,-----·--·- . -
Building Site Boundary _ _
Allowed Off-Street
Parking Area

2.1 2.2

2.3 2.4

2.5 Allowed On-Street
Parking Area
Parking shall be located on the building site per Diagram 2. All utilities shall be located underground.

Parking / service areas shall not be accessed from primary street unless alley or side street not present.

Parking entries shall be 20' max wide, designed as integral, decorative components of the building facade.

See Chapter 450 (Parking Standards).

See Section 4.40.080 (Fences and Screening).

Chapter 3.30 Non-Transect Zones
Neighborhood Commercial (C-1) Zone 3.30.090
-3. ----
Encroachments
- -------- -- -
L - - - - · - - Alley (as occurs) · - - - - -
Interior
Building Site
Prlrn.ry Street (front)
Building Site Boundary _ _ Encroachment Area
(see H' for reqmls)

3.1 i
d;
•
J
Trees, shrubs and similar landscaping materials may be
located within front, side and rear setbacks in compliance with Chapter 4.40 (Landscape Standards).

3.2 Commercial rooftop equipment installations shall be screened from view from adjoining properties to the
satisfaction of the administrative authority. The noise level from all rooftop equipment shall not exceed the
ambient noise level at the surrounding property lines.

H Encroachments Requirements
Encroachment into Front Setback
Architectural Features
Uncovered porches and necessary
landings1
Stairs and connected platforms or
landings extending above the first
floor of a building
Awnings and decks
3'max.
6'max.
6' max
50% of required
setback
I
C. Development Standards

4. Building Height and Adjacencies
�
I •
� I
I I -
---
Front Rear
Diagram4
Building Site Boundary - -
H Encroachments Requirements
Encroachment into Side or Rear Setback
Uncovered stairs and necessary
landings1 3'max.

Awnings, decks, trellises, or patio
covers 2
50% of required
setback
Such stairs and landing shall not extend above the first floor of the building, except for a railing not exceeding three feet in height.
2 Height to the top of the trellis or patio cover is 9 feet max.

4.1 4.2
Buildings and additions shall comply with the
requirements per Chapter 4.20 (Site and Structural
Standards).

Building height shall be measured vertically from
average sidewalk grade along frontage and per
ADA requirements.
3 Maximum stories shall not exceed maximum height (feet) from groundline.
3-6 7
Chapter 3.30 Non-Transect Zones

3.30.100 Central Commercial (C-2) Zone
A. Intent and Purpose
The C 2 zone 1s applied to areas ofTehachapi that
are appropriate for uses that support activities less
restrictive than in the C 1 zone. The C 2 zone sup
ports low pedestrian traffic generating uses, includ
1119 areas for high land demand. recreational. home
improvement repair services and auto related uses.

It is oriented toward providing a variety of retail and service establishments for the entire community. All
property shall comply with the following applicable
requirements:

1. Physical Character. Property shall comply with
the development standards in Section C of the C 2
zone.

2. Land Use.
a Existing land uses may remain per the require
ments of Chapter 10.30 Nonconforming Provi
SIOl1S
b Ne,v or expanded land use activity shall cor"ply
with Section B of the C 2 zone.

3. Parking.
a Existing parking shall be improved when any of
the following apply· a new building or renova
tion/addition over 50%, b) modification of site
Illustrative examples of the C-2 Zone:

Above: A large variety of retail stores and resraurants are accessible co the entire community �--------------
access. or c subd1v1s1on- Above: Services and offices are permitted within the C-2 b Ne•v or expanded parking shall comply with Sec zont.
t1or,s Band C.2 of the C 2 zone
3-68
B. Land Use Standards

1. Allowed Land Use Types. Only those land uses identi
fied in Table 3.30.100 as allowable per the required
perrP1t shall be allo 11Jed. subJect to the following:
a' The required permit 1s obtained prior to establishing operations;
b All land use activity shall comply with the applicable requirements for parking, size or location and special
requirements identified in Table 3.30. 1 00.

2. Multiple Land Use Types. A building or building site may utilize multiple land use types per the applicable
requ1rer,1erts ofTable 3.30. '00.

Chapter 3.30 Non Transect Zones
Central Commercial (C-2) Zone 3.30.100
Table 3.30.100. Land Use Standards
Car Wash p 1/400
I Entertainment
Cinema CUP 1/400 Gas Station (non-commercial P(l) 10
Nightclub CUP 1/400 vehicles) <50,000 sq ft site area
and Health/ Fitness p 1/400 Motor-Vehicle Gas Station (commercial vehicles) Recreation Indoor/Outdoor Recreation p 1/400 Related Motor Vehicle Sales, new MUP 1/400 Live/Amplified Music Motor Vehicle Rentals p 1/400
Meeting Facility p 1/400 Recreational Vehicle Park CUP
Drive-Through p 1/200 Repair (motor vehicles)
Pub/ Bar, Micro-Brewery P(l) 1/200 Communi- Telecommunications Facilities CUP(l) 0 cations Broadcasting/ Recording Studio p 1/400
Restaurant Restaurant (may incl alcohol sales) p 1/200
and Food Outdoor Dining Accessory Dwelling Unit
Wine Tasting p 1/200 Community Care Facility, Large
Brewpub MUP 1/200 Community Care Facility, Small
Alcohol Sales (off-site) P(l) 1/400 Day Care: Small House <7 Artisan/ Craft MFG (w/ on-site Day Care: large House 7 to 14 sales), Art Gallery/ Exhibition p 1/400 Emergency Shelter Retail <2,000 square feet p 1/400 Employee Housing (Agricultural) Retail Retail <10,000 square feet p 1/400 Employee Housing (Residential) Retail >10,000 square feet MUP 1/400 Ground Floor
Secondhand Stores p 1/400 I Home Occupation
Tobacco Centric Venue Junior Accessory Dwelling Unit
Business or Personal Services MUP 1/SOO Residential low-Barrier Navigation Center Day Care Center: > 1 S P(l) 1:4 Mobile Home Park/ Subdivision Funeral Home p 1/400 Multi Family Residential
Hotel/ Motel p 1/R Residential Care Facility for the
Inn (B&B) P(l) 1/3R Elderly, large
Services Residential Care Facility for the Laundromat/ Dry Cleaning p 1/400 Medical Services
Elderly, Small
p 1/400 Rooming and Boarding House
Personal Services, Restricted p 1/SOO Single Family Residential Repair, Commercial (non-vehicular) p 1/SOO Single Room Occupancy MUP 1/2 U Veterinary Clinic/ Indoor Boarding CUP(2) 1/400 Supportive Housing Office p 1/400 Transitional Housing
Office Government, Civic, library and p 1/400 Nature (see 8.10.060) Civic
p 0
School, College, University p 1:S
Transit Station
Agriculture
p 25 Greenway (see 8.10.080) p 0
Manufacturing Green (see 8.10.090) p 0
Power/ Electrical Substation p 0 Plaza (see 8.10.100) Industrial p 0 Reverse Vending Machine p 0 Other
Square (see 8.10.110) p 0
Small Collection Facility Passage (see 8.10.120) p 0
Key Playground (see 8.10.130) CUP 0
p Permitted Use Sports field
MUP Minor Use Permit Required Roof Garden
CUP Conditional Use Permit Required 1/400 1 parking space required for each 400 sq ft of floor area Use not allowed _J l/2R 1 parking space required for each [i] room[,] _j (1) See Article 6 "Specific to Uses" 1:6 1 parking space required for each 6 students or seats (2) Indoor boarding only 1/U 1 parking space required for each dwelling unit 3-69
Chapter 3.30 Non-Transect Zones

3.30.100 Central Commercial (C-2) Zone
C. Development Standards

1. Building Placement
Building Site Boundary - - • Buildable Area
Front Local Street Setback 35"
Front Secondary Street Setback 55' 1
Front Major Street Setback 65' 1
Front Major Highway Setback 55' 1
B Side Setback
C Rear Setback 20'2
- None Required
1 In determining front setback, it 1s whichever is greater between property line or street setback. 2 If an alley exists at the rear of the lot, �etback may be measured to the centerline of the alley.

D LotSize
3-70

2. Parking Placement
L __ __ __ I
Alley (as occurs)
Building Site Boundary - - Allowed Off-Street
Parking Area

2.1 2.2

2.3 2.4

2.S
Allowed On-Street
Parking Area
Parking shall be located on the building site per Diagram 2. All utilities shall be located underground.

Parking / service areas shall not be accessed from primary street unless alley or side street not present.

Parking entries shall be 20' max wide, designed as integral, decorative components of the building facade.

See Chapter 4.50 (Parking Standards).

See Section 4.40.080 (Fences and Screening).

Chapter 3.30 Non-Transect Zones
Central Commercial (C-2) Zone 3.30.100
_ -AUejl-(a�ur�-. - -. __
,- -- -- --·-. - -- --·-- -,
( ················J, ················}
� � '
( �
� Interior i Corner r
( Building Site "' Building Site �
t t_; l
! !
t � I�
t�
) � .
c ···-·····--· ----�---------------:3
W Jide ..
..

J"'
i
Prim11ry StrNt (front) �J
Building Site Boundary _ _ Encroachment Area
(see 'E' fOf reqmls)

3.1 3.2
Trees, shrubs and similar landscaping materials may be
located within front, side and rear setbacks in compliance with Chapter 4.40 (Landscape Standards).

Commercial rooftop equipment installations shall be
screened from view from adjoining properties to the
satisfaction of the administrative authority. The noise level from all rooftop equipment shall not exceed the
ambient noise level at the surrounding property lines.

E Encroachments Requirements
Encroachment into Front Setback
Architectural Features
Uncovered porches and necessary
landings'
Stairs and connected platforms or
landings extending above the first
I floor of a building
: Awnings and decks
3'max.
6'max.
6'max
50% of required
setback
C. Development Standards

4. Building Height and Adjacencies
' I I '
.-
I I
K
·-
I '
Front Rear
Diagram4
Building Site Boundary - -
E Encroachments Requirements
I Encroachment into Side or Rear Setback
1 Uncovered stairs and necessary 3'max. I
' landings!
' Awnings, decks, trellises, or patio 50% of required
covers 2
setback
1 Such stairs and landing shall not extend above the first floor of the building, except for a railing not exceeding three feet in height.
2 Height to the top of the trellis or patio cover is 9 feet max.

4.1 Buildings and additions shall comply with the
requirements per Chapter 4.20 (Site and Structural
Standards).

4.2 Building height shall be measured vertically from
average sidewalk grade along frontage and per
ADA requirements.

Height Requirements Max3
Stories Ft
F Bldg Height 3 35
3 Maximum stories shall not exceed maximum height (feet) from groundline.
3- 71
Chapter 3.30 Non-Transect Zones

3.30.110 General Commercial (C-3) Zone
A. Intent and Purpose
Tl->e C 3 zone 1s applied to areas ofTehachapi that are appropriate for uses of the widest range of retail com
merc1al activ1t1es, including regional shopping centers and heavy commercial uses. The C 3 zone applies to
areas along major traffic arteries All property shall
comply w·tt, the following applicable requirements:

1. Physical Character. Property shall comply with
the development standards 1n Section C of the C 3
zone.

2. Land Use.
a Existing land uses may remain per the require
ments of Chapter 10.30 Nonconforming Provi
sions;
b New or expanded land use activity shall comply
with Section B of the C 3 zone.

3. Parking.
a Existing parking shall be 1r1proved o/hen any of
the following apply· a new building or renova
tion,addition over 50%, b) modification of site
access, or c subd1v1sion;
b \Jew or expanded parking shall comply with Sec
tions Band C.2 of the C 3 zone.
3-72
Illustrative examples of the C-3 Zone:

Above; Large regional st1opp,ng centers provide •1ecessary services along 'WJor streets
Above· Coordinating storefront des1g11 w1tr1n a 1orge shop 01ng ce'lter.

B. Land Use Standards

1. Allowed Land Use Types. Only those land uses 1dent1
fied in Table 3.30.11 Oas allowable per the required
permit shall be allowed subJect to the following:
a The required permit is obtained prior to establishing operations·
b All land use activity shall comply with the applicable requirements for parking, size or location and special
requirements identified in -able 3.30.110.

2. Multiple Land Use Types. A building or building site may utilize multiple land use types per the applicable
requirements ofTable 3.30. 10.

Entertainment
and
Recreation
Cinema
Nightclub
Health/ Fitness
Chapter 3.30 Non-Transect Zones
General Commercial (C-3) Zone 3.30.110
Category Use Permit Pkg
Car Wash p 1/400
p 1/400
p 1/400
Gas Station (non-commercial I
P(l) I 10 vehicles) <50,000 sq ft site area
p 1/400 Gas Station (commercial vehicles) CUP(l) 5
Indoor/Outdoor Recreation p 1/400 I Motor-Vehicle
Related Motor Vehicle Sales, new I
p I 11400
I
Live/Amplified Music CUP n/a Motor Vehicle Rentals p 1/400 I Meeting Facility, Amphitheater p 1/400
Drive-Through p 1/200
Pub/ Bar, Micro-Brewery P(l) 1/200
Restaurant Restaurant (may incl alcohol sales) p 1/200
and Food Outdoor Dining
Wine Tasting p 1/200
Brewpub MUP 1/200
Alcohol Sales (off-site) P(1) 1/400
Artisan/ Craft MFG (w/ on-site p 1/400 sales), Art Gallery/ Exhibition Retail <2,000 square feet p 1/400
Retail Retail <10,000 square feet p 1/400
Retail > 10,000 square feet p 1/400
Secondhand Stores p 1/400
Tobacco Centric Venue I
p 1/400
Business or Personal Services p 1/500
Day Care Center:> 15 P(1) 1:4
Funeral Home p 1/400
Hotel/ Motel p 1/R
Services
Inn (B&B) P(l) 1/3R
Laundromat/ Dry Cleaning p 1/400
Medical Services p 1/400
Personal Services, Restricted p 1/SOO
Repair, Commercial (non-vehicular) p 1/SOO
Veterinary Clinic/ Indoor Boarding CUP(2) 1/400
Office p 1/400
Office and Government, Civic, Library p 1/400
Civic School, private p 1:S
Transit Station p 25
Manufacturing
Power/ Electrical Substation p 0
Industrial
Reverse Vending Machine p 0
Small Collection Facility p 0
Key
p Permitted Use
MUP Minor Use Permit Required
CUP Conditional Use Permit Required --1
Use not allowed
(1) See Article 6 "Specific to Uses• =7 (2) Indoor boarding only Recreational Vehicle Park I CUP I
Repair (motor vehicles)
Communi- Telecommunications Facilities 1cuP(1)l 0
cations Broadcasting/ Recording Studio p 1/400
Accessory Dwelling Unit I
-
I
-
Community Care Facility, Large - -
Community Care Facility, Small l -
I
-
Day Care: Small House <7 -
r -
Day Care: Large House 7 to 14 I
-
I
-
Emergency Shelter I - -
Employee Housing (Agricultural) I - I
-
Employee Housing (Residential) I
- -
Ground Floor I
-
I
-
Home Occupation - -
Junior Accessory Dwelling Unit I
-
I
-
Residential Low-Barrier Navigation Center - -
Mobile Home Park/ Subdivision I -
)
-
Multi Family Residential -
I
-
Residential Care Facility for the
Elderly, Large I
-
I
-
Residential Care Facility for the
Elderly, Small
- -
Rooming and Boarding House I CUP I 1N I
Single Family Residential - -
Single Room Occupancy I MUP I 1/2U
Supportive Housing - -
Transitional Housing I
-
I
-
Nature (see 8.10.060) p 0
Agriculture I I
Greenway (see 8.10.080) CUP ,
0 Green (see 8.10.090) I
p
Plaza (see 8.10.100) p
Other I Square (see 8.10.110) p
Passage (see 8.10.120) p
Playground (see 8.10.130) I
p
Sports field
Roof Garden I
1/400 1 parking space required for each 400 sq ft of floor area 1:6 1 parking space required for each 6 students or seats ) 0
0 I 0
0 l 0
I
-
-----
1/U 1 parking space required for each dwelling unit
3-7 3
I
Chapter 3.30 Non-Transect Zones

3.30.110 General Commercial (C-3) Zone
C. Development Standards
Prom<Hy Street front Diagram 7
Building Site Boundary - - • Buildable Area
Bu1L01NG SITE REQUIREMENTS Min.

A Front Setback
From Property Line 5' 1
From Center Line of Local Street 35' 1
From Center Line of Secondary Street 55' 1
From Center Line of Major Street 60' 1
B Side Setback
C Rear Setback 20'2
-- None Required
1 In determining front setback. it is whichever 1s greater between property line or street setback. 2 If an alley exists at the rear of the lot, setback may be measured to the centerline of the alley.

D lotSize 7,500 sf
3-74
r · ·
:: ·· --
� -.... '.':f ::-::·� ----------i:

I I:

Interior
Building Site
Corner
Building Site
Building Site Boundary - - Allowed Off-Street
Parking Area

2.1 2.2

2.3 Allowed On-Street
Parking Area
Parking shall be located on the building site per Diagram 2. All utilities shall be located underground.

Parking / service areas shall not be accessed from primary street unless alley or side street not present.

Parking entries shall be 20' max wide, designed as integral, decorative components of the building facade.

2.4 See Chapter 4.50 (Parking Standards).

2.5 See Section 4.40.080 (Fences and Screening).

Chapter 3.30 Non-Transect Zones
General Commercial (C-3) Zone 3.30.110

3. Encroachments
l -- -- --·--·--·--·--·--·-
A11ey (as occurs)
1- -----·--·- · -·--·-- -- -1
� - -- ---------- - - -J----- - -- ---- - - -- :�
� X � i
� Interior X Corner � Building Site i Building Site
� X : I
l---- -- --- - - - - -_ j _ --------------:.J
,#tO id.

Prl�ry Street (front)
Building Site Boundary __ Encroachment Area
(see 'E' for reqmts)
..

J

3.1 Trees, shrubs and similar landscaping materials may be located within front, side and rear setbacks in compliance with Chapter 4.40 (Landscape Standards).

3.2 Commercial rooftop equipment installations shall be screened from view from adjoining properties to the
satisfaction of the administrative authority. The noise level from all rooftop equipment shall not exceed the
ambient noise level at the surrounding property lines.

E Encroachments Requirements
Encroachment into Front Setback
Architectural Features 3'max.

I Uncovered porches and necessary 6'max. landings'
Stairs and connected platforms or
landings extending above the first 6'max
floor of a building
50% of required I Awnings and decks setback
I Encroachment into Side or Rear Setback
I Uncovered stairs and necessary 3'max. 1 landings'
I Awnings, decks, trellises, or patio 50% of required
covers 2 setback
l 1 Such stairs and landing shall not extend above the first floor of the building, except for a railing not exceeding three feet in height. 2 Height to the top of the trellis or patio cover 1s 9 feet max.

C. Development Standards

4. Building Height and Adjacencies
,,.
,:: I � �
F F
rFront Rear
I I
Diagram4
Building Site Boundary
--- ------

4.1 Buildings and additions shall comply with the
requirements per Chapter 4.20 (Site and Structural
Standards).

4.2 Building height shall be measured vertically from
average sidewalk grade along frontage and per
ADA requirements.

4.3 Airport compatibility issues have the potential to
reduce the maximum attainable height in response
to airport compatibility related height restrictions.

A building may be erected to greater height to
accommodate architectural additions when the
cubage is not greater than that possible within the
required height limit.

Max3
Height Requirements
Stories Ft
F Bldg Height 3 35
3 Maximum stories shall not exceed maximum height (feet) from ground line.
1 75
Chapter 3.30 Non-Transect Zones

3.30.120 Highway Commercial {C-4) Zone
A. Intent and Purpose
The C 4 zone Is applied to areas ofTehachapi adjacent
to or in close prox1r11ty to major highways that are
appropriate for a unified grouping of travel-oriented
uses such as gas stations, restaurants, and motels. All property shall comply with the following applicable
requirements·

1. Physical Character. Property shall comply with
the development standards in Section C of the C 4
zone.

2. Land Use.
a Existing land uses may remain per the require
men ts of Chapter 10.30 1Nonconforming Provi
SIOllS
b New or expanded land use activity shall comply
with Section B of the C 4 zone.

3. Parking.
a Existing parking shall be improved when any of
the following apply: a1 new building or renova
tion/addition over 50%, b) modification of site
access, or c subd1v1s1on;
b New or expanded parking shall comply ,vith Sec
tIons Band C.2 of the C 4 zone.
3-76
Illustrative examples of the C-4 Zone:

Above: Gas stations are appropriate for Highway Co1'1mer oaf uses.

Above: Motels provide accommodar,on to t1avelers along
major high1,ays.

B. Land Use Standards

1. Allowed Land Use Types. Only those land uses identi
lied in Table 3.30.120 as allowable per the required
permit shall be allowed, subject to the following:
a The required permit Is obtained prior to establishing operations·
b1 All land use activity shall comply with the applicable requirements for parking, size or location. and special requirements identified in Table 3.30 120.

2. Multiple Land Use Types. A building or building site may utilize multiple land use·types per the applicable
requirements ofTable 3.30.120.

Chapter 3.30 Non-Transect Zones
Highway Commercial (C-4) Zone 3.30.120
Cinema p 1/400 Gas Station (non-commercial P(l) 10
Nightclub vehicles) <50,000 sq ft site area
Entertainment
and Health/ Fitness p 1/400 Motor-Vehicle Gas Station (commercial vehicles) MUP(l) 5 Recreation Indoor/Outdoor Recreation p 1/400 Related Motor Vehicle Rentals p 1/400 Live/Amplified Music CUP n/a Motor Vehicle Sales, new p 1/400 Meeting Facility Recreational Vehicles Park CUP
Drive-Through p 1/200 Repair (motor vehicles)
Pub/ Bar, Micro-Brewery P(l) 1/200 Communi- Telecommunications Facilities CUP(l) 0 Restaurant Restaurant (may incl alcohol sales) p 1/200 cations Broadcasting/ Recording Studio p 1/400 and Food
Outdoor Dining Accessory Dwelling Unit
Wine Tasting p 1/200 Community Care Facility, Large
Alcohol Sales (off-site) P(l) 1/400 Community Care Facility, Small Artisan/ Craft MFG (w/ on-site Day Care: Small House <7 sales), Art Gallery/ Exhibition Day Care: Large House 7 to 14 Retail <2,000 square feet p 1/400 Emergency Shelter Retail Retail <10,000 square feet p 11400 I Employee Housing (Agricultural) Retail >10,000 square feet p 1/400 Employee Housing (Residential) Secondhand Stores Ground Floor
Tobacco Centric Venue Home Occupation
Business or Personal Services CUP 1/500 Junior Accessory Dwelling Unit Day Care Center:> 15 Residential Low-Barrier Navigation Center Funeral Home Mobile Home Park/ Subdivision
Hotel / Motel p 1/R Multi Family Residential
Inn (B&B)
Services Residential Care Facility for the
Laundromat/ Dry Cleaning Elderly, Large
Medical Services Residential Care Facility for the
Personal Services, Restricted CUP 1/500 Elderly, Small
Repair, Commercial (non-vehicular) MUP 1/500 Rooming and Boarding House Veterinary Clinic/ Indoor Boarding CUP(2) 1/400 Single Family Residential Office p 1/400 Single Room Occupancy
Office and Government, Civic, Library Supportive Housing Civic School, College, University CUP 1:5 Transitional Housing Transit Station Nature, Agriculture
Manufacturing Greenway p 0
Power I Electrical Substation p 0 Green
Industrial Other
Reverse Vending Machine p 0 Plaza, Square, Passage
Small Collection Facility p 0 Playground, Sportsfield
Roof Garden
Key
p Permitted Use (2) Indoor boarding only
MUP Minor Use Permit Required 1/400
-<
1 parking space required for each 400 sq ft of floor area CUP Conditional Use Permit Required 1/R 1 parking space required for each room Use not allowed 1:6 1 parking space required for each 6 students or seats (1) See Article 6 'Specific to Uses' 1/U 1 parking space required for each dwelling unit 3-77
Chapter 3.30 Non-Transect Zones

3.30.120 Highway Commercial (C-4) Zone
C. Development Standards
�'
Building Site Boundary - - • Buildable Area
Bu1Lo1NG Sm REQUIREMENTS Min.

A Front Setback
From Center Line of Local Street 35·
From Center Line of Secondary Street 45·
From Center Line of Major Street 55'
B Side Setback
C Rear Setback 20·1
- None Required
1 If an alley exists at the rear of the lot setbacl,, may be medsured to the centerline of the alley. 3-78
--·-- --· -
- . __ . __ . __ Alley (as occurs) . __ . __ . _ �, ...... ··: ·· ... ·;:r-.. ···: ........ · j 'I,
,.,
I
Interior l[l Corner
Bui
lding Site ·:i:
· Building Site
•i,·
•.,,
:
:
1:�
t �
E . . , • ��..... : -----------,--4'
-·--·--·- . -·--·--·--·_]
Building Site Boundary Allowed Off-Street
Parking Area

2.1 2.2

2.3 2.4

2.5 Allowed On-Street
Parking Area
Parking shall be located on the building site per Diagram 2. All utilities shall be located underground.

Parking / service areas shall not be accessed from primary street unless alley or side street not present.

Parking entries shall be 20' max wide, designed as integral, decorative components of the building facade.

See Chapter 4.50 (Parking Standards).

See Section 4.40.080 (Fences and Screening). I
Chapter 3.30 Non-Transect Zones
Highway Commercial (C-4) Zone 3.30.120
Building Site Boundary __ Encroachment Area
(see 'E' fo, reqmts)

3.1 Trees, shrubs and similar landscaping materials may be located within front, side and rear setbacks in compliance with Chapter 4.40 (Landscape Standards).

3.2 Commercial rooftop equipment installations shall be screened from view from adjoining properties to the
satisfaction of the administrative authority. The noise level from all rooftop equipment shall not exceed the
ambient noise level at the surrounding property lines.

E Encroachments Requirements
Encroachment into Front Setback
Architectural Features 3'max.

Uncovered porches and necessary
1 1 landings1 6'max.

I Stairs and connected platforms or
landings extending above the first 6'max
floor of a building
Awnings and decks 50% of required
setback
Encroachment into Side or Rear Setback
Uncovered stairs and necessary 3'max. landings1
Awnings, decks, trellises, or patio 50% of required
I covers 2 setback
I 1 Such stairs and landing shall not extend above the first floor of the I building, except for a railing not exceeding three feet in height. 2 Height to the top of the trellis or patio cover is 9 feet max.

C. Development Standards

4. Building Height and Adjacencies
I
I I ===t-.

I F
I F
-
-- i
Front Rear
Diagram4
Building Site Boundary - - ,

4.1 4.2

4.3 F
Buildings and additions shall comply with the
requirements per Chapter 4.20 (Site and Structural
Standards).

Building height shall be measured vertically from
average sidewalk grade along frontage and per
ADA requirements.

Airport compatibility issues have the potential to
reduce the maximum attainable height in response
to airport compatibility related height restrictions.

A building may be erected to greater height to
accommodate architectural additions when the
cubage is not greater than that possible within the
required height limit.

Max3
Height Requirements
Stories Ft
Bldg Height 3 35
3 Maximum stories shall not exceed maximum height (feet) from groundline.
3-79
Chapter 3.30 Non-Transect Zones

3.30.130 Light Industrial (M-1) Zone
A. Intent and Purpose
The M 1 zone is applied to areas ofTehachapi that are
appropriate assembly type manufacturing and other
similar industrial uses that do not produce undes1r
able byproducts such as fumes, odor, dust or smoke.

The M 1 zone provides a general industrial environ
ment by providing an alternate choice for industrial
uses that are neither objectionable nor detrimental
to adjacent properties because of hazards. noise or
other disturbance. All property shall comply with the
following applicable requirements.
3 1. Physical Character. Property shall comply with
the development standards in Section C of the M l
zone.

2. Land Use.
a Existing land uses may remain per the require
men ts of Chapter 10.30 Noncorform1ng Provi
s1ons:
b Ne 'V or expanded land use activity shall cor,ply
with Section B of the l\/1 1 zone.

3. Parking.
a Existing parking shall be improved when any of
the following apply. a ·1ew building or renova
tion/addition over 50%, b) modification of site
access. or c subd1v1s1on
b :\Jew or expanded parking shall comply with Sec
t1ons Band C.2 of the M 1 zone.
3-80
Illustrative examples of the M-1 Zone:

Above: A 2 story industrial building allows fo, a lo�, 1 stur bance iO swrounding uses.

Above. Row of industrial units off an extended driveway B. Land Use Standards

1. Allowed Land Use Types. Only those land uses identi
tied in Table 3.30.130 as allowable per the required
permit shall be allowed subject to the following.
a The required permit 1s obtained prior to establish111g operations,
b All land use activity shall comply •'Vith the applicable requirements for parking size or location. and special
requirements identified in Table 3 30 1 30.

2. Multiple Land Use Types. A building or building site may utilize multiple land use types per the applicable
requirements ofTable 3.30.1 30.

Chapter 3.30 Non-Transect Zonec:;
Light Industrial (M-1) Zone 3.30.130
Table 3.30.130. Land Use Standards
Entertainment Nightclub
and Health/ Fitness
Recreation Indoor/Outdoor Recreation
Live/Amplified Music
Meeting Facility
Drive-Through
Pub/ Bar, Micro-Brewery
Restaurant Restaurant (may incl alcohol sales)
and Food Outdoor Dining
Wine Tasting
Brewpub
Alcohol Sales (off-site)
Artisan/ Craft MFG (w/ on-site
sales), Art Gallery/ Exhibition
Retail <2,000 square feet
Retail Retail <10,000 square feet
Retail >10,000 square feet
Secondhand Stores
Tobacco Centric Venue
Business or Personal Services
Day Care Center:> 15
Funeral Home
Hotel / Motel
Services
Inn (B&B)
Laundromat/ Dry Cleaning
Medical Services
Personal Services, Restricted
Repair, Commercial (non-vehicular)
Veterinary Clinic/ Indoor Boarding
Office
Office and Government, Civic, Library
Civic School, College, University
Transit Station
Manufacturing (perishable:
e.g.,cider, apple juice) <4,500 sq
ft bldg
Manufacturing (non-perishable)
<10,000 sq ft bldg
Industrial Manufacturing (non-perishable)
>10,000 sq ft bldg
Power/ Electrical Substation
Reverse Vending Machine
Small Collection Facility
Storage and Warehousing
p
MUP
p
P(l)
p
p
MUP
P(l)
p
p
p
p
p
p
CUP(l)
p
p
p
p
CUP(2)
p
p
p
CUP
p
MUP
p
p
p
p
Gas Station (non-commercial P(l) 10
1/400 vehicles) <50,000 sq ft site area
Motor-Vehicle Gas Station (commercial vehicles) P(l) 5
1/400 Related Motor Vehicle Sales, new/ used p 1/400
Motor Vehicle Rentals p 1/400
Recreation Vehicle Park p 0
I 1/200 Repair (motor vehicles) p 1/2 bays
1/200 Communi· Telecommunications Facilities CUP(l) 0
cations Broadcasting/ Recording Studio p 1/400
1/200
Accessory Dwelling Unit
1/200 Community Care Facility, Large
1/200 Community Care Facility, Small
1/400 Day Care: Small House <7
Day Care: Large House 7 to 14
1/400 Emergency Shelter
1/400 Employee Housing (Agricultural) CUP(l) (1)
1/400 Employee Housing (Residential)
1/400 Ground Floor
1/400 Home Occupation
Junior Accessory Dwelling Unit
1/500 Residential Low-Barrier Navigation Center
1:4 Mobile Home Park/ Subdivision
1/400 Multi Family Residential
Residential Care Facility for the
Elderly, Large
Residential Care Facility for the 1/400 Elderly, Small
1/400 Rooming and Boarding House
1/500 Single Family Residential
Single Room Occupancy
1/400 Supportive Housing
1/400 Transitional Housing
1/400 Nature
Agriculture (see 8.10.070) CUP
25 Greenway, Green
Other
1/400 Plaza, Square, Passage CUP 0
Playground, Sportsfield
1/400 Roof Garden
1/400 Key
p Permitted Use
0 � MUP Minor Use Permit Required
CUP Conditional Use Permit Required
0 Use not allowed
1/1,500
(1) See Article 6 "Specific to Uses·
1/400 1 parking space required for each 400 sq ft of floor area 3-81
Chapter 3.30 Non-Transect Zones

3.30.130 Light Industrial (M-1) Zone
C. Development Standards
· - - · - - -
Alley (as occurs)
· -
1��1
I J Building Site � Building Site �
,,.,,..,..C ◄ B B ►►- ◄ B B ►•
I :

I
L _____ A A _j
Building Site Boundary - - • Buildable Area
Bu1LD1NG Srre REQUIREMENTS Min.

A Front Setback
From Center Line of Local Street 35'
From Center Line of Secondary Highway 40'
From Center Line of Major Highway 45'
B Side Setback
C Rear Setback 20'1
- None Required
1 If an alley exists at the rear of the lot, setback may be measured to the centerline of the alley. 3-32
Primary Street (front)
Building Site Boundary - - Allowed Off-Street
Parking Area

2.1 2.2

2.3 2.4

2.5 Allowed On-Street
Parking Area
Parking shall be located on the building site per Diagram 2. All utilities shall be located underground.

Parking/ service areas shall not be accessed from primary street unless alley or side street not present.

Parking entries shall be 20' max wide, designed as integral, decorative components of the building facade.

See Chapter 450 (Parking Standards).

See Section 4.40.080 (Fences and Screening).

Chapter 3.30 Non-Transect Zonec;
Light Industrial (M-1) Zone 3.30.130
--·-- --·--·--·-
Alley (as occurs)
1-·--·--·--·- · -·--·--·--· -1
;. - - - - - - - - - - - - - --- J., - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - ;I �
, i � � .
� i '
( Interior ) Corner � Building Site i Building Site
( ) � s � � ;�
·---------,-·-----+--------·-----·-·
I I I
L.._ -- -- �
PrinHlry StrHt (front)
Building Site Boundary __ Encroachment Area
(see E' for reqmts)
J

3.1 Trees, shrubs and similar landscaping materials may be located within front, side and rear setbacks in compliance with Chapter 4.40 (Landscape Standards).

3.2 Commercial and Industrial rooftop equipment installations shall be screened from view from adjoining properties to the satisfaction of the administrative
authority. The noise level from all rooftop equipment
shall not exceed the ambient noise level at the surrounding property lines.

E Encroachments Requirements
1 Encroachment into Front Setback
I Architectural Features 3'max.

Uncovered porches and necessary 6'max. landings1
Stairs and connected platforms or
landings extending above the first 6'max
1 floor of a building
Encroachment into Side or Rear Setback
Uncovered stairs and necessary 3'max. landings1
1 Such stairs and landing shall not extend above the first floor of the building, except for a railing not exceeding four feet in height.

C. Development Standards

4. Building Height and Adjacencies
F F
Fro-;;- Reu
Diagram4
Building Site Boundary - -

4.1 Buildings and additions shall comply with the
requirements per Chapter 4.20 (Site and Structural
Standards).

4.2 Building height shall be measured vertically from
average sidewalk grade along frontage and per
ADA requirements.

4.3 Airport compatibility issues have the potential to
reduce the maximum attainable height in response
to airport compatibility related height restrictions.

A building may be erected to greater height to
accommodate architectural additions when the
cubage is not greater than that possible within the
required height limit.
3-83
Chapter 3.30 Non-Transect Zones

3.30.140 Medium Industrial (M-2) Zone
A. Intent and Purpose
The M 2 zone is applied to areas of Tehachapi that are
appropriate for heavy industrial uses that have the
greatest potential for producing undesirable byprod
ucts including noise. odor dust. fumes and other
industrial related pollution. All property shall comply vith the following applicable requirements.

1. Physical Character. Property shall comply with
the development standards in Section C of the M 2
zone

2. Land Use.
a Ex1st1ng land uses may remain per the require
men ts of Chapter 10.30 Nonconforming Provi
sions
b) New or expanded land use activity shall comply
with Section B of the M 2 zone.

3. Parking.
a Existing parking shall be improved ·hen any of
the following apply· a1 new building or renova
tion. addition over 50°,o, b) modification of site
access, or c subd1v1s1on
b !\Jew or expanded parking shall comply with Sec
tions Band C.2 of the M 2 zone.
3-84
Illustrative examples of the M-2 Zone:

Above: Large 1ndustr,a/ complex allows for heavy ,ndustnal uses.

Aoove: Industrial complex provides soace fo, undesirable byoroduccs
B. Land Use Standards

1. Allowed Land Use Types. Only those land uses 1denti
fled in Table 3.30.140 as allowable per the required
permit shall be allowed subject to the following:
a) The required permit is obtained prior to establishing operations
b All land use activity shall comply with the applicable requirements for parking size or location. and special
requirements identified in �able 3.30 140.

2. Multiple Land Use Types. A buildirg or building site may utilize multiple land use types per the applicable
requirements of Table 3.30.140.

Chapter 3.30 Non-Transect Zones
Medium Industrial (M-2) Zone 3.30.140
Table 3.30.140. Land Use Standards
Cinema
Entertainment f--
N
-=
gi
:....
h
_
tc
_
lu_
b _________ -+----+---1
and Health / Fitness
Recreation Indoor/Outdoor Recreation
Restaurant
and Food
Reta l i
Services
Office and
Civic
Industrial
Live/Amplified Music
Meeting Facility, Amp hit heater
Drive-T hroug h
Pub/ Bar, Micro-Brewery
Restaurant (may incl alco hol sales)
Outdoor D ning i
Wine Tasting
Alco hol Sales (off-site)
Artisan/ Craft MFG (w/ on-site
sales), Art Gallery/ Exhibition
Reta l i <2,000 square feet
Retail <10,000 square feet
Retail >10,000 square feet
Second hand Stores
Tobacco Centric Venue
Business or Personal Services
Day Care Center:> 15
Funeral Home
Hotel / Motel
Inn (B&B)
laundromat/ Dry Clean ng i
Medical Services
Personal Services, Restr cted i
Repair, Commercial (non-vehicular)
Veterinary Clinic/ Indoor Boarding
Office
Government, Civic, library
Sc hool, College, University
Transit Stat on i
Manufacturing (peris hable:
e.g.,cider, apple juice) <6,000 sq
ft bldg
Manufacturing (non-perishable)
<10,000 sq ft bldg
Manufacturing (non-peris hable)
>10,000 sq ft bldg
Power/ Electrical Substation
Reverse Vending Machine
Small Collection Facility
Storage and Ware housing
p 1/200
p 1/200
MUP 1/400
p 1/400
p 1/400
p 1/400
p 1/400
P 1/400
P 25
CUP 1/500
P 1/400
MUP 1/400
p 0
p 0
p 0
p 1/1,500
Category Use Permit Pkg
Car Was h p 1/400 I
Gas Station (non-commercial I P(l) 10 I
ve hicles) <50,000 sq ft site area
Motor-Ve hicle Gas Station (commercial ve hicles) I P(IJ 5 I Related Motor Ve hicle Sales, new/ used I CUP 11400 I
Motor Vehicle Rentals 1 p I 1/400
Recreational Ve hicles Park I
- -
I
Repair (motor vehicles) p 1/2 baysl
Communi- Telecommunications Fac lities i lcuP(ll 0 I
cations Broadcasting/ Recording Studio p I 1/400
Accessory Dwelling Unit I
- -
I
Community Care Facility, Large 7 I
-
I -
Community Care Fac lity, i Small 1 - -
I
Day Care: Small House <7 -
I
-
Day Care: Large House 7 to 14 I
- -
I
Emergency S helter - -
Employee Housing (Agricultural) JcuP(ll (I) I
Employee Housing (Residential) - -
Ground Floor I - -
I
Home Occupation - -
Junior Accessory Dwelling Unit I
- -
I Residential Low-Barrier Navigation Center - - I
Mobile Home Park/ Subdivision I - -
I
Multi Family Residential - -
Residential Care Facility for t he
Elderly, large I
- -
I
Residential Care Facility for t he
Elderly, Small I - -
I
Rooming and Boarding House I
- -
I
Single Family Residential I
Single Room Occupancy I I
Supportive Housing I I
Transitional Housing I - -
I
Nature. Agriculture
Agriculture I CUP 5 I
Ot her
Greenway, Green
Plaza, Square, Passage I -
Playground, Sportsfield I I I Roof Garden I
- -
Key
Permitted Use --- ----
MUP Minor Use Permit Required
CUP Conditional Use Permit Required --------
Use not allowed
(1) See Article 6 "Specific to Uses' -------- 1/400 1 parking space required for each 400 sq ft of floor area __J 3-35
Chapter 3.30 Non-Transect Zones

3.30.140 Medium Industrial (M-2) Zone
C. Development Standards
Diagram 1
Building Site Boundary - - • Buildable Area
From Property Line 5' 1
From Center Line of Local Street 35' 1
From Center Line of Secondary Street 55'1
From Center Line of Major Street 60' 1
B Side Setback
C Rear Setback 20'2
-- None Required
1 In determining front setback. 1t is whichever 1s greater between property line or street setback. ::>. If an alley exists at the rear of the lot, setback may be measured to the centerline of the alley D LotSize
3-36
Lor REQUIREMENTS Min.

Determined
by Planning
Commission

2. Parking Placement
[ ______ --· --
Primary Strfft (front)
Building Site Boundary - - Allowed Off-Street
Parking Area

2.1 2.2

2.3 2.4

2.S
Allowed On-Street
Parking Area
Parking shall be located on the building site per Diagram 2. All utilities shall be located underground.

Parking / service areas shall not be accessed from primary street unless alley or side street not present.

Parking entries shall be 20' max wide, designed as integral, decorative components of the building facade.

See Chapter 4.50 (Parking Standards).

See Section 4.40.080 (Fences and Screening).

Chapter 3.30 Non-Transect Zones
Medium Industrial (M-2) Zone 3.30.140
Alley (as occurs)
1-·--·--·--·-. - --·--·----
�
r----------------t----------------ii
I � I
I X •
! � !
I Interior � Corner I
; Building Site � Building Site
I
I j I "
' �
L._------------- �----------------
PrilTlllry Street (front)
Building Site Boundary __ Encroachment Area
(see e· for reqmts)
J

3.1 Trees, shrubs and similar landscaping materials may be located within front, side and rear setbacks in compliance with Chapter 4.40 (Landscape Standards).

3.2 Commercial and Industrial rooftop equipment installations shall be screened from view from adjoining properties to the satisfaction of the administrative
authority. The noise level from all rooftop equipment
shall not exceed the ambient noise level at the surrounding property lines.

E Encroachments Requirements
E ncroac h ment nto F rant Seba t C k
I Architectural Features 3'max.

I Uncovered porches and necessary 6'max.
1 landings'
Stairs and connected platforms or
landings extending above the first 6'max
floor of a building
Encroachment into Side or Rear Setback
Uncovered stairs and necessary 3'max. landings'
1 Such stairs and landing shall not extend above the first floor of the building, except for a railing not exceeding four feet in height.

C. Development Standards
F F
-
��-- RNr
Diagram4
Building Site Boundary - -

4.1 Buildings and additions shall comply with the
requirements per Chapter 4.20 (Site and Structural
Standards).

4.2 Building height shall be measured vertically from
average sidewalk grade along frontage and per
ADA requirements.

4.3 Airport compatibility issues have the potential to
reduce the maximum attainable height in response
to airport compatibility related height restrictions.

A building may be erected to greater height to
accommodate architectural additions when the
cubage is not greater than that possible within the
required height limit.

Height Requirements Max
F Bldg Height 75'
3-8 7
Chapter 3.30 Non-Transect Zones

3.30.150 Agriculture (A) Zone
A. Intent and Purpose
The A zone 1s applied to areas ofTehachapi to pre
serve land best SU1ted for agriculture and agricultural uses and to limit urban encroachment into agricultur
al areas. The A zone 1s intended to discourage prema
ture conversion of agricultural land to nonagricultural uses. All property shall comply with the following
applicable requirements:

1. Physical Character. Property shall comply with
the development standards in Section C of the A
zone.

2. Land Use.
a Exist ng land uses may remain per the require
ments of Chapter 10.30 Nonconforming Provi
s1ons
b 1\lew or expanded land use activity shall comply
with Section B of the A zone.

3. Parking.
a Existing parking shall be improved .vhen any of
the following apply: a) new building or renova
tion,addition over 50°,o, b) modification of site
access. or c subdiv1s1on;
b New or expanded parking shall comply with Sec
tions Band C 2 of the A zone.
3-38
Illustrative examples of the A Zone:

Above: Large properties with m111imol development
Above· A 1ocol winery inte,ided to preserve agricultural land B. Land Use Standards

1. Allowed Land Use Types. Only those land uses 1def"lt1 tied in Table 3.30.150 as allowable per the required
permit shall be allowed subJect to the following.
a ~he required permit 1s obta1f"led prior to establishing operations·
b All land use act1v1ty shall comply with the applicable requirements for parking, size or location, and special requirements identified in Table 3 30.1 50

2. Multiple Land Use Types. A building or building site r,ay utilize multiple land use types per the applicable requirements of Table 3 30 150.

Table 3.30.150. Land Use Standards
Cinema
Entertainment Nightclub
and Health / Fitness
Recreation Indoor/Outdoor Recreation
Live/Amplified Music
Meeting Facility, Amphitheater
Drive-Through
Pub/ Bar, Micro-Brewery
Restaurant Restaurant (may incl alcohol sales) and Food Outdoor Dining
Wine Tasting
Alcohol Sales (off-site)
Artisan/ Craft MFG (w/ on-site
sales), Art Gallery/ Exhibition
Retail
Retail <2,000 square feet
Retail <10,000 square feet
Retail >10,000 square feet
Secondhand Stores
Tobacco Centric Venue
Business or Personal Services
Day Care Center:> 15
Funeral Home
Hotel/ Motel
Services
Inn (B&B)
laundromat/ Dry Cleaning
Medical Services
Personal Services, Restricted
Repair, Commercial (non-vehicular)
Veterinary Clinic/ Indoor Boarding
Office
Office and Government, Civic, Library
Civic School, College, University
Transit Station
Manufacturing (perishable:
e.g.,cider, apple juice) <3,000 sq
ft bldg
Industrial Manufacturing (non-perishable)
Power/ Electrical Substation
Reverse Vending Machine
Small Collection Facility
Key
P Permitted Use
MUP Minor Use Permit ---------
Required
CUP Conditional Use Permit Required
Use not allowed
(1) See Article 6 "Specific to Uses•
CUP
CUP
CUP
p
CUP
CUP
CUP
Chapter 3.30 Non-Transect Zones
Agriculture (A) Zone 3.30.150
1/400
n/a
1/400
1/400
1/400
1/400
1/400
I
Category Use Permit
I Motor-Vehicle
Car Wash, Gas Station
Recreational Vehicles Park I CUP I
Repair (motor vehicles) Related
I
Motor Vehicle Sales, new/ used I -
I
Motor Vehicle Rentals
Communi- Telecommunications Facilities lcuP(lll
cations Broadcasting/ Recording Studio CUP
Accessory Dwelling Unit I P(l) I
Community Care Facility, large -
Community Care Facility, Small I p I
Day Care: Small House <7 -
Day Care: large House 7 to 14 I
-
I
Emergency Shelter -
Employee Housing (Agricultural) I p I
Employee Housing (Residential) p
Ground Floor I
-
I
Home Occupation p
Junior Accessory Dwelling Unit I P(l) I
Residential low-Barrier Navigation Center -
Mobile Home Park/ Subdivision I -
I
Multi Family Residential I
-
Residential Care Facility for the
Elderly, large I
-
I
Residential Care Facility for the
Elderly, Small p
Rooming and Boarding House I I
Single Family Residential p
Single Room Occupancy I
-
I
Supportive Housing P(l)
Transitional Housing I P(l) I
Nature (see 8.10.060) p
Agriculture (see 8.10.070) I p I
Greenway
Other
Green (see 8.10.090)
Plaza, Square, Passage
I p I
Playground (see 8.10.130) I CUP I
Sportsfield (see 8.10.140) CUP
Roof Garden (see 8.10.150) I CUP I
1/400 1 parking space required for each 400 sq ft of floor area 1/2R 1 parking space required for each 2 rooms
1:6 1 parking space required for each 6 students or seats 1/U 1 parking space required for each dwelling unit
Pkg
0 1/400
(1)
-
(1)
-
-
s
2/U
-
0 (1)
-
-
-
-
(1)
2/U
(1)
(1)
0 5
0 0
0 0
...
3-89
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I

3.30.150 Agriculture (A) Zone
C. Development Standards

1. Building Placement
1 -·-- --·--·
...
-·--·--·--·--·
1 ........ ------�----·---·--··· ..

I J
�
l ◄ I B ► •
I
I
I
I
I I
.. -------------------·----·-
I A
L·-....;;;;;....;;;...;;;;;;....;;���
'...:..;;;;-=...:..;;;;-=.;..;;;.-=.;..;:..==...:...;::....J Primary Street (front)
Building Site Boundary - - • Buildable Area
Bu1LDING SITE REQUIREMENTS Min.

I A Front Setback
From Center line of Local Street 55'
From Center line of Secondary Street 70'
From Center line of Major Street 80'
B Side Setback 25
'
C Rear Setback 25'
Lor REQUIREMENTS Min.

D LotSize 10 acres
3-90
'a
iii

2. Parking Placement
,
- --·--·--·--·--·--·--·--·
1 1 i
L._ -·-- -·--· --·--·--·--·-___ I
Primary StrMt (front)
Building Site Boundary - - Allowed Off-Street
Parking Area

2.1 Parking shall be located on the building site per Diagram 2. All utilities shall be located underground.

2.2 Parking / service areas shall not be accessed from primary street unless alley or side street not present.

2.3 Parking entries shall be 20' max wide, designed as integral, decorative components of the building facade.

2.4 See Chapter 4.50 (Parking Standards).

2.5 See Section 4.40.080 (Fences and Screening).

Agriculture (A) Zone 3.30.150

3. Encroachments
1-·- -· -----·--·--·--·-----·,
.. - .,, -------------. ---- ---.. - ...

I
I
------------------------- .

I
l. __ . __ . __ . __ . __ . __ . __ . __ ._I
Prim.ry StrNt (front)
Building Site Boundary __ Encroachment Area
(see 'E' f0< reqm1s)

3.1 Trees, shrubs and similar landscaping materials may be located within front, side and rear setbacks in compliance with Chapter 4.40 (Landscape Standards).

3.2 Commercial and Industrial rooftop equipment installations shall be screened from view from adjoining properties to the satisfaction of the administrative
authority. The noise level from all rooftop equipment
shall not exceed the ambient noise level at the surrounding property lines.

E Encroachments Requirements
1 Encroachment into Front Setback
1 Architectural Features
Uncovered porches and necessary
1 landings1
Stairs and connected platforms or
landings extending above the first
I floor of a building
I I Awnings and decks
3'max.
6' max.
6'max
50% of required
setback
C. Development Standards

4. Building Height and Adjacencies
I •
I I --, • I
IF ,F
Building Site Boundary - -
E Encroachments Requirements
Encroachment into Side or Rear Setback
Uncovered stairs and necessary
landings1 3'max.

Awnings, decks, trellises, or patio
covers 2
50% of required
setback
Such stairs and landing shall not extend above the first floor of the building, except for a railing not exceeding three feet in height.
2 Height to the top of the trellis or patio cover is 9 feet max.

4.1 4.2
G
Buildings and additions shall comply with the
requirements per Chapter 4.20 (Site and Structural
Standards).

Building height shall be measured vertically from
average sidewalk grade along frontage and per
ADA requirements.

Accessory Structure 35'
3-91
Chapter 3.30 Non-Transect Zones
I

3.30.160 Planned Development (PD) Zone
A. Intent and Purpose
The PD zone 1s applied to areas ofTehachapi's that
are appropriate for the planned development of large
parcels to allow comprehensive site planning and
building design The use of PD zones provides for
a more flexible regulatory procedure by which the
General Plan and Zoning Code may be accomplished.

The use of PD zones also allows the applicant and City
to respond to unique circumstances afforded by a
given property. Other intended purposes of PD zones
include

1. Creative approaches for land use utilization and
mix:

2. Promotion of public and private open space as an
integral part of land development design;

3. Preservation of property with unique physical or
historic features: and

4. Promotion of private development in older areas
of the city A PD zone may be establisl'ed and
development commenced only upon demonstra
tton that the above purposes will be acheved and
that the applicant and his successors are willing
and able to implement a master development plan
in accordance with conditions and time schedules
agreed upon bet,,11een the applicant and the city, as
provided herein
B. Applicable Requirements
All property shall comply with the following appli
cable requirements

1. Physical Character. Property shall comply with
the development standards of the underlying zone
or those approved by the Comm1ss1on.

2. Land Use.
a Ex sttng land uses may remain per the require
men ts of Chapter 10.30 .:'·Jonconform111g Prov1
sionsl·
bl New or expanded land use activity shall comply
with those of the underlying zone, unless addi
t1onal use are approved by the Comm1ss1on.
3-92

3. Parking.
a Existing parking shall be improved when any of the
following apply· a new building or renovation. ad
dition over 50%, b) modification of site access, or c)
subd1vis1on
b New or expanded parking shall comply with those of
the underlying zone unless additional use are ap
proved by the Commission.

C. Land Use Standards

1. Allowed Land Use Types. Land use types allowed and
permit requirements in the planned development shall
comply v ith the underlying zone. unless add1t1onal use are approved by the Comm,ss,on.

2. Multiple Land Use Types. A building or building site may utilize multiple land use types per the applicable
requirements of the underlying zone. unless additional
use arP approved by the Comr-'ission.

3. General for Land Use
a Policies relative to the uses permitted in any planned development shall be determined in compliance with
the general location arl'ounts and dens1t1es of such
uses as set forth in the General Plan; or in specified
plans adopted by the City Planned developments
may, under these circumstances, combtne a variety of
land uses.
b Vl1xed use n,ay include any skilful cornb111at1on of
the range of permitted uses. and riay occur among
or _;ithin burldtngs as long as tr,e uses are compatible with each other and with existing and potential uses
surrounding the zone
D. General Standards

1. Development and Operational Standards
a Standards for area. coverage light and air or,enta
tion buildtng height sign placement and design. set
back requirements, open spaces, off-street parking,
and screening for planned development uses. shall
be 1stablished for each development for which a PD
zone 1s requested and adopted by the Comm1ss1on.
b The Cornrn ss101' shall. upon adopting such stand
ards, be guided by those standards and requirements
of the zone most similar in nature and function to the
Chapter 3.30 Non Transect Zones
Planned Development (PD) Zone 3.30.160
proposed planned development uses, and shall also
be guided by the provisions of Article 9 Procedures
and Article 4 tGeneral to Zones).

2. Open Space
a The Commission shall recommend to the Council and
the Council shall adopt principles and standards for
the establishment, improvement and maintenance of
required public and private open space In PO zones.
b) The Council may require higher standards of open
space for residential portions of a PO zone than are
required elsewhere 111 the Zoning Code for residential
uses.

3. Public Improvements. Standards for public improve
men ts for the PO Zone sha I be 111 accordance with
adopted city ordinances and standards.

E. Residential Densities. Prior to or during the process of reviewing and acting upon the preliminary develop
ment plan, the Commission shall determine the allowable res1dent1al densities for the proposed developmert al"d shall be guided by the following:

1. A,I planned developments in which residential uses are proposed shall be governed by the residential densities set forth r the General Plan or 11" any adopted spec,
fied plans or in official City plans and policies in process of preparation and adoption

2. Res1dent1al planned developrl"ents may, and are
encouraged to. depart from standard subd1v1s1on and
housing design by providing a variety of lot sizes and
housing types, provided that the overall residential
density yield conforms with City pol cy as determined
111 Section 1 above, and provided residential amenities are provided in amounts and locations conducive to the
establishment of a quality residential environment and1 or residential environments of special social importance to the City.
3 Notwithstanding Section 1 above "Vhenever the
proposed development contains two or more different
dwelling types includ,rg single family detached d'l'1ell ings, single family sem, detached or attached dwell
ngs and not l'T'ore tl'ar two thirds of the total NH:'
ber of dwelling units are included in any one of such
d "el ling types. the rl"aximum total number of dwelling units permitted within the development may at the
discretion of the Commission, be increased to 100
percent of the number of dwelling units otherwise
permitted under the provisions of Section 1, pro
vided it is clearly demonstrated that the increased
amenities provided within the proposed develop
ment are proportioned to the increased density
F. Application Requirements

1. Initiation
The planned development shall be initiated and com
pleted by the applicant or Joint applicants as the case may be. Unless otherwise provided in the approval by
the Comm1ss1on. the developer may not divide and
transfer units of the development.

2. Filing Requirements
Application for PO zon,ng shall be made on a form
provided by, and shall be submitted 111 two copies to.
the uty planning commission. Submission of pla11s
shall be in two stages: the first stage shall be sub
mission of a preliminary development plan, and the
second shall be the submission of a master develop
ment plar
Before detailed studies of any develop1'1er.t plan shall be urdertaken by t 1e Comm1ss1on. there shall be or
file with the City the written consent of not less than 60 percent of the property owners in the proposed
zone that such detailed studies be made. [ 18.46.050'.

3. City Subdivision Ordinance. All of the provisions
of the planned development are supplementary to
the City Subdivision Ordinance.

4. Concurrent Processing. Any subd1v1s1or maps
contemplated for the same property or for portions
thereof, shall be processed concurrently uv,th the
development plans in compliance with th s Sectiol".

5. Mapping [ 18.46.100, wt,enever a planned district
has been established its boundary shall be ind,
cated on the official zoning map of the city.
3-93
Chapter 3.30 Non-Transect Zones

3.30.160 Planned Development (PD} Zone

6. Fees [ 18.46.170]
a) Upon the filing of a preliminary development
plan fees in place shall be paid by the applicant to
the City.
b) Upon the filing of a master development plan
fees in place shall be paid by applicant to the City.
c) Upon filing of each precise development plan,
fees in place shall be paid by the applicant to the
city plus three and one half percent of the engI
neer s estimated cost of the proposed improve
men ts as approved by the city engineer.

G. Application Procedures

1. Preliminary Development Plan [ 18.46.060]
a) Approval of the Preliminary Development Plan
shall be limited to the general concept, and to the
gerieral acceptability and intensity of land uses
proposed and their interrelationships. and shall
not be construed to eridorse precise location
of uses, configuration of parcels or engineering
feasibility
b) Review and Approval
1 Upon appl1cat1on for approval of a Preliminary De
velopment Plan and within sixty days after filing
of t!-,e applicatiori the Cornm1s�1on shall revie .v
c!-,e application and the accompanying prelim1
nary development plan
ii. If the Commission finds that the proposal does
not rrieet all applicable cntena and standards,
it shall deny the application. giving its reasons
therefor.
1i1. The Commission rriay, at its discretion. refer said plan to the Council for its revie1,1. and comments.
and the Council may so instruct the Commission
to do so 1f It cv1shes to make its views known dur
ing the preliminary planning process.
iv. Approval or denial shall become effective ten
days after a decision Is rendered unless an appeal
in writing Is rT'ade to the Council by the applicant
on forms provided by the city planner.
1Ord. 90 10 572 '3 3E part', 1990

2. Final Master Development Plan. 1846.0701
a) Within six months of the approval of the preliminary development plan by the Comrn1ss1on or any ex ten
sion by said Commission, the applicant shall submit
ten copies of the master development plan, including
maps and a written report, conforming in all maJor
respects with the approved preliminary development
plan.
b) Review
i. A city staff meeting shall be called within fifteen days of receipt of the Master Development Plan to review
the proposals contained therein. The Commission
shall not act finally on any application until it has first received a report from the Director which shall be
submitted to the Commission ,vi thin thirty days of
the staff meeting.
c) Hearing and Decision

1. Upon receipt of the Master Development Plan, the
Commission shall after notice hold a public hearing
in compliance with Chapter 10.40 ,Public Hearings .
ii. After such hearing and after examining the plan for conformity to the Preliminary Development Plan and
all applicable cntena and standards. the Comm1s
sion may recommend approval subject to specified
modifications and conditions. The Commission may
act upon a precise development plan for the first in
crement concurrently with action on the master plan,
subJect to tre provisions of this article for approval of a precise developrrient plan.
(Ord. 90 10-572 9 3E, part,, 19901
111 The Council shall hold a public hearing in compliarice with noticing and hearing procedures Chapter 1 0.40 !Public 1-iearings . to approve or deny the Mas
ter Development Plan provided that in overruling a
Comm1ss1on recommendation for denial. the Council
shall make the findings listed in subparagraph G.2.e,
below. Approval of the master development plan
shall be by ordinance.
d) Approval Criteria 18.46.080
Before recornrT'cnding approval tre Cornl1"1ss1on
shall find that the proposed development conforms
Chapter 3.30 Non-Transect Zones
Planned Development (PD) Zone 3.30.160
to the following criteria and specific city plan require men ts as may be applicable w1th1n the areas in which
the proposed development is located:

1. The location and design of the proposed develop
ment shall be consistent with the goals and pol1c1es
of the city general plan and with any other applicable
official plan or policies adopted by the city council, or in the process of being prepared and adopted.
2 The proposed location shall allow the development
to be well integrated with its surroundings.

3. All vehicular traffic generated by the development
Is to be accommodated safely and without causing
any undue congestion on adjoining streets.

4. The proposed location and design shall allow res,
dents and business establ"shrrents to be adequately
serviced by existing or proposed public fac1ilt1es and
services.

5. :n appropriate circumstances and as provided
elsewhere in this title the plar'n1ng commission
may require that suitable areas for schools. parks,
playgrounds, pedestrian ·Nays. or public open spaces
shall be dedicated for public use or reserved by deed
covenant for the common use of all residents. estab
lishments or operations in the development.
6 The overall design of the: proposed planned devtl
opment shall produce an attractive, healthful, effi
cient and stable environment for l1v1ng, shopping or
working.

7. The development shall be integrated with its set
ting, shall not require earthmoving or grading that
would destroy desirable natural features. nor be
visually obstructive d1sharmon1ous with surrounding
areas and facilities.

8. The uses proposed shall have a beneficial effect not obtainable under other ex1st1ng zoning regulat1om.

Any departure from other ordinance requirements
shall be warranted by the design and amenities 1ncor
porated in the master developmeN plan. In accord
with the adopted policies of the planning commission and the city council

9. Demonstration shall be made that each 1ndivid
ual unit of development and the total develop
ment. can exist as an independent unit capable of
creating an environment of sustained desirability
and stability.

Ord. 90 10-572 § 3E part) 1990)
H. Master Plan Modifications '18.46.090;
1 Minor changes of a technical nature to an ap
proved Master Development Plan may be approved
by the Commission, or its authorized representative.
provided changes are consistent with the purposes
and character of the master development plan Such
changes shall not change the dens1t1es reretofore
established. nor the boundaries of the subiect prop
erty nor any use as shown on the approved master
development plan, nor the location or amounts of
land devoted to specific land uses.
2 All modifications or amendments to an approved
plan other than said minor changes shall be pro
cessed as an original application and shall be subject
to all applicable substantive and procedural require
men ts of the planned district procedure provided
that the filing fee therefor shall be one-half the fee
charged for filing an original application
Ord % 10 572 � 3E part 1990
I. Precise Development Plan Approval 1 d . .16.1 · 0]

1. When Required
a, Within twelve months following approval of the
final Master Development Plan, or concurrently
with submission of the Master Development Plan
the applicant shall submit to the Commission an
application for approval of a Precise Development
Plan for the first increment of development.
b, Precise Development Plan approval. valid for one
year shal be secured for each unit or 1rcren,ent
of a pla1'ned district development as deli1>eated
OP the 1vlaster )evelopr.iert Dia"
Chapter 3.30 Non-Transect Zones

3.30.160 Planned Development (PD) Zone
c No development. improvement. or building con
struct1on within any unit of the planned district
area covered by a Master Development Plan ap
proved by the Council shall be commenced until
the Commission shall have approved the precise
development plan for the unit.

2. Application Requirements
Precise Development Plans in a form and of such
detail as 1s satisfactory to the City Engineer and De·
velopment Services Director shall set forth detailed
specific features of each increment of development.

3. Approval
Within sixty days follow111g receipt of the application for precise development plan approval, the planning
commission shall approve cond1t1onally approve or
disapprove the proposed precise development plan
and shall notify the applicant of its action. Appeal
may be made to the city council by the applicant 011
forms provided by the city planner.
lOrd. 90 10 572 § 3E(part', 19901

4. Appeal 86.46.160
Within ten days following the date of a decision by
the planning comrT'1Ss1or, upon an applicatior for ap
proval of a Precise Development Plan. or for approval
of modification or amendment of any authorized
plan or cond1t1or rnposed therein, an appeal rnay
be taken to the city council by the applicant or the
01- ners

5. Conditions of Approval
a) Dedication of Open Space 86.46.120]

1. The planning comm1ss1on may as a condition of
approval require that suitable areas for schools.
parks and playgrounds be set aside improved
arid dedicated for public use, or be reserved
for the ov,,ners. residents ard establishrnents 1ri
the development by deed restrictions. Whe11
ever group or common open space s prm11ded,
whether required or not. the planning comm1s
3-96 I'
sion shall as a condition of approval require that
some prov1s1on be made for perpetual maintenance
of such open space. The form of any instrument used
to assure open space maintenance shall be approved
by the city attorney as to its form and content. Agree
men ts and covenants running with the land shall
include prov1s1ons for charges to be levied for carry
ing out of the specified functions and administrative
expenses of said perpetual maintenance. The city
shall be a party in interest in any such development
and may by mandatory injunction enforce the provi
s1ons of this chapter.
i1. To assure that open space shall be available for the entire developed planned district, public sites and
development rights to required open spaces shall be
dedicated in advance of development whenever such
dedication is required. n any event. whether a subd1
vision map is required or not, any required dedication
of public sites and developrnent rights to required
open spaces for tre entire district shall be made as
a condition of approval of the precise development
plan.
iii. Other dedications for streets, utilities, flood control right of ways, and for easements and other public
purposes may be required as a condition of approval
of the precise development plan
b) Performance Conditions 86.-16.' 30
Tt-,e Council shall require the applicaPt to furnisr a
completion bond or cash equivalent in an amount
deemed sufficient by the city engineer to cover the
costs of public improvements. nc1dental expenses.
and to cover replacement and repair of existing
streets and other improvements damaged in the de
velopment of the unit. All public improvements shall
be constructed in accordance with standard specifica
t1ons of the city
Chapter 3.30 Non-Transect Zones
Planned Development (PD) Zone 3.30.160

6. Time limits and Expiration 86.46.150]
If the applicant fails to submit a precise development
plan for the first increment within twelve months after approval of the final master development plan or fails to proceed with subsequent increments in accordance with
development schedules as submitted the master devel
opment plan shall be considered void and a ne'-v apphca tion for master development plan must be 1nit1ated in
accordance with the procedures of this chapter Said time l1m1ts may be extended for Just and exceptional cause
upon mutual agreement between the c,ty and applicant.
'3-97
Chapter 3.30 Non-Transect Zones

3.30.160 Planned Development (PD) Zone
D. Development Standards

1. Building Placement

1.1 PD zone may be established on parcels of land
that are suitable for and of sufficient size to be
planned and developed in a manner consistent
with the purposes of Section 3.30.160.

1.2 S acres or more may be considered for a PD zone,
provided that the property is owned, or its development controlled by a single individual or legally constituted corporation or partnership.

1.3 In the case of property held in various ownerships, the property may be considered for a PD zone when all parties owning and controlling the
area proposed for the PD zone become parties
3-98
to a legal agreement binding them to abide by
the master development plan, as approved. The
approved master development plan shall run with
the land as a condition of future use, sale or lease.

2. Parking Placement

2.1 See Chapter 4.50 (Parking Standards).

2.2 All utilities shall be placed underground. Costs shall be borne by the developer.

Chapter 3.30 Non-Transect Zones
Planned Development (PD) Zone 3.30.160

3. Encroachments

3.1 Trees, shrubs and similar landscaping materials may be located within front, side and rear setbacks in compliance with Chapter 4.40 (Landscape Standards), unless otherwise determined by the Commission.

B Encroachments Requirements
Encroachment into Front Setback
Architectural Features 3'max.

Uncovered porches and necessary 6'max. landings1
Stairs and connected platforms or
landin�
s extending aoove the first 6'max
floor o a building
C. Development Standards

4. Building Height and Adjacencies

4.1 Buildings and additions shall comply with the
requirements per Chapter 4.20 (Site and Structural
Standards).

4.2 Building height shall be measured vertically from
average sidewalk grade along frontage and per
ADA requirements.

I Encroachment into Side or Rear Setback
Uncovered stairs and necessary 3'max. landings1
Awnings, decks, trellises, or patio 50% of required
covers 2
'
setback
1 Such stairs and landing shall not extend above the first floor of the building, except for a railing not exceeding three feet in height. 2 Height to the top of the trellis or patio cover is 9 feet max. 3-99
This page intentionally left blank
3-100
Article 4 General to Zones
Chapter 4.10 Introduction
,.. V.U V ,....U f.JU'lt'

1., /'\.020 Appl1cab1l1tv
Chapter 4.20 Site and Structural Standards
'+LUVIU

4.20.020

4.20.030
4 20 040
4 20 0')0
4 20 060
4 2 J
G t:'. 1 t· 1 S I L e d 1 u :> L u c l L.. a ) L d 1 cl J ,. d s Accessory Structu ec;
He ght -1'11·ts and E:xcept on=>
1\/l no,. Res·ctert a' Bu ld1'1g Setback Reduct o
:::>erfo rnan(e Standards
Re ated Lo• Requ rerients
H c; D e opri t Sta aa d=>
Chapter 4.30 Density Bonus
+ )U. t"'.J fJ

4.3 20 :)ef
4 3 3
4 4 3
ryp ..) ' n
App cJ•
Aff d ..
t A
'l •
. 3 0 /0 .... ocd J ns ty Bon.J'> E
Chapter 4.40 Landscape Standards
<-., '+ V u t"'U f.JU'l
+ �0.020 App 1cab •y
4 4 30 Landc;cao a rl '-' r g -it
4 40 040 Ger r J St:1ridarc'>
1 40 0">0 PJ '- g \ ) d-, d
4 ..i -l

4.40 0 7 Ma ntena0
v d
A
dn
1 � )
n >
4-3
..,
)
3 4-5
'+ )
4 6
4 6
4 7
t 8
4 9
1 • u
4-1 3
4 )
+ �
l �
4-1 7
'-1-
4 8
, 4
4 1�
L,
4 22
4-1

4.40.080 Fences and Screeriing

4.40.090 Lighting

4.40.100 Lien
Chapter 4.50 Parking Standards
�.JV.VIV

4.50.020

4.50.0'30
4 50.040

4.50 050

4. S0.060

4.50 070
L50 08:)

1. ,o 098
4 50.'0')
r-uqJc.,<::,._ .. ,110 Aµµ ILdtion
G2rieral Parking Standards
Number of Parking Spac :15 Requ·red
Bicycle ParKing
Adjustment of Par,<ing Requiremerits
Pa .. '<1ng Alternative
Pa,.king Des1g 1
Jevelopment and Mainte'1Jnce of Park rig Lots
Qf►-srreet �oad1ng Spdce,
O'f ,tr:-.l"\t Pc1rk,ng Site Devcloprrient Plan RE.:v eN Chapter 4.60 Site Specific Standards
LO VI J r-u PV'>t:
1 6() 020 G �n ral Site Spec fie Sta'1daras
4 6') J �O Spec f,c to I\J1ultifam y R �s·dent a
L .0 ! ) Sp�C f c ► J iu-,�r J
Chapter 4.70 Shopping Cart Containment and Retrieval
4 /J 820
4 _, .03

4. .048
4 0.0':>0
4 7 .06)
Def n1t1ons
txe'T'pt,ons
Cart Contd rrient P ari ord (Jrt Retrieval Plari
Pia 1 Subr,,1ss o 1 dnd Aop ovJ
Dena � P5 for a 1g to 5 brn t � Dre\i :'>'lt ')'1 P :!'1 \ot c � or r'1
4 70 08('"\ Ad'11 ri,strat Costs and --ees

4.7 .090 D1spos ton o' Cdrtr, After 30 dJys
4-2
4-2 2
4 24
4-2 5
4-2 7
'-t -L. 7
4 28
4 29
4 29
4 29
4-30
4 30
4 3 1
+ 3 2
4 32
4-3 3
4 'j
4-31
4 34
,, t 34
4 3 i
4-3 5
q } ')
4-36
,1 '-+ 36
1 3/
4 �8
4 3 �
4 3 :J
c.l 39
4 39
Chapter 4.10 Introduction
Sections:

4.,0.ulu

4.1 0.020

4.10.010
Purpose
Applicability
Purpose
This Chapter expands upon the zone standards of Article 3 Specific to Zones) by addressing additional details
of site planning. project design and the operation of
land uses. These standards are intended to ensure that
proposed development is compatible -v1th existing and
future development on neighboring properties, and pro
duces an environment of desirable character consistent
with the General Plan and any applicable specific plan.

4.10.020 Applicability
-1,e requirements of this Chapter shall apply to proposed development and new land uses, and shall be considered
1n combination with the standards for the appl cable
zone in Article 3 Specific to Zones and those In Article 6 Specific to Uses As indicated in this Chapter these regu lat1ons may apply differently in transect and non transect zones. If there is a conflict between any standards, the prov1s1ons of Article 3 control over Article 4 General to Zones and the prov1s1ons of Article 6 control over Articles 3 and 4.

This page intentionally left blank
4-4
Chapter 4.20 Site and Structural Standards
Sections:
q_2u.u 10

4.20.020

4.20.030

4.20.040

4.20.050

4.20.060

4.20.070
General Site and Structural Standards
Accessory Structures
Height Limits and Exceptions
Minor Residential Building Setback Reductions
Perforn-,ance Standards
Related Lot Requirements
Hillside Development Standards

4.20.010 General Site and Structural Standards
A. Green Building Standards
See the City s Code of Build1rg Regulations Chapter 1 7.1 O Green Building Standards Code .

B. Location of Dwelling
Except where otherwise provided for In this Zoning Code, every dwelling shall face or have frontage upon a street or permanent means of access to a street by way of a
public or pr111ate ease,...,ent or passageway otrer than the alley 18.08.140.

C. Resident Garage Capacity
..,.he capacity of single family res1dent1al garages whether attached or detached to the main dv..elling urit. shall not exceed four automobiles 18 08.250'
D. Truck Parking as Residential Accessory Use
Truck parking, vhen necessary and incidental to an es
tablished residential use, shall be permitted provided that there is no more than one truck h1ch does not exceed a
gross weight of two tons and which Is dr ven to and from the resident s place of employment on a regular basis or which Is utilized In conjunction with an appro•,ed hor1e occupation 111 compliance with Chaptei- 9.40 Home Oc
cupation Perr11t .

E. Emergency Occupancy of Mobilehomes or
Travel Trailers
' In the event a dwelling is destroyed or rendered
uninhabitable by f:re earthquake or siniilar ca
lamity the Director may authorize the temporary
placement of a mob1lehome or travel trailer for
residential use on the property regardless of the
zone classification of the property for a period
not to exceed 180 days.

2. A request for such authorization shall be sub,...,it ted in wr ting w1th11� 30 days fror, the t,�e the
dwelling Is destroyed or rendered un111hab1table .

3. ~he Director may prm,1de such authorizat on Ir
writing and may stipulate any necessary con
dit1ons as determ1red by the Director for the
protection of the public health and safety or for
the protection of the persoral health ard safety
of the proposed occupants.
1-5
Chapter 4.20 Site and Structural Standards

4.20.020 Accessory Structures
A. Determination of Accessory Structures
If any question arises as whether any particular struc
ture Is accessory to the primary structure in question
It shall be resolved based on the definitions of acces
sory structure found in Article 11 Definitions) and
the following criteria:

1. I\Jature and size of the primary structure·

2. Nature and size of the accessory structure;

3. Relationship of the accessory structure to the
primary structure.

B. Location of Accessory Structures
The following regulations shall apply to the loca
tion of accessory structures In the E R 1, R 2 and
R 3 zones unless otherwise provided by this Zoning
Code.

1. I\Jo accessory structures on the rear of a reverse
corner lot shall be located nearer to the side lot
line on the street side of such reversed corner lot
than the front setback depth required on the key
lot in the rear.

2. No accessory structures shall be located within a
required front, side or rear setback.
3 Accessory structures may be considered a part of the
main structure if:
a Connected by a common wall of not less than five
feet in length· or
b. If not more than 20 feet from the main structure
and connected thereto by a roof of not less than
five feet in width.
4 One detached accessory structure for use as a private garage may be permitted to occupy the required
front setback of an interior lot when the slope of the
front half of such lot is greater than one foot rise or fall in the horizontal distance of four feet from the
established street elevation at the front property line; provided that
a. No portion of any such structure shall be less than
five feet from the side or front property line of the
lot; and
b. No such structure shall exceed one story, not to
exceed 12 feet from groundline to top plate.

4.20.030 Height Limits and Exceptions
A. Height of Structures
No penthouse or roof structures for the housing of
elevators. stairways. tanks. ventilating fans or simi
lar equipment. towers. steeples, roof signs, or other
structures shall exceed the height limit provided in
specific zone
B. Height of Structure Exception

1. Radio and television masts may extend not more
than 35 feet and flagpoles, chimneys, and smoke
stacks may extend not more than 40 feet above
the ground provided that the same may be safely
erected and maintained at such height 111 view of
the surrounding conditions and circumstances.
2 All structures erected and existing structures that
may be reconstructed altered, r1oved or en
larged shall coriply with the re1ght regulations
of the zone 111 which they may be located with
the following exceptions.
4-6
a. Roof structures for the housing of elevators,
stairways, ventilating fans or s1r1tlar equipment
required to operate and maintain the build
ing, and fire or parapet walls skylights, towers,
church steeples, flagpoles, chimneys, or similar
structures when approved by the Commission
may be erected above the height limits herein
prescribed; provided, that the sarne may be safely
erected and maintained at such 1,eight in view of
the surrounding conditions and circumstances.
b No roof structures, or any space above the height
limit shall be allowed for the purpose of providing
additional living or floor space
C. Height Limit at Street Corners
n non transect zones, development proposed adjacent
to any public or private street, or an alley intersection shall be designed to provide a traffic safety visibility area for pedestrian and traffic safety. See Figure 4.20.030.

Chapter 4.20 Site and Strurtt ,ral Standards

4.20.030 Height Limits and Exceptions
Measurement of Visibility Area
a. A traffic safety vis1btl1ty area 1s a triangle meas
urecl as follows. and may include private property
and or public right of-way
b. The visibility area shall be defined by measuring
20 feet from the 1ntersect1on of the extension of
the front and street side right of way lines (or
10 feet for driveways) and connecting the lines
across the property.

2. Height Limit. \Jo structure sign or landscape ele
ment shall exceed 30 inches in height within the traf
fie safety v1s1b1lity area, unless approved by the City Engineer, except for trees with their canopy trimmed
to a minimum of eight feet above grade.

Figure 4.20.030 Restricted Height Visibility Area
;
';i! �! ight
;:i l'rianglt -·-•
21 ree,
1 ·n .. onuolkJ
: ln1.:,� .. 11on

4.20.040 Minor Residential Building Setback Reductions
A. Residential Front or Side Setback Exception
The front and side minimum setback required 1n all of the Residential zones both transect and non transect), estab lished in Article 3 Specific to Zones may be reduced as follows:
' Where lots comprising 40 percent or more of the
frontage on one side of a street between intersecting
streets are developed with structures having an aver
age front or side setback 1,v1th variation, the Director at l'iis discretion may determine that newly erected
or structurally altered st uctures r-iay project into the minimum setback established 1n Article 3 Specific to
Zones a distance not to exceed 1 O feet.

2. In such cases. per subsection 1 above no structure
rie1, ly erected or structurally altered rr,ay proJect
beyond the minimum front or side setback line es tab
lished by the existing structures

3. In making this determination structures located
more than 35 feet from tre front lot ine or struc
tures facing a side street on a corner lot ;hall not be cou11ted.

4. n no case shall any structure be located within any
ex1st1r,g or planned future rigrt of way.
5 P compliance with Government Code Sect1or.
65589 5. no setback shall be required for ar,
existing garage that is converted to an Accessory
Dwelling Unit and a setback of no f110re thar,
five feet from the side and rear lot lines shall be
required for an Accessory Dwelling Jn1t that is
constructed above a garage.

B. Storage in Setback
Except as other vise provided in Section 4.50.020
Ger,eral Park1r,g Standards and �\IC Chapter 10 · 6
Recreat1oral Vehicles . l'O portion of any required
front or side setback on tre street side of a corner
lot sl1all be used for the pern1anent storage of ,,,otor vehicles. trailers, airplanes boats. parts of any of the foregoing or building materials. except building n1a
terials for use on the prern1ses stored thereon during
the time a valid permit is in effect for construction or. the premises. 18.08.220
C. Recreational Vehicle Storage
With the exception of comer lots. a recreational vehi
cle parked or, any pren1 1ses other than al' approved
trader park shall not be parked within thP required
front. side or rear setback. or other required unoc
cup,ed spaces of a lot 1n tre zo,1e where such recrea
tional vehicle is parked.
4-7
Chapter 4.20 Site and Structural Standards

4.20.050 Performance Standards
A. Purpose
This Section provides performance standards that are
intended to mrnimrze various potential operational
impacts of land uses and development and promote
compatibility with adjoining areas and land uses.

B. Applicability
The provisions of this Section apply to all new and ex
isting land uses, including permanent and temporary
uses in all zones, unless an exemption is specifically
provided. Exrstrng uses shall not be altered or modi
fied to conflict with these standards.

C. Air Emissions
No visible dust. gasses, or smoke shall be emitted,
except as allowed by the Eastern Kern Arr Pollution
Control District s Rules and Regulations manual as
periodically updated or as necessary for the heating
or cooling of structures, and the operation of motor
vehicles on the site.

D. Combustibles and Explosives
The use, handling, storage and transportation of
combustibles and explosive materials shall comply
with the City·s building and fire codes, and all other
applicable State and local regulations.

E. Dust
Activities that may generate dust emissions e.g., con
struction grading, commercial gardening, and similar
operations' shall be conducted to limit the emissions
beyond the srte boundary to the maximum extent
feasible.

F. Ground Vibration
No ground vibration shall be generated that is per
cept1ble without instruments by a reasonable person
at the property lines of the site, except for vibrations from temporary construction or demolition activities.
and motor vehicle operations.

G. Liquid Waste
No liquid shall be discharged into a public or private
body of water sewage system, watercourse or rnto
the ground, except 111 compliance with applicable
regulations of the Regional Water Quality Control
Board.

H. Noise
No use shall be allowed that creates noise levels that
exceed five decibels above the ambient noise level of
the area, in accordance with the Occupation Safety and
Health Act of 1970, as amended over time.

1. Residential Uses
a. Outdoor noise level. The noise level emanating
from any residential use or operation shall not
exceed 60 dBA CNEL in R-1, T2.5, and T3 zones
and 65 dBA CNEL in the E, R-2, R 3, MP, T2, and T4
zones, as the acceptable outdoor noise exposure
level when measured at the property line.
b. Interior noise level. The interior noise levels shall not exceed 45 dBA CNEL for all residential uses.

2. Schools, child day care centers, libraries, churches, hospitals, nursing homes, parks and recreation areas. The outdoor acceptable exposure level shall not exceed 70 dBA CNEL when measured at the property
line.

I. Hours of Construction

1. No construction norse shall emanate from any site
within the City limits after 6:00 p.m. or before 7:00
a.m. Monday through Friday.

2. There shall be no construction noise from any site
before 8:00 a.m. nor after 5:00 p.m. on any Saturday.

3. No construction shall occur on any site within the City limits on Sundays.

4. Property owners working on the property at which
they reside are exempt from the standards of this
Subsection.

J. Odors
No obnoxious odor or fumes shall be emitted that are
perceptible without instruments by a reasonable person
at the property line of the site.

K. Radioactivity, Electrical Disturbance or Electromagnetic Interference.

None of the following shall be emitted:

1. Radroactrvity in a manner that does not comply with
all applicable State and federal regulations; or
Chapter 4.20 Site and Structur�I Standards

4.20.050 Performance Standards

2. Electrical disturbance or electromagnetic interference that interferes with normal radio or television recep
tion or with the function of other electronic equipment beyond the property line of the site or that does not comply with all applicable Federal Com
munications Commission (FCC) and other applicable
State and Federal regulations.

L. Energy Conservation in Residential Uses
For residential uses, energy conservation buildings shall be located on site to provide adjacent buildings ad
equate sunlight for solar access. All new construction
and remodeling shall be preplumbed for solar hot water
heating. Buildings shall be designed to minimize energy consumption requirements, and may include, but not
necessarily be limited to, the following conservation
measures:

Cogeneration;

2. South facing widows,

3. Eave coverage for windows;

4. Double glazed windows:
.). Earth berming against exterior walls·

6. Green houses; and

7. 7. Deciduous shade trees.

4.20.060 Related Lot Requirements
A. Purpose

1. The purpose of this Section is to delineate lot require ments in non transect zones.

2. Lot standards are essential to the Zoning Code as
they provide reasonable and necessary lot criteria to
ensure adequate yard and space requirements are
achieved.

3. The ob1ective of these regulations is to promote
compatibility of uses. public safety, and aesthetic.

B. Space Between Buildings
The minimum distance between structures in non
transect zones 1s established per Table 4.20.060.A.

TABLE 4.20.060.A SPACE BETWEEN BUILDINGS
Zone
A Zone
EZone
R-1 Zone
I R-2 Zone
R-3 Zone
I MHP Zone
Side to Side
Side to Rear
Rear to Rear !
RP, C-1, C-2, C-3 Zone
C-4, M-1, M-2 Zone
Space Between
Residential
Structures (Feet)
10 10
10 10
10 10
10 (3)
8 (3)
6 3 ()
10 -· No minimum distance requirement
I
I
I
I I
Space Between Residential
Structures and Accessory
Structures or Between
Accessory Structures (Feet)
6 6
6 6
6 10 (4)
6 Space Between Residential I Space Between
Structures and Structures
for Housing Animals
(Feet)
100 (1)
30 (2)
30 (2)
--
--
--
I -
-
Non-Residential
Structures
(Feet)
--
--
--
--
-
--
1 Includes animals, barns, corrals, other structures for housing livestock and buildings for processing, packing, or storing agricultural produce. 2 Structures for housing animals shall be least 100 feet from the front lot line, at least 25 feet from the street side lot line on a corner lot, and at least 100 feet e
way from any public park, school, hospital, or similar institution . . Distance between mobilehomes within a mobilehome subdivision.

I . Excepting mobilehome accessory structures
4-9
I
I
I
Ch;:ioter 4.20 Site and Structural Standards

4.20.060 Related Lot Requirements
C. Interpretation of Minimum Lot Sizes
For the purpose of complying with the minimum lot
size and minimum lot area per dwelling unit require
men ts and other prov1s1ons of this Zoning Code any
lot that 1s 1 acre or less is considered net and any lot that is greater than 1 acre shall be considered gross . the lot sizes or lot areas shall have the meanings as
established in Table 4.20.060.B.

TABLE 4.20.060.B INTERPRETATION OF MINIMUM LOT SIZE
1/4 acre
1/2 acre
1 acre
2 1/2
acres
One-quarter acre or 10,890 net square feet
One-half acre or 21,780 net square feet
One net acre
Two-and-one-half gross acres or one quarter of one
quarter of one quarter of one quarter section of
land containing not less than two gross acres.

Five gross acres or one-half of one quarter of one
5 acres quarter of one quarter section of land containing not less than four gross acres.
10 gross acres or a quarter of one quarter of one
10 acres quarter section of land containing not less than eight gross acres.
20 gross acres or one-half of one quarter of one
20 acres quarter section of land containing not less than 16 gross acres.
40 acres
40 gross acres or one quarter of one quarter section
of land containing not less than 35 acres.
80 gross acres or one-half of one quarter section of 80 acres land containing not less than 70 gross acres.

4.20.070 Hillside Development Standards
A. Purpose
The purpose of this Section s to provide for the
reasonable use of hillsides and 1'1ountainous
areas 1n non transect zones while protecting the
public health, safety, and welfare by ensuring that
development will not induce soil erosion. result in
excessive grading create sewage disposal prob
lems. increase wildfire danger and slope 1rstabil
ity or lead to a loss of aesthetic value.

2. This Section implements the goals and policies
of the General Plan and various specific plans
and sets specific standards and regulations for
all grading and development of slopes up to 15
percent average natural slope. It is not the intent
of this Section to apply to oil and gas operations.

B. Site Development Plan Required
No development srall occur. no use stiall be estab
Ii shed, and no building or grading permit shall be
issued for any developrnent 1n arPas designated as
4-10
steep slope until approval of Site Development Plan Re
view 111 compliance with Chapter 9.60 Site Development
Plan Review .

C. Average Natural Slope Calculations

1. For the purposes of this Section, slope is defined as the relat1onsh1p between the change in elevation
rise of land and the horizontal distance run over
which the elevation occurs. The percert slope of any
given slope 1s determined by d1v1ding the rise by the
run on the natural slope of land. multiplied by 100

2. Average slope shall be calculated by using the follow ing formula: S -=c x L x_LQ.0Qll2i
A
S - average natural slope of the total parcel in percent - contour interval 1n feet
L - total length of all contour lines within the parcel boundaries 1n feet .e. A,B and C
A= gross area of the parcel i1' acres

0.00229 -=ca constant used to convert square feet into
acres by 100 percent
Chapter 4 JO Site and Structural Standardc;

4.20.070 Hillside Development Standards

3. The calculated average natural slope shall be round
ed to the nearest whole number see Figure 4.20.070).

D. Standards - Residential Density
Res1dent1al development shall not exceed the maximum
density permitted by the General Plan land use category applicable to the area in which the property is located, except that.

1. No lot shall be created after the effective elate of this Zoning Code on which the average natural slope
exceeds 60 percent except if the lot contains a con
tIguous area of 10,000 square feet within which there
is no slope greater than 10 percent and on which
development Is proposed
Figure 4.20.070 Calculation of Average Natural
Slope
B C
2 One single family dwelling may be built on any lot
that was legally created prior to the effective date of this Zoning Code, regardless of slope provided that
all other requirements of this Section are met.

E. Standards - Grading
Grad111g shall respect the natural contour of the exist ing terrain wherever possible. Tre follow111g grading
standards shall apply to all land subiect to this Sect1or in add1t1on to the grading requirements of Chapter 70 of the latest edition of the uniform Building Code as adopted
and modified. or as may be adopted or modified from
time to time, by the Council.

1. Grading shall be limited to build111g pads and access drives thereto. arid extensive grading shall be dis
couraged.

2. No cuts 111 excess of 16 feet in height from top to toe shall be allowed.
3 Where grading Is necessary the principles of contour
grading should be employed.
a. Cut slopes shall not exceed two horizontal to
one vertical. Shallower slopes may be required if
indicated by soils and geologic 111vestigat1ons to
be necessary·
b. Graded slopes should be rounded and shaped to
stimulate the natural terrain;
c. Grading should follow the natural contours as
much as possible·
d Graded slopes should blend with naturally occur
ring slopes at a radius compatible with the exist
1119 natural terrain.

4. Graded slopes should be screened from view under
or behind buildings or by landscaptng or natural
topographic features wherever possible.
5 Graded slopes shall be revegetated with a mixture of
grass seed or shrubs as recomriended by the JSDA
Soil Conservation Service. Pla1,t1ng may be va1ved by
the city engineer for slopes that. due to tre rock char acter of the material, will not support plant growth
F. Standards - Drainage
All proposed dra111age factl1t1es shall respect the natural terrain, preserve n1a1or drainage channels 111 their natural state. and be designed 111 such a manner as to min1m1ze soil erosion and to otherwise preserve the public health, safety and welfare. The follow111g standards shall apply to all lands subject to this Section 111 addition to the require rnents of the Tehachapi Subdiv1s1on Ordinance.
1 To the maximum extent possible, all natural drainage
courses serving maior drainage areas. and containing
s1grnficant perennial vegetation which may constI
tute a significant wtldltfe habitat. should rerr,ain Ir their natural state.
4-1 1
Chapter 4.20 Site and Structural Starrl=:lrds

4.20.070 Hillside Development Standards
2 In the event that off site drainage facilities will
be required to handle increased runoff interim
drainage facilities which provide for no increase
in peak runoff from a ten year storm shall be con
structed and maintained until such time as the
permanent facilities are completed

3. The overall drainage system shall be completed
and made operational at the earliest possible
time during corstruct1or or shall be otherwise
provided for in a manner acceptable to the City
G. Standards - Driveways and Access Roads
All proposed driveways and access roads shall be
designed to provide convenient and safe access
while minimizing the extent of grading. The follow
1ng standards shall apply to al lar,ds subJect to this
Sect1or in addition to the requirements of the City s
Subchv1s1on Ordinance.

Dr:veways and access rnads shall enter the front
1ng public road or street as nearly at right angle
or radial line. if on a curve as physical features
permit.

2. Dr veways shall be designed and constructed 1n
such a manner that stormwater runoff originat
1ng on the roadway will not drain down the drive,
and stormwater runoff originating on the private
property will not drain down the roadway except
i<1 tre ditcr or gutter line
4-12

3. Adequate and safe sight distance shall be provided
for a design speed of 15 miles per hour.

4. Wherever feasible, driveways and access roads shall
be installed parallel to elevation contours and shall
not cut perpendicularly across contours. The maxi
mum grade for driveways ancl access roads shall be
15 percent.

5. Driveways entering a public road or street shall have a minimum paved width of 12 feet and a maximum
width of 20 feet and shall be improved with two
inches of asphaltic concrete, three inches of rock dust on an aggregate base. three inches of road mix, or
three inches of concrete.

6. Driveways and access roads serving residential pro
jects of three or more units shall be improved with a
minimum of three inches of road mix and shall tie to
a paved road under encroachment permit from the
oublic works superintendent. where applicable . The
paving requirement may be waived by the Comm is
s1on when site access is rot obtained from a paved
road.

7. Driveways and access roads shall comply witr the
requirements of the City l=ire Departr1ent.

Chapter 4.30 Density Bonus
Sections:

4.30.0 I 0

4.30.020

4.30.030

4.30.040

4.30.050

4.30.060

4.30.070

4.30.010
Purpose
Definitions
Implementation
Types of Incentives Allowed
Application Procedures
A ff o rd a b i I i t y M o n i t o r i n g a n d A g re e n1 e n t s Local Density Bonus Enhancements
Purpose
The purpose of this Chapter Is to provide IncentIves for the production of housing in accordance with California Government Code �§65915 through 659' 8 State Density
Bonus Law as amended from time to tIt'1e.
n enacting this Chapter. It Is the intent of the City to fac,litate the development of affordable housing and to imple111ent the goals. obJectives. ard policies of the rlous ng Element of the C ty s Gerieral PlaP. Where this (l,apter does not address a specific requ re1'1ent or where State law differs from this Chapter State law shall control

4.30.020 Definitions
All terms used in this Chapter sball have the meanings es tablished by this Zoning Code or as superseded by State Density Bonus Law.

4.30.030 Implementation
The City shall grant a density bonus, incentives or corces sIons waivers or reductions of development standards.
and parking reductions to a qualifying proJect in compli ance with State Density Bonus .aw. The prov1sio1 s of this Chapter shall be adr'1rni�tered by the Department con
sistent with Article 9 Procedures and Article 1 O Adm in istratron)
4-13
Chapter 4.30 Density Bonus

4.30.040 Types of Incentives Allowed
A. Types of Incentives
If requested by the applicant, a qualifying project
shall be entitled to incentives or concessions as required by Government Code §65915, unless the City makes the findings required by §65915 d)(l ). Permis
sible incentives may include, but are not limited to,
one or more of the following:

1. Reduction or Modification of Development
Standards. A reduction in site development
standards or a modification of zoning require
men ts that exceed the minimum building stand
ards provided in California Health and Safety
Code§§ 18901 through 18949.31, which may
include:
a. Reduced minimum lot sizes or dimensions;
b. Reduced minimum setbacks.
c. Reduced minimum open space requirements;
d. Increased maximum lot coverage·
e. Increased maximum building height;
f. Reduced on site parking standards·
g. Reduced minimum building separation requirements; or h. Other site or zoning requirements applicable to
residential development

2. Mixed Use Zoning. Mixed use zoning to allow the
project to include nonresidential uses or to allow res1 dential uses within a nonresidential zone where such
uses will reduce the cost of the housing development
and are consistent with the General Plan .

3. Other Cost-Reducing Regulatory Incentives. An
other regulatory incentive or concession proposed by
the applicant and agreed to by the City that results
1n identifiable. financially sufficient. and actual cost reductions.

4.30.050 Application Procedures
A. Application Requirements
An application for a density bonus, incentives, con
cessions, waivers, or parking reductions shall be
submitted concurrently with the application for the
housing development and shall include the following
information:

1. The total number of base units allowed on the
site under the applicable General Plan and zoning
designation;

2. The number, type, and income level of affordable
housing units proposed very low, low, moderate.
or other qualifying category.;

3. The specific density bonus percentage,
incentive s,, concession s waiverrs . or parking
reduction is requested if any; and

4. For any requested incentive, concession. or
waiver documentation demonstrating how it
-,viii result 1n identifiable, financially sufficient,
and actual cost reductions to provide affordable
housing.
4-14
B. Processing Timeline
Applications shall be processed in accordance with Gov
ernment Code §6S9151a (3 including:

1. Completeness determination within the timeframe
specified in §65915 a 3 1A;

2. Initial eligibility determination within the timeframe specified in §65915 a 3 B · and

3. >=inal action on the application concurrent with or
prior to action on the housing development applica
t1on.

C. Concurrent Processing
Density bonus applications shall be processed concur
rently with other development applications for the pro
ject and shall not require a separate public hearing unless otherwise required by State law.

Chapter 4.30 Density Bonus

4.30.060 Affordability Monitoring and Agreements
A. Affordable Housing Agreement Required
Prior to issuance of building permits for a project receiv ing a density bonus. incentives, concessions, waivers, or parking reductions, the applicant shall enter into an Af fordable Housing Agreement with the City.

B. Agreement Contents
The Affordable Housing Agreement shall include, at mini mum.

1. Completeness determination within the timeframe
specified in §65915,a)(3)(A);

2. The total number of units proposed within the hous
ing development. including the number of affordable
units:

3. A description of the household income group to be
accommodated by the housing development. and
the standards for determining the corresponding
affordable rent or affordable sales price and housing
cost;

4. The location unit sizes square feetl and number of
bedrooms of affordable units,

5. Tenure of use restrictions for affordable units:

6. A schedule for completion and occupancy of af
fordable units·

7. A description of any incentives, concessions,
waivers, or parking reductions being provided

8. A description of remedies for breach of the agree
ment by either party; and

9. Other provisions to ensure implementation and
compliance with this Chapter and Government
Code §§65915 through 65918.

C. Recordation
The Affordable Housing Agreement shall be recorded
against the property with the Kern County Recorder s
Office prior to issuance of building permits.

D. Continued Availability
All affordable units shall be made available to qual1
fied occupants at the same time as market rate units
within the pro1ect. consistent with Government Code
§65915 C 3.

4.30.070 Local Density Bonus Enhancement
A. Purpose
This Section establishes local density bonus programs
that supplement State Density Bonus Law to encourage
affordable housing development for projects not meet
ing State thresholds.

B. Small Senior Housing Projects

1. Purpose. This Subsection extends density bonus
el1g1bility to senior housing pro1ects below the State
minimum threshold to encourage development of af
fordable senior housing consistent with the City s 6th
Cycle Housing Element.

2. Eligibility. Senior housing developn,ents with
a m1111mum of 10 units may qualify for density
bonus 1ncent1ves 111 accordance with Government
Code §65915 provided the project meets the
requirements for senior citizen housing develop
rnent under Civil Code ::i§S 1.3 and 5' .1 2.

3. Density Bonus Calculation. Qualify111g proJects
shall receive a 20 percent density bonus, calcu
lated on the same basis as pro1ects meeting State
thresholds under Government Code §65915 f 3
fAJ.
4-15
Chapter 4.30 Density Bonus

4.30.070 Local Density Bonus Enhancement
C. Small Affordable Housing Projects

1. Purpose. This Subsection provides incentives for
affordable housing developments with fewer than
five units that do not meet State Density Bonus Law
thresholds but contribute to the City's affordable
housing goals.

2. Eligibility and Incentives. Projects with fewer than five units that include one or more affordable units
may request the following incentives based on in
come level:
a. One or More Units for Moderate Income House
holds.
i. Waiver of minimum outdoor or private usable
open space requirements.
b. One or More U111ts for Low Income Households.

Two incentives may be requested from the following:
i. Any incentive listed 111 Subsection C.2.a·
ii. Increased maximum lot coverage up to the
percentage allowed in the applicable zone,;
iii. ncreased allowable first to secord floor square
footage ratio from 80 to 100 percent; or
iv. Required guest parking located in tandem to
the garage or in a required setback.
4-16
c. One or More Units for Very Low-Income House
holds. Three incentives may be requested from
the following.
i. Any incentive listed in Subsections C.2.a or
C.2.b·
ii. Reduced minimum building setbacks from
property lines and building separation require
men ts that exceed minimum Building Code
and Fire Code standards, or
iii. Reduced minimum lot sizes or dimensions.

3. Application. Requests for incentives under this
Subsection shall be submitted concurrently with
the application for the housing development and
shall demonstrate how the requested incentives will
contribute to the economic feasibility of providing
affordable units.

Chapter 4.40 Landscape Standards
Sections:

4.40.010 Purpose

4.40.020 Applicability

4.40.030 Landscape and Irrigation Pia ns

4.40.040 General Standards

4.40.050 Parking Area Landscaping

4.40.060 Irrigation Requirements

4.40.070 Maintenance

4.40.080 Fences and Screening

4.40.090 Lighting

4.40.100 Lien

4.40.010 Purpose
The purpose is to ensure that development is aestheti
cally pleasing and compatible with surrounding develop
meN and to support the goals of the General Plan by·
A. EstablisJ,ing requirements for landscaping to en
hance the appearance of public street frontages and
development projects, conserve water control soil
erosion and provide visual buffers where necessary.

B. Encouraging the use of natives, drought tolerant. and low water usage plants to reduce water usage.

4.40.020 Applicability
The provisions of Section 4.40.070 Vla1ntenance shall
apply to all developed property within the City of Te
hachap1 at all times.

A. New Projects
All new projects shall provide landscaping in compliance with this Section.

C. Requiring the provision of adequate landscaping
in connection with 0ew development. tl0e expan
s1on of existing developments and changes n
uses.

D. Ensuring water landscaping practices are in com
pliance with AB 1881 Government Code §65597
(Water Effic1e0t Landscape Ordinance
B. Existing Development
The approval of a development application for minor
add1t1ons e.g., 25 percent or less of the ex1st1ng floor area and or a change 1n use w1th1n an existing devel
oprYJent may include condit10Ps of approval requ1r1ng
compliance with specific requirements of this Chap
ter
4-1 7
Chapter 4.40 Landscape Standards

4.40.020 Applicability
C. Timing of Installation
Required landscape and irrigation improvements
shall be installed prior to the final building inspection unless specified otherwise in the project's Minor Use
Permit or Use Permit.

D. Alternatives to Requirements
The Review Authority may modify the standards of this
Chapter to accommodate alternatives to required landscape materials or methods, where the Review Authority determines that the proposed alternative will be equally or more effective in achieving the purposes of this Sec tIon.

4.40.030 Landscape and Irrigation Plans
A. Landscape and Irrigation Plan Requirement
Landscape and Irrigation Plans shall be required
for development In all residential, commercial, and
industrial zones with the exception of the E, R 1, T2,
T2.S and T3 zones.

B. Conceptual Landscape Plan
A Conceptual Landscape Plan shall be submitted as
part of the planning application. If no planning ap
plication Is required, a Final Landscape Plan shall be
submitted see Subsection C .

4.40.040 General Standards
A. Landscape Coverage
All projects shall meet the minimum landscape
coverage for lot area as established in Table

4.40.040.A.

2. Exceptions. The mInIrnum landscape coverage
requirements may be reduced by the Review
Authority as follows:

R-2 Zone 20%
R-3 Zone 20%
RP Zone 10%
Ml and M2 Zones 10%
C. Final Landscape Plan
A Final Landscape Plan shall be submitted as part of the building permit application. The Director shall approve the Final Landscape Plan if it is in substantial compliance with the landscaping requirements of this Section and
the Conceptual Landscape Plan. 1f required to be submitted. All irrigation systems shall be designed to r1aximize water conservation.

D. Compliance with State Model Water Efficient
Landscape Ordinance
All projects with greater than 2,500 square feet of land scaping shall comply with Government Code Section
65591 et seq. to provide water conservation.
a. In commercial and industrial zones if a finding is
made that it is impractical or infeasible to meet
the minimum standards and the proposed land
scaping is in compliance with the purpose of this
Section.
b. In residential zones for non residential uses e.g.,
churches 1f a finding is made that the proposed
landscaping is in compliance with the purpose of
this Chapter.
5%
T4, T4.S, TS, 5D2.1 Zones 5%
A Zone 50%
PD Zone Same as underlying zone
1 Percentage of the developed lot or all open space area, whichever is greater. 4-18

4.40.040 General Standards
B. Hardscape
1 Required planter or landscaped areas may be com
bined with pedestrian walks and similar hardscape
areas provided that such hardscape areas do not
cover more than 40 percent of any required planter or
landscaped area.

2. Ornamental or landscaping rock and gravel areas or
other areas covered with other artificial materials ex
eluding artificial turf1 shall be considered hardscape
areas for the purposes of this provision.

3. Paving shall be limited to a maximum of 50 percent
of the front or street side setback areas of residential zones in order to limit the amount of hardscape paving 1n these areas; except that the Review Authority may allow an increase for irregularly shaped or small
lot that lacks sufficient area for adequate driveway
and pedestrian access.

Example Use of Hardscape in Required Landscaped'
Setback
C. Artificial Turf

1. Art1fic1al turf may be combined with living plants
and hardscape to meet mint mum landscape require
ments.

2. Artificial turf shall consist of a combination of green. yellow, and tan fibers to simulate the look of natural
grass and shall consistent with the type and species
of natural turf located within the City.

3. If utilized, a sample piece of the proposed artificial turf shall be submitted for review and approval by the
Director as part of the Final Landscape Plan and prior
to installation.

Chapter 4.40 LandscapP St-1ndr1rr!s
D. Approved Plant List
Landscaped materials and trees installed 1n planters
or landscaped areas shall be selected from a list of
approved plants established by the Comm1ss1on and
maintained by the City Planner.

E. Specific to Multi-family Developments
The following standards apply to landscaping in multifamily developments:

1. Setback Areas
a. Front and street side side setback areas
excluding approved driveway entrances.
maneuvring areas, and public sidewalks, shall
be landscaped
b. Within the setback area per Subsection a.
above, trees srall be planted r o farther than
50 feet apart and no closer than five feet from
the back of the side 1Valks.

2. Interior Open Space. All interior open space
areas shall be landscaped with ltve landscaping.

3. Parking Landscaping. Additional planters and
landscaped areas shall be provided in off street
parking areas in compliance with 4.40.050 Park
ing Area Landscaping1
F. Specific to R-1 and T3 Developments

1. All front setback areas shall be landscaped with
plant materials or a combination of plant materi
als and permeable surfaces and shall be perma
nently maintained in a neat and orderly manner.

2. In front setback non living materials may be
used as ground cover including but not limited
to: wood chips. bark. decorative rock, and stone.

Plant materials shall compose a majority more
than 50' o of the street setback areas, exclusive of
permitted driveways.

3. Other than permitted hardscape all areas not
planted shall be covered top dressed with
materials such as wood chips or approved alter
native. Top dressing beneath tree canopies shall
be to the satisfaction of the Director and shall be
calculated as area of live plant material.
4-19
Chapter 4.40 Landscape Standards

4.40.040 General Standards
G. Specific to Mobile Home Parks
The following standards apply to landscaping in mo
bile rome parks:

1. Setback Areas
a. Setback areas between streets and the pe
nmeter fence of the mobilehome park could
exceed five percent, excluding approved
driveway entrances and public sidewalks. and
shall be landscaped.
b. Within setback area per Subsection a. above,
trees shall be planted not farther than 50 feet
apart and no closer than five feet from the
back of the sidewalks.

2. Trees. Within the interior of the mobile home
park. at least one tree per mobile home space
shall be plarted at the t1r,e of or prior to devel
opmert of each individual space.

H. Specific to Commercial, Recreational, Industrial, and Institutional Uses The following standards apply to landscaping in com
mercial developments recreation. entertairment,
and tourist facilities. •ndustrial developments, and
inst1tut1onal uses:

Determination of Planting Area. No planting area
shall be considered as such unless It contains at least 24 square feet and is a minimum of four feet in width.

2. Utilities. A three-foot minimum distance shall be
required between landscaping and utility and or
electrical cabinets.
3 Setback areas. Setback areas that are not used for
vehicular and pedestrian access shall be landscaped.

4. Trees
a. Trees shall be a minimum size of 15 gallons,
shrubs shall be a minimum of five gallons.
b. Trees shall be planted at a maximum of one tree
per 30 lineal feet of street frontage.
c. Along any in tenor or rear property line abutting
residentially zoned lots, trees shall be planted at
least every 10 feet In individual planters.
d. Trees shall be a mix of deciduous and evergreen
varieties
e Trees planted under power lines shall not exceed
a 24 foot maximum height.

4.40.050 Parking Area Landscaping
A. Applicability
Darking areas for all ron residential uses shall be
landscaped In colT'pliance with this Sectior.

B. Adjacent to Streets

1. Landscaping shall be designed and mair,tained to
screen parking c:ires from public streets. Screening
materials rnay include a combination of plant ma
terials. earth berms. fences walls raised planters,
or other screen,ng devices at a minimum height
of two feet, in compliance with Section 4.40.080
Fences and Ser 'enIrg,.

2. Plant materials, signs, or structures within a traffic safety v1s1bility area of a driveway sh,1II comply
with Sectior, 4.20.030 C !-leight L1m1t at Street
Corners
4-20
C. Interior Parking Lot Landscaping

1. Amount of Landscaping. The r1Inimum landscape
area vith1n a parking area shall be five percent of the gross parking lot area. The Review Authority may ap
prove a reduction for small in fill parking lots where
compliance with this standard is not feasible without
significantly reducing the nun,ber of park1rg spaces.

2. Location of Landscaping. Landscaping shall be
dispersed throughout the parkmg area and include
interior landscape planters and perimeter landscap
ing.

D. Groundwater Recharge
The design of parking lot landscape areas shall consider and may be required to include provisions for the on site detention of storm vater runoff pollutart cleansing, and groundwater recharge.

Chapter 4.40 Landscape Standards

4.40.050 Parking Area Landscaping
E. Plant Material
Required landscape shall include trees, shrubs, and
ground covers. Artificial plant material is prohibited.

1. Plant List. Landscaping materials and trees shall be selected from a list of approved plants established by
the Comm1ss1on and maintained by the Director.

2. Size at Time of Planting. Plant materials shall be
S1Zed and spaced to achieve immediate effect and
shall not be less than a 15 gallon container for trees, one gallon container for shrubs, and one gallon or
less for perennials, vines. and mass planting, unless
otherwise approved by the Review Authority on the
basis that the alternate size will achieve the desired
immediate and or long term effect equally well.

3. Trees
a. Trees shall be planted and maintained through
out the parking area at a minimum ratio of one
tree per 8 parking spaces.
b. Ore canopy tree shall be planted within a mini
mum 36 square foot area at every eight rows of
single row or double row of parking stalls See
Figure 4.40.050 .
c. Trees in landscape planters less than 10 feet
in width or located closer than five feet from a
permane1,t structure shall be planted witr root
barriers or root barrier panels to prevent damage
to adjacent structures or pavement.
d. Trees with large canopies are required 111 parkmg
lots, with accent trees at entries.

Figure 4.40.050 Parking Landscaping
One
Canopy ----!,$;�1!8==��
Tree
�
A::::==s��h Planter
= --• Area
Jb �quare
Feet

4. Groundcover and Shrubs. The majority of areas
required for landscaped shall be covered with
groundcover, shrubs, or other types of plants.
a. Groundcover shall be provided throughout
the landscaped area and shall be spaced to
achieve full coverage within one year.
b. Turf is discouraged.
c. Crushed rock, redwood chips pebbles. stone
and s1P1ilar materials shall be allowed up to
15 percent of the total required landscape
area.
d. Landscaped areas shall be top dressed with
a bark chip mulch or approved alternative to
avoid exposed bare soil.

4.40.060 Irrigation Requirements
Within each planter or landscaped area. an irrigation
system a1'd live landscaping shall be provided and
r1a1ntained in corrpliance with Sectiori 4.40.070 ,Mainte nance .
4-2'
Chapter 4.40 Landscape Standards

4.40.070 Maintenance
A. Each property owner is responsible for the main
tenance of all landscaped areas on site, as well as
contiguous planted areas within the public right
of way.

B. All landscaping (e.g .. groundcover hedges, lawns,
shrubs. and trees' shall be maintained in a health
ful and thriving condition at all times.

C. Irrigation systems and their components shall be
maintained in a fully functional manner.

D. The landscaping shall regularly be kept clean and
free of debris, litter, and weeds.

E. All dead or decaying material shall be replaced with new material within 30 days upon notice of the De
partment.

F. All fences and walls that have been incorporated
into an approved landscaping plan shall regularly be
ma1nta1ned 1n an attractive and safe manner.

G. Areas proposed for development in another phase
occurring not within six months of the completion
of the previous phase and that have been disturbed
from its natural state shall be temporally seeded and
irrigated for dust and soil control.

4.40.080 Fences and Screening
A. Applicability
The requirements of this Section apply to all fences,
walls and hedges unless otherwise stated.

B. General Height Limits
Each fence, wall. or hedge shall cor,ply with the
height limits shown 1n Table 4.40.080.

TABLE 4.40.080.

MAXIMUM HEIGHT OF FENCES OR WALLS
Within a street side setback 6' 1
Within an interior side or rear setback I 6'2
Outside of a required setback 6'

1. All fences and walls in all zones (transect and non-transect) shall comply with Section 4.20.030.C (Height Limit at Street Corners).

A solid fence or wall up to six feet in height may be allowed for screening or security purposes subject to approval of a Minor Use Permit.

2. In residential zones, including TI, T3, and T4 zones, no fence, wall, or hedge located in the rear 25 feet of a through lot or a reversed corner lot shall exceed four feet in height.

C. Zone Specific Height Standards

1. Residential Zones (Including T2.5, T3, and T4
zones)
a Fences or structures over 6 feet in height, to
enclose tennis courts or other games areas
located within the rear half of the lot, shall be
composed of wire mesh capable of admitting
at least 90 percent of light as measured on a
reputable light meter.
4-22
I
b. Fences, per subsection a, above, shall be permit
ted in the required side or rear yard subject to Use
Permit approval in compliance with Chapter 9.30
Use Permit and Minor Conditional Use Permit .

2. Commercial and Manufacturing Zones
a. When adjacent to property zoned for any estate or res1dent1al purposes, a six foot high solid masonry wall shall be constructed for screening
between the proposed development and the ad
jacent property. The screening shall be 111 compli
ance with the following criteria:
i. The screening height shall be reduced to four
feet within the required front yard setback.

11. �he design and materials shall be approved
by the Comm1ss1on prior to construction of
required screening per Subsection a. above}
iii. Exterior appearance shall be ornamental.
iv Screening shall not exceed six feet in height,
and where the same are located w1th1n 1 5 feet
of any access drives entering into any public
street or any private street used for vehicular
access, the same shall not exceed 36 inches in
height.
b. All screening fences proposed vvithin these
districts shall be reviewed and approved by th<:'
Planning Commission
Chapter 4.40 Landscape Standards

4.40.080 Fences and Screening
c. Open storage of materials and equipment shall
be permitted only within an area surrounded and
screened by a solid fence. not less than six feet in
height, provided that no materials or equipment
shall be stored to a height greater than that of the
fence
d. This Section shall not be interpreted so as to
apply to the storage of commercial vehicles in
operable condition.

D. Measurement of Fence and Wall Height

1. Fence wall and or hedge height shall be measured
as the vertical distance between the finished grade at
the base of the fence and the top edge of the fence
material. see Figure 4.40.080a .

Figure 4.40.080a Height Measurement
Maximum
Height
-I feel
r 'i"?
.....___
�
--::! Ma1imum
Height
6 feel Fence
Retaining
Wall

2. That portion of a wall, fence, or hedge functioning as a retaining wall shall not be counted in deter1"1ining
overall wall, fence, or hedge height.

E. Screening
n non transect zones, non residential uses adjacent to
residential zones shall be screened at property line as follows:

The screen shall consist of a masonry wall or similar
durable material six feet in height. The Review Au
thority may require a wall up to eight feet 111 height. 1f necessary, to screen the use from the residential use.

2. In industrial zones, a mInImum of 10 feet of dense
landscaping shall be planted adjacent to residen
t1al zones.

3. In commercial zones a minimum of five feet of
dense landscaping shall be planted adjacent to
residential zones.
4 Where a park111g facility contai111ng five or more
spaces includes diagonal or perpendicular park
ing spaces that abut a public street or road, an
ornamental fence, wall. or evergreen hedge of
not more than four feet 111 height shall be erected
between the parking facility and the street or
road to eliminate headlight glare (see Figure

4.40.080b .

Figure 4.40.080b Parking Facility Abutting a
Public Street or Road
Fence Wall or
� Hedge
I
I
Setback
I
11 I
·.;
-
"J
:;
-...I
I 7 :r
I
<U
C:
.....l
?.' I
<U

0..
4-23
Chapter 4.40 Landscape Standards

4.40.080 Fences and Screening

5. The Review Authority may waive or approve a
substitute for the requirements of this Section if
the Review Authority determines that:
a. The relationship of the proposed uses make
the required screening unnecessary;
b. The intent of this Subsection can be success
fully met by means of alternative screening
methods,
c. Physical constraints on the site make the
required screening infeasible; or
d. The physical characteristics of the site or
adjoining lots make the required screening
unnecessary.

F. Mechanical Equipment, Loading Docks, and
Refuse Areas.

Roof or ground mounted mechanical equipment
shall be screened from public view and res1den
tial uses. This equipment includes air condition
ing, heating, ventilation ducts, and exhaust vents.
loading docks, refuse storage areas, and utility
services. electrical transformers. gas meters. etc.

4.40.90 Lighting
A. A. Purpose and Intent

1. This Section provides standards for outdoor light
ing of non res1dent1al uses to minimize light and
glare on adjacent properties.

2. The intent of these standards is to limit outdoor
lighting to the m1111murr necessary for safety and
security.

B. Development Standards
Fixture Height
a. Outdoor light fixture shall be limited to 20
feet or the height of the nearest budding.
whichever is less.
b. The Review Authority may approved a fixture
in ,2xcess of 20 feet if 1t determines that the
additional height ,viii provide lighting that
still complies with all other requirements of
this Section.
4-24

2. The colors, materials, and architectural style of
screening shall be arcl itecturally compatible with
other on site development.

G. Regulated Materials
The following fencing materials are prohibited as follows.

1. Razor or concertina wire unless approved by a Condi
tional Use Permit.

2. Chain link fencing within a front or street side set back.

3. In residential zones, no barbed wire shall be used or maintained as part of or on any fence. wall. or hedge
located along the front, side, or rear lines of any lot, or within three feet of said lines. and no sharp wire or points shall project at the top of any fence or wall less than six feet in height.

4. No electrified fences shall be permitted, regardless of location.

2. Fixture Energy Efficiency. Outdoor lighting shall
utilize energy efficient high pressure sodium. low
pressure sodium hard wired compact florescent or
other lighting technology that 1s of equal or greater
energy efficiency fixtures lar1ps.

3. Light and Glare
a. Lighting fixtures shall be shielded or recessed to
minimize light bleed to adjoining properties, by
ensuring that the light source e.g .. bulb, etc. is
not visible from off the site and confining glare
and reflections within the boundaries of the site
to the maximum extent feasible.
b. Each light fixture shall be directed do,vnward and
away from adJoining properties and public rights
of way so that no on site light fixture directly ii
lur1inates an area off the site

4.40.100 Lien
A. Lien Claim

1. If, after 30 days from the mailing of the notice referred to. the person for whom the landscaping or mainte
nance was performed refuses or neglects to pay into
the treasury of the City the cost of the work, then the City Treasurer shall file and record the same as an as
sessment against the lot.

2. Failure of the City Treasurer to record such lien claim or to mail such notice, or the failure of the person
or corporation who is the owner or occupant of the
premises to receive such a notice shall not affect the
right to foreclose the lien for such charges as provid
ed in Subsection B.

Ch11oter 4.40 Landscape Standards
B. Property subject to a hen for the foregoing shall
be sold for nonpayment of the same and the
proceeds of such sale shall be applied to pay the
charges after deducting costs as is the case in the
foreclosure of statutory liens. Such foreclosures
shall be in equity in the name of the city.

C. The City Attorney 1s authorized and directed to
initiate such proceedings in the name of the city
in any court having jurisdiction over such mat
ter against any property for which such bill has
remained unpaid 60 days after 1t has been ren
de red.
4-25
This page intentionally left blank
4-26
Chapter 4.50 Parking Standards
Sections:

4.50.01 u

4.50.020

4.30.030

4.40.040

4.40.050

4.40.060

4.50.070

4. 50.080

4.50.090

4.50.100
Purpose and Application
General Parking Standards
Number of Parking Spaces Required
Bicycle Parking
Adjustment of Parking Requirements
Parking Alternative
Parking Design
Developn1ent and Maintenance of Parking Lots
Off-street Loading Spaces
Off-street Parking Site Developrrient Plan Review

4.50.010 Purpose and Application
A. Purpose
The purpose of this Chapter is to reduce street conges
t1on and promote tre safety and corvenience of the res, dents of the City by requiring the prov1s1on of adequate and ,veil designed parking 1n connection with the land
uses authorized by this Zoning Code
B. Application
1 Parking required by this Chapter shall be provided
at the time any main building or structure 1s erected
or enlarged or use 1s established, changed or ex
panded.

2. Parking required by this Chapter shall be pro
v1ded when development involving individual
or cumulative expansion constituting 50 percert
or more of tre development existing on the
effective date of this Zon111g Code for both the
ex1st1ng and proposed development, except trat
existing parking facilities shall be exempt from
the landscaping requirements.
3 The standards in this Chapter are minimum
standards.
4-27
Chapter 4.50 Parking Standards

4.50.020 General Parking Standards
A. General to All Zones

1. Parking must be accessed by an alley when avail
able

2. Tandem parking shall be allowed in all residential
zones and commercial zones where residential
is permitted, when both tandem spaces are for a
single residential unit.

3. Vehicular access through residential properties
for non residential uses shall be prohibited.

4. Parking or storage of commercial trucks, buses,
sign trailers, trailers or semi trailers for freight,
luggage, or the like shall not be permitted in any
residential zones or 1n any transect zones (except
Special Districts SDl .

5. Recreational Vehicles RVs 1, as defined by the
Tehachapi Municipal Code Section 10.161 not
owned or used for a commercial purpose, may
be stored on residential properties provided they
comply with the following requirements:
a. RV·s may not be stored within the front set
back.
b. RV's parked within the side or rear setback of
a property shall comply with the provisions
set forth 1r the City engineering standards.

6. Parked vehicles on driveways shall meet stand
ards set forth in Municipal Code Chapter 8.28
Property 11.Aaintenancel and may not encroach
onto the public right of way.

7. Parking facilities on adJ01ning lots may share ac
cess points and driveways subject to a recorded
covenant running with the property properties
on which the facilities are located.

8. Up to 20 percent of the spaces in a parking facil
1ty with 1 0 or more spaces may be designed and
designated for compact cars.

9. Handicapped Parking
a. Parking spaces shall meet the requiremert of
Chapter 11 B of the California Building Code
b. When less than twenty five parking spaces
are provided. one space must meet the Ac
4-28

10. cessibility Code set forth in Chapter IIB of the Cali fornia Building Code. Accessible routes must also
meet Chapter 11 B of the California Building Code.
c. All handicapped parking spaces and access
between the handicapped parking spaces and
the primary entrances of associated buildings or
facilities shall be surfaced in a manner to facilitate
wheelchair use.

Off-Street Parking
a. Required residential off street parking facilities
shall be located on the premises they are intended to serve and shall have dimensions consistent with Table 4.50.020.
b. Except in the TS zone, off street parking for other
than residential uses shall be located on the
premises they are intended to serve or within 500
feet thereof
TABLE 4.50.020. RESIDENTIAL OFF-STREET PARKING

MINIMUM STANDARD VEHICLE SPACE REQUIREMENTS
Type of
Space Width 1•2 Space Length 1
•
3 Height
Parking Clear
Enclosed 8'6" 19' 7'
Covered 8'6" 18' 7'
Uncovered 8'6" 18' n/a
1 .)ne JO.,: u'1 00 '1 c- -,J "'l.l :,,n Ced 'J'1 -JC"' "'Iii JO.; 'lq J� wall, fence, property line or other fixed obstruction that restricts vehicle 2 \-t ri mum, ..:ie oy ., ce J" c:-iuo P ::,,)r< 1g -;n.1c-=i �tn c; 'f fee� coL�o e t'1'2 Tl '1 'TIL ""'!"'I .; '1q e V 1.'.:•n 1" nu� .)'"'h� rilo· \CC t 0".J ,�•'1 )' ..:.-,g � TU' �bst t.JC" ,.,.,s JS ) ..... ,: JOO'·e <: ;o:::, (30 fl' V\ ., /""'lurn rro1· C' °J;ic < ')o, .. c ... r.:�::nri 'j 0Ju01e.,, ., rnurr, '"!g1e )::."lac� e'1� ,... �cc U'1d L! ., or �.,qtri o oos �ut • 0'1S :! s t-li_; JbOv".:' s aoo,·tJO e
c. All non residential parking spaces shall be at least 10 feet by 20 feet. except that compact automobile parking spaces shall be at least eight feet by 18 feet.
d. Where required parking is provided on a site
other than that of the principal use, the property
owner shall file with the County recorder s office a
covenant. on a form provided by the Director and
approved by the City Attorney that provides for
the maintenance of the parking facility as long as
the associated principal use is maintained.

Chapter 4.50 Parking Standard,

4.50.030 Number of Parking Spaces Required
For number of parking spaces requir ed base on land use type see the land use type tables in Article 3 1Spec1fic to Zones'.

4.50.040 Bicycle Parking
A. For each 10 bicycle parkin g stalls provided, there shall be permitted a reduction of one required automo
bile parking stall to a maximum of 15 percent of the
required automobile parking stalls, at the discretion
of the Director or Commission.

B. Bicycle stalls shall be improved in accordance with
the following requirements:

1. Provided with a device to be approved by the City
and capable of supporting a bicycle in an upright or
hanging position and having a means that will enable
a user to lock his bicycle to such a device.

2. Areas containing stalls shall be surfaced with hard
scape or paving.

3. When located within a parking area, spaces shall be
protected by curbs, fences, planter areas, bumpers
or similar barriers for the mutual protection of bikes, automobiles and pedestrians, unless deemed by the
City to be unnecessary.

TABLE 4.50.040 BICYCLE PARKING REQUIREMENTS

USE REQUIRED STALLS LOCATION
Entertainment/
4 stalls or 20% of Adjacent
Recreation, required off-street to bicycle
automobile parking paths and
Restaurant/ stalls, whichever pedestrian
Food, Retail,
Services, Office/ is greater (up to a walks s 50'
maximum of 30 of public
Civic bicycle stalls). entrance.

Residential: 1 per 4 bedrooms Must be
Multi-family secure.

Adjacent
10% of required off- to bicycle
street automobile or paths and
Industrial truck parking stalls pedestrian
(up to a maximum ol walks s 50'
30 bicycle stalls). of public
entrance.

4.50.050 Adjustment of Parking Requirements
n the case that more than one parking adJustment may
apply applicant may choose only one of the following
adjustments:

A. A. Proximity to Transit
A parking reduction of up to 10 percent may be ap
proved by the Director for any use within a quarter mile of transit. Within a half mile of transit a parking reduction of up to 5 percent may be approved by the Director.

B. Joint Use of Parking Areas

1. If more than one use, required to provide parking
spaces in compliance with this Chapter, occupies the
same building or premises. then off street parking
shall be provided in an amount equal to the total
number of spaces required for the separate uses;

2. Upon ,vr1tten request the Commission can reduce
the number of spaces required. per Subsection
B.1 by up to 20 percent 1f the Comm1ss1on deter
mines that 1t is unlikely the comb1nat1on of uses
1n the same building or premises will. at periods
of peak use, necessitate provision of the number
of parking spaces that would be required 1f the
uses were developed independently
C. Reduction of Required Parking
The Review Authority may reduce the number of
parking spaces required 1n the land use type tables of
Article 3 Specific to Zones , through the granting of a Conditional Use Perrr1t or Minor use 0erm1t depend
1119 on the amount of reduction requested 1r compl1
ance with Chapter 9.30 Conditional Use Permits and
Vlinor Use Permits , based on the following:
4-29
Chapter 4.50 Parking Standards

4.50.050 Adjustment of Parking Requirements

1. Quant1tat1ve information provided by the appli
cant that documents the need for fewer spaces
,e.g., sales receipts, documentation of customer
frequency 111format1on on parking standards re
quired for the proposed land use by other cities,
etc.

2. The use or proiect design creates an integrated
whole wherein the parking reduction will not
adversely affect other businesses or uses on the
same property or within the boundaries of the
project or

3. The proposed parking requirement 1s consistent with
other uses of similar intensity established e se\/\lhere 1n the parking regulations and does not represent a
grant of special privilege inconsistent with the intent of the parking regulations to provide.

4.50.060 Parking Alternative
The owner of any property upon which a develop
ment proJect 1s proposed may pay an in lieu park
ing fee 1f the City approves it as part of the site plan review. A request to pay the in lieu fee for more than
15 parking spaces must be approved by the Council.

The approving body must make the following find
ngs for any proposed in lieu fee·
A. There is available or planned public parking ca
pac1ty to offset this demand· and

8. The public parking will be made available within
a reasonable time period of approval of this
proJect.
' Downtown. ,, the T 5 Zone, parking may be
provided by the payment of an in lieu fee. The
al"'ount of the in lieu fee is established by Council
resolution. The city shall establish a separate fund
for tre collection of in lieu fees and shall use the
collected fees 01,ly to provide new or improved
parking spaces in the downtown

4.50.070 Parking Design
A. Location of Parking
n no case shall off street parking be located rn a
required front or required side setback abutting a
street.

B. Parking Aisle Width
Parking a sles shall comply with tl"ie m1n1rnum ,tan
dards as follows:
4-30

2. Other Areas. n any area other than the downtown,
the fee option 1s available only if an existing or
planned parking facility exists vithin 600 feet of the
site. The fee is the current value of land arid parking construction costs per space reede :l as detPrmined
by City staff.
3 Fee Deferral. Parking in lieu fees shall be collected at the issuance of the first bu1ld1ng permit. The Council
may by Resolution adopt administrative guidelines
to provide a special fee deferral program in response
to unprecedented coriditions such as extraordinary
economic changes.
1 '

PARKING AISLES

ARRANGEMENT MINIMUM AISLE WIDTH
30 deg ee, s g e o
45 degree, single or multiple row 14'
60 degree, single or multiple row 18'
25', except where parking
90 degree, single or multiple row is perpendicular to and abuts an alley. ---�

4.50.070 Parking Design
ChantPr 4.50 Parking Standardc;
C. Parking Spaces F. Adjacent Uses
Off street parking facilities shall be designed so that each space can function independently of any other park
1119 space except in the case of lots containing only one single family dwelling.

D. Driveways

1. Driveways for residential development shall be a
minimum of 12 feet (includes three foot taper on
each side) in width with 1 5 feet of unobstructed verti cal clearance.
2 Driveways for commercial and industrial develop
ments shall be a minimum of 18 feet includes three
foot taper on each side! in width with 15 feet of
u·1obstructed vertical clearance. These requirements
may be reduced by the city planner upon recommen
dat1or of the fire chief.

E. Right-of-way Restrictions
Parking spaces requiring backing into a street or road
right of way are prohibited except if' the case of drive ways for lots containing only one single family dwelling.

Abutting Residential. Where a parking facility
containing five or more spaces abuts property
zoned residential the parking facility shall be
separated from the abutting property by a solid
masonry wall six feet in height

2. Exception. From the front property line to a
depth equal to the required front setback on the
abutting res1dent1ally zoned property the wall
shall be four feet in height
G. Landscaping, Fences, and Screening
Landscaping, fences and screening shall be installed
in compliance with Chapter 4.40 Landscape Stand
arcls .

4.50.080 Development and Maintenance of Parking Lots
A. Surfacing Materials
All off street parking areas and mgress and egress to
parking areas shall be surfaced with the following r,;aten als.
' Parking Areas. For all resident al, recreation. erter ta1nr1ent and tourist facilities. commercial. industrial, 1nstitut1onal, and other high inte1°sity uses parking ar eas shall be surfaced with two inches A.C. three and
one half inches Portland cement. except driveways
serving single family residential dwellings.

2. Parking Area Base. Parking areas shall be built on
a suitable base so as to provide a durable and dust
less surface and shall be so graded and drained as
to properly dispose of all surface water accumulated
within the area.

3. Discretionary Approval. n the case of uses subJect
to discretionary approval. the required parking areas
shall be surfaced with the materials specified II' ac
cordance with the cond1t1ons of approval.

B. Barriers
Barriers or curbs shall be provided where a park ng
lot abuts any structure or boundary of an adiaceN
property.

C. Traffic Controls
Traffic controls at mgress ar,d egress pomts and
d1rect1onal signs shall be provided as may be deemed
necessary by the City in the interest of public safety.

D. Striping
Al sta Is and. ,vhen required. aisles, loading zor,es
pedestrian walks and crossings, visitors parkin g,
fire lanes. no park ng areas. and drive, ays shall be
striped or otherwise designated to provide for the
safe loading unloading and parking and storage of
vehicles ard shall be so 1·1st.:illed as to be r, JCcord ance with the st.:indards of the City for such improve
ments.
4- 3 1
Ch-,pter 4 so Parking Standards

4.50.080 Development and Maintenance of Parking Lots
E. Parking Lot Lighting

1. Any lighting used to illuminate a parking lot shall
be directed and shielded as to not illuminate sur
rounding properties.

2. Light standards shall be in scale with the project
setting. however. in no case shall light standards
exceed 18 feet in height measured from top of
grade to the highest point of the equipment. In
instances where it can be established that addi
tional height 1s required for health and safety rea
sons. an additional five feet 1n height 1s allowed
subJect to review and approval by the Director.

4.50.090 Off-street Loading Spaces
Except for T 4.5 and TS zor,es, for every structure
occupied by manufacturing, storage. warehouse .
.vholesale or retail store market. passenger terminal,
theater hotel, motel, restaurant hospital, laundry,
dry cleaning plant. or other similar use requiring the
receipt or distribution of vehicles or merchandise.
adequate space for standing, loading and unloading
shall be provided and ma1l"tained on the same lot in
addition to the automobile parking required by this
Chapter.

4.50.100 Off-street Parking Site Development Plan Review No use shall be establ shed or changed no develop
ment shall occur or be expanded. and no building
or grad1r,g perm ·t or business license for any use or
development shall be issued until approval of Site
Development Plan Review 111 compliance with Chap
ter 9.60 Site Developmer,t Plan Review 1.
4-32
Chapter 4.60 Site Specific Standards
Purpose
Sections:

4.ou.0 1 0

4.60.020

4.60.030

4.60.040

4.60.050
General Site Specific Standards
Specific to Multifamily Residential
Specific to lnclustr1al
Waived Standards

4.60.010 Purpose
The purpose of this Chapter is to provide development
standards for residential and non res,dent,al uses ,n non transect zones.

4.60.020 General Site Specific Standards
A. Applicability
The standards of th,� Section apply to all multifamily res, dential, commercial and industrial developments in the
non transect zones.

B. Standards
Except for transect zones, street and road dedications
shall be T1ade to tJ,e City in a r1anner prescribed by
the Departrrent for all existing or proposed local, sec ondary and rnaJ0r streets. Except for transect zones.
the required dedication shall be 30 feet from the cen
terline of a local street. 45 feet frorr the centerline of a secondary street. and 55 feet from the centerline of
a major street or as required by any adopted official
or specific plan line. In cases where a street is on the boundary of a development. a min,mur" dedication
of 40 feet shall be made.
2 Obstructions w1th1n street rights of way shall be
removed.

3. Curb. gutter a1'd sidewalk shall be constructed as
required by the City wren required as part of street
improvements.
4 All access dri11es. parking areas and ·.er1cle ma
neuvering areas shall be surfaced with a mini
mum of t·-vo nches of asphaltic concrete paving
or material of higher quality

5. All new on site utility services shall be placed
underground.

6. Prior to tre issuance of any building perrr1ts a
plan for the disposal of drainage waters origirat
ing on site and from adJacert road rights of way
shall be approved by the city engineer f required
Easements or grant deeds shall be given to the
city for drainage purposes or access as necessary

7. Drier to the issuance of any building permits the
method of water supply and sewage disposal
shall be as required and approved by the county
health department.

8. Fire flows fire protection fac,lit,es a,,d access
-vays shall be as required and approved by the
C ty s fire depart1.,.,ent
4-33
Chapter 4.60 Site Specific Standards

4.60.020 General Site Specific Standards

9. All trash receptacles shall be screened. in compli
ance with Section 440.080 Fences and Screen
ingl. so that they are not visually obtrusive from
any off site locat on. The location and method of
screening for all trash receptacles shall be ap
proved by the Commission.
10 Architectural design of all proposed buildings shall be compatible with the surrounding neighborhood.

4.60.030 Specific to Multifamily Residential
A. Windows
When construction in excess of one story is pro
posed adjacent to property zoned for single family
residential use all windows above the first story and
adJacent to the property zoned for single family
residential use shall contain glass that is opaque or
translucent or shall be screened in a manner as ap
proved by the Comm1ss1on.

8. Common Usable Open Space

1. In non transect zones developments with 10 or
more d,velling units a m1n1mum of five percent
of the net lot area shall be designated and devel
oped as common usable open space; provided,
however, no less than 400 square feet of common
usable open space shall be provided.
2 The required common usable open space area may
be divided into more than one location, provided that
no single location shall contain less thal" 400 square
feet.

3. No structures shall occupy areas designated for com
man usable open space except structures designed
exclusively for recreational purposes.

4. Parking and manoeuvring areas shall not be utilized
for the required comr1on usable open space.

4.60.040 Specific to Industrial
.\. ::or industrial cteve1opr11ents utilizing outside
storage the areas devoted to outside storage
sral be paved as required by the Col'Y'm1ssion.

B Scree111ng, if required by the base zone, shall be
provided around outside storage 1n compliance
with Section 440 080 Fences and Screeningl.

4.60.050 Waived Standards
A. The ComM1ss1on may waive any of the standards
of this Chapter where a documented hardship
not tnvolving economics. exists or where there are
unusual circumstances that prevent compliance
with any of the required development standards.

B. Street improvements and construction of curb.
gutter and sidewalks will not be required for
-,d' idual or cumulative add1t1ons constituting
less than 25 percent expansion of development
existing on the effective elate of this Zoning Code
4-34
Chapter 4.70 Shopping Cart Containment and Retrieval
Sections:

4.70.u I 0

4. 70.020

4. 70.030

4. 70.040

4.70.050

4.70.060

4.70.070

4. 70.080

4.70.090
Purpose, Declaration of Nuisance
Definitions
Exemption
Cart Containment Plan and Cart Retrieval Plan
Plan Subn1ission and Approval
Penalties for Failing to Submit a Prevention Plan
Notification for Retrieval of Abandoned Carts
Administrative Costs and Fees
Disposition of Carts after 30 days
All new stand alone retail establishments or retail establishments located within a retail center shall utilize disa bling devices installed and maintained on carts by owners to prevent. deter or impede the removal of shopping carts from the premises. 'n this regard, the shopping cart con ta nment plan shall apply to only those defined established and shopping centers that predate this ordinance and did not install a disabling devise to prevent shopping carts from leaving the premises.

4.70.010 Purpose, Declaration of Nuisance
A. Shopping carts removed from the premises of reta11
establishments and left abandoned on public or pr
vate property throughout the City constitute a public
nuisance and a potential hazard to the health and
safety of the public. 7he proliferation of lost stolen
or abandoned shopping carts on public and private
property sidewalks, streets, parking lots and other
ways, interferes with pedestrian and vehicular traffic
on public and private streets, and impedes emer
gency services. For the aforementioned reasons, such
lost stolen or abandoned shoppmg carts are declared C.
to be a public nuisance which shall be subject to
abatement 1n the manner set forth 1n this chapter or
in ar.y other n1anner provided by law
carts from business premises and parking :ots
ard secondarily to provide for the pror-'pt retriev
al of lost, stolen or abandon,:>d shopping carts to
compleme1 t and supplell'ent prov1s1ons of state
law. and to adopt ocal regulations to the extent
not otherwise preempted by state statute regard
mg the unauthorized removal of shopping carts
from the premises and parking areas of retail
establishments.

For the purpose of this chapter, any shopping c,,rt
located on any publ,c or private property other
than the premises of the retail establishment
from which such shopping cart was removed
shall be presumed lost, stolen or abandoned
even 1f in the possession of any person, unless
such person in posses,101' thereof either:

B. The purpose of this chapter 1s to set forth regulations to ensure that reasonable r"'ea�ures Jre taken by the
owners and operators of business which provide
shopping carts for the co1,venience of custo1l"'ers to
first and foremost prevent the removal of shopping

1. •s the owner, or an employee or authorized agent
of the owner entitled to possession of the shop
ping cart,
4-35

4.70.010 Purpose, Declaration of Nuisance

2. Is an officer. employee or agent of a cart retrieval service hired by the owner to retrieve such carts.

4.70.020 Definitions
The following words and terms shall have the follow
1ng meanings.

1. 'City" means the City of Tehachapi

2. 'Director of Planning·· means the PlanPing D1rec
tor of the City and his her des1gnee1s
3 'Enforcement personnel" means any police officer
or code enforcement officer employed by the
City.

4. ''Lost. stolen or abar"doned shopping cart"' means
a shopping cart which is either
a Rernoved from the premises of a retail estab
lishment by any person without the written
pe1 mission or consent of the owner of the
shopping cart or the retailer otherwise enti
tied to possession of such cart. or
b. Left unattended discarded, or abandoned
upon any public or private property other
than the premises of the retail establishment
from which the sh1pp1ng cart was removed
regardless of wl ether such shopping cart
was removed fror1 the premises ••11th the
permission of the owner.
c. 's an enforcement officer retrieving, storing or
disposing of the cart pursuar"t to the provi
s1ons of this chapter

5. 'Owner"' means any owner, manager, or operator
of any retail establishment.

4.70.030 Exemptions
The requirements of this Ord1narce shall not apply to
any retail establishment which provides a total of less than ten 1 OJ shopping carts for use by customers of
such business.
4-36

6. ·•Laundry Cart'' means a basket which is mounted
on Nheels and used in a coin operated laundry or
dry cleaning retail establishment by a customer or an
attendant for the purpose of transporting fabrics and
the supplies necessary to process them.

7. "Park111g area means a parking lot or other property provided by a retail establishment for the use of
customers of such retail establishment for parking of
customer vehicles. The parking area of a retail estab
lishment located 111 a multi store complex or shop
ping center shall include the entire parking area used
by the multi store complex or shopping center.

8. 'Planning Comn11Ss1on· means the Plar"ning Comm is
sion of the City.

9. 'Premises' means any building, property or other area upon which any retail establishment business 1s con
ducted or operated 111 the City, including the parking
area provided for customers of such retail establisJ,
ment.

10. ·'Retail Establishment· means any business located in the City which offers or provides shopping carts for
the use of the custorners of suer business regardless
of whether such business 1s advertised or operated
as a retail or -vholesale business. and regardless of
whether such business 1s open to the general public,
or 1s a pr vate club or business. or 1s a membership
store.

11. 'Shopping Cart or 'Cart' means a basket which 1s
r1ounted on wheels or a similar device generally
used in a retail establishment by a customer for the
purpose of transporting goods of any kind within
the establishment and to and from the retail estab
lishment to a customer's awaiting vehicle. The term
shopping cart or cart 111cludes a laundry cart.

4.70.040 Cart Containment Plan and Cart Retrieval Plan
Every retail establishment that uses 10 or more carts shall develop, implement and comply with the provisions of
a written plan approved by the City to provide for the
prevention of removal and the retrieval of lost, stolen or abandoned shopping carts which have been removed
from the premises of the retail establishment. The cart retrieval plan, at a minimum shall include the following elements:

A. Signs Affixed to Carts
Every shopping cart made available for use by customers shall have a sign permanently affixed to it that 1denti fies the owner of the cart of the retailer or both; notifies the public of the procedure to be utilized for authorized removal of the cart from the premises notifies the public that the unauthorized removal of the cart from the prem ises of the business, or the unauthorized possession of the cart. 1s a violation of state law, and lists a valid tele phone number or address for returning the cart removed
from the premises to the owner or retailer.

8. Notice to Customers
Written notice shall be provided to customers, 111 English and in Spanish that removal of shopping carts from the
premises 1s prohibited by state law Such notice may be
prov ded 1n the form of flyers distributed on the premises, warnings printed on shopping bags, direct mail. webs1t, notices or ar'y otrer means demonstrated to be effec
t ve. The cart containment plan shall identify the specific 1Tleasures to be 1mplerrented to comply with this notice requirement. In add1t1on, conspicuous signs shall be
placed and rna1rta1ned on the premises near all customer entrances ard exits and throughout the premises, 1nclud ,ng the parking area.

C. Physical Measures
Specific physical measures shall be implemented and
maintain ed by the owner to prevent, deter or impede the removal of shopping carts from the premises Such phys1
cal measures shall be specifically 1dent1fied 1n the cart containrrent plan and may include, but are not l1m1ted to. the followrng:

Retrofitted disablmg devices installed and ma1r
tair·ed on carts, n•airta1nirg one or more security
guards assigned the responsibility to deter or stop
customers from rerrioving shopping carts from the
prernises or

2. Preventing any shopping carts to be taken out
side the confines of building exits unless accom
panied by an employee of the business, bollards
and chains in locations between the business ex·
its and the parking area which effectively prevent
transportmg shopping carts into the parking area
or off the premises, requiring security deposits by
customers for cart use or rental or sale of carts to
customers.

D. Daily Cart Confinement
All shopping carts located on the premises of the
retail establishment shall be collected at the end of
each business day by erriployees of the retail es tab
lishment and shall be collectively confined in a secure manner at the cart contail'ment area on the pren,
1ses as designated 1n the cart containment plan until
the commencement of the next business day All
shopprng carts located on the premi)es of ,1ny reta I
establishment oper for business 24 hours per day
other thar carts then currently 1n use by a customer
patron, shall be collected by employees of the retail
establishment and returned to the cart confinement
area on the premises as designated 111 the cart con
ta1nment plan at least once per calendar day between
the hours of 9·00 p.m. and 12.00 midnight 01' each
day the retail establishment is open for business. �re
provisions of this subsection shall not apply to any
shopping carts located within al' enclosed building.

E. Employee Training
The owner of the retail establishrent shall ,mple
ment and maintain a periodic training program for
its new and existing er1ployees designed to educate
such employees concerning the requirements of the
cart containn'ent plan and the prov1s1ons of state ,aw
prohib1t11'g the unauthorized removal of shopping
carts from the premises of the retail establishment
The cart containment program shall expressly de
scribe the employee training program
F. Retrieval Personnel
The owner shall provide personnel for purposes of
tbe retr eval of lost stolen or abandoned shopping
carts. Such personnel may be either employees of
the business 01 ore or more independent contractors
hired by the owner to provide shopping cart retrieval
services, or a combrnat or of both.
4-37

4.70.040 Cart Containment Plan and Cart Retrieval Plan
G. Collaboration with Other Businesses.

Two or more retail establishments located within the
same shopping or retail center or sharing a common
parking area May collaborate and submit a single cart
containment plan

4.70.050 Plan Submission and Approval
A. New or Relocated Retail Establishments
Jnless otherwise expressly exempt hereunder each
new retail establishment, and any exIstIng retail es
tablishment relocating to a different location within
the City shall comply with the City s mprovement
Standards with regard to Cart Containment require
ments.

B. Existing Retail Establishments
Unless other \/ise expressly exempt hereunder each
exIstIng retail establishment shall submit a proposed
plan complying with the require01ents of Sections

4.70.040 of this chapter to the Director of Planning
within 120 calendar days following the date of adop
tion of this chapter No such retail establishment
existing on the date this chapter is adopted shall
provide or continue to provide shopping carts for
the use of its customers after the 120th calendar day
following the date of adoption of this chapter with
out a plan approved by the City as conforming to the
requirements of Section� 70.0t.lO of this chapter, pro
v1ded, however, such date shall be extended for the
period. 1f any dur rg vh1ch an appeal of the der1al
of such plar Is per,d1ng pursuant to the prov sIons
of this chapter. Each proposed plan shall be accom
panied by a processI0g fee in ar, a01ount as set by
resolution of the City Council. No proposed plan shall
be accepted for filing and processing by the Director
of Planning unless accompanied by the processing
fee as established by the City Council.

C. Plan Review and Approval
Upon the filing of any proposed plan pursuant to
Section 4]0.040 of tbis chapter collectively referred
to herein as the 'plan and receipt of the required
processir,g fee the Director of Planning or his her de
sIgnee shall revIe , said proposed plan ard either ap
prove or deny approval of said proposed plan within
30 calendar days following the receipt thereof the
Director of Planning f the proposed plan complies
4-38
with each of the applicable requirements of this chapter the Director of Planning shall approve the plan otherwise the proposed plan shall be denied. The decision of the
Director of Planning shall be made In writing and notice thereof shall be transmitted to the owner of the retail establishment by the United States Postal Service first class mail postage prepaid or by personal delivery or fax transmIssIon. The notice of dec1s1on of the Director of Planning shall be deemed given to the owner on the date of personal delivery or on the date of the fax transmission to the owner notices given by the United States Postal
service, first class mail postage prepaid shall be deemed given to the ovvner on the third day following the date of deposit in the course of transmission with the United States Postal Service first class mail. postage prepaid. If the proposes plan Is deried, the notice of decision given to the owner shall state the grounds upon which the
proposed plan -vas denied.

D. A dec1s1on of the Director of Planning may be ap
pealed by the owner to the City Planning Commission
within 1 O caler,dar days following the date of giving
the notice of such decision. The notice of appeal
shall be in the context of a Public Hea11ng pursuant
to Tehachapi Zoning Ordinance Chapter 10.40 Public
Hearing) and shall be accompanied by the fee fixed
by resolution of the City Council.

E. Amendments by Owner
The owner of any retail establishment which has an
approved plan conforming to the requirements of this
chapter may at any time, subrn1t a proposed amend
ment to the approved plan which amendment shall be
processed In accordance with the procedure provided for a proposed plan as set forth in subsection C above. Each proposed amer,dment shall be accompanied by a pro
cessir,g fee in an .3mount as set by resolution of the City Courcil Nor proposed ar0erdr1ent shall be accepted for
filing and processmg by the Director of Planning unless accompanied by the processing fee as established by the City Council.

4.70.060 Penalties for Failing to Submit a Prevention Plan Any Owner that fails to submit a plan, implement the pro posed plan measures. or implement any required modi
ficat,ons to the plan by the City within the time frames specified in this chapter shall be subject to a S 1,000 civil penalty. plus an additional penalty of $50 for each day of noncompliance

4.70.070 Notification for Retrieval of Abandoned Carts
Pursuant to Business and Professions Code Section
22435 7, the City shall notify the Owner of any a ban
doned carts owned or used by the business establish
ment that have been located within the City of Tehachapi vith,n 24 hours of 1mpoundment. The Owner shall have
three business days from the date the notification ,s given to retrieve the carts from the City

4.70.080 Administrative Costs and Fees
Pursuar t to Business and Professions Code Section
22435.7 any Owner that fails to retrieve its abandoned
cart s w1t!',in three business days after rece1v1ng '10tice from the City, shall pay the C ty s adr...,inistrat,ve costs for retrieving the cart1s) and providing the notification to the Owner. Any Owner who fails to retrieve abandoned carts
in accordance with this Chapter ir. excess of three times during a specified six month period, shall be subject to a S50 fne for each occurrence An occurrence 1rcludes
all carts owned by the Owner that are impounded by the
City 111 a one day period

4.70.090 Disposition of Carts After 30 days
0ursuant to St,He ,aw any cart not reclaimed fror,, tht.

City within 30 days after notification to the Owner shall be sold or otherwise disposed of by tre City.
4-39
4-40 I ' l' I -4.

This page intentionally left blank
\ ' l ,· l. ' ., I 'I j - I
Article 6 Specific to Uses
Chapter 6.10 Introduction 6-3
b u u I u lnte'lt a'id App CdOI ty 0 j
Chapter 6.20 Site Planning, Development and Operating Standards for Certain Land Uses 6-5
o LU.U I u t:$ed and tsreakfast Inns 6-':>

6.20 020 Big Box D c;coL1nt C ubs and J sco...1n" Sup rs"o .. :i 6 6

6.20.030 Data Centers 6
6 20 o �o Erierg \ncy Sh t p '> 6-
f:> 2 0)0
6 20 060
tS 2 070
6 20 080
20 090
6 20
6 2
2 6 2
6 20 140
6 20 1 J 0
6 20 1 60
6 2 . 1 70

6.20.180
6 20 1 90
0 2v 20v
) 2 2 0
6 20 220
6 20 2 30
Day Care HOU') F-a t e,
Gas Stat on
i\t1J d '> d Pub C Ar+-
Horie O cupat o Pe rr ts
Haus h P
L ve , o
Mob i<� d SL..bd r;
) l • g
B J
Accessory D
re e 0 U l dt )
rempordry Uc;e
Md .. ,Lana Ca 'lJ
Corrl"'lun t (rl"
Ernp oye Houc:, 'iq
... o Ba r \
:, t l
Suppor +- v HQ I':> l
- ( )
'l t
Fd ..
) Bus nes s
�
.. ..
g
s
..
0 6 9
9 I') 1 3
i
9 2 )
-3
3 <..
3 )
) -3 )
➔
0 � )
3 )
6- 1
This page intentionally left blank
6-2
Chapter 6.10 Introduction
Sections:

0.10.u 10 Intent and Applicability

6.10.010 Intent and Applicability
A. Intent
Article 6 provides site planning, development, and oper at1ng standards for certain land uses where allowed by
Article 3 Specific to Zones and for activities that require special standards to ensure their compatibility with site features ard existing uses. For land uses that are not
discussed in the following sections refer to Article 11 Definitions
B. Applicability

1. The land uses and activities covered by Article 6
shall comply with the prov1s1ons of Art1clt: 6 and all
other applicable prov1s1ons of the Zoning Code.

2. In the event of any conflict between the require
ments of this Article and those of Article 3 (Specific
to Zones Article 4 General to Zones or Article 5
Buildirg. J:rontage and S,gn Types the require
ments of Article 6 shall control.
6-3
This page intentionally left blank
6-4 h \ r 1-
Chapter 6.20 Site Planning, Development, and Operating Standards for Certain Land Uses Sections:
-.,.�v.v '" D...!d and Breakfast Inns
6 20.020 Big Box Discou'lt Clubs and J sc.ount Superstores 6 20.030 Data Centers
6 20.040 E:mergency )helter'.)

6.20.050 Day Ca,.e Hou-.,e Fae ·t es

6.20.060 Ga-, Sta: on
6 20.070 rlistor,c and Cultural Her �age Murals

6.20 080 Ho'Tle Occupat 0'1 Per ts
f> 20 090 Household PPts
6 20.100 L ve Work
6 20.1 1 C Mob 4ome Pari<s a'ld Subd vs ons
f> 20 120 Outdoo D n ng Seat ng
6 2 , 30 Pub Bar a'l .... Qff s·te A coro Sales

20.140 ACCP<i50 y J ve 1'1g 'l t
.20 1 SO Te ccorn'Tlu c.at·o11 �ac t ec;
6 20 160 Terripo,.ary Jse
,.2 0 Mar UJ ..,
1 ... v Co rr .Jr ty Ca ,:3
2 '90Er,p oye: H L. 5 nq
a.2 .200 _o t3a t>r i"ld\ ga ..
r-, 20 210 Res dent d Car i:. C
6 2 .220 Supporti e Hou.) g
6 L0.2 30 Trdns1t ona iou'.) na
t s
on (_ .. e
t :-i ", to

6.20.010 Bed and Breakfast Inns
t '1 e d er y
A. Operation
Bed and br0akfast inns srall be operated by the property owner manager living on the site.
six guest rooms for lodging, plus accommodations for
the property manager owPer.

B. Size
Bed and breakfast inns shall be limited to a maximum of C. Additions, modifications, and new construction
Add1t1ons modifications, and new construction of
bed ancl breakfast inr structures shall be sens1t ve to 6-.5
Chaoter 6.20 5 te Planning Deve 0nrn£>,,t ""'d Ooe atmg <;1-a"da d'i fo Certain Land LJco

6.20.010 Bed and Breakfast Inns
and compatible with the surrounding neighborhood.

D. Food service
Food may only be served to registered overnight guest.

Guest room cooking facilities prohibited.

E. Fencing
A six foot high fence or wall shall be constructed on all property lines that abut a residential zone. All fences or walls shall be solid and decorative in compliance with
Section 4.40 080 Fences and Screening).

F. Signs
Signs are limited to a maximum of four square feet and
are subject to the sign permit approval and provisions of Article 7 1Signs .

G. Parking
Parking shall be provided in compliance with Section

4.50.030 \Jumber of Parking Spaces Required .

6.20.020 Big Box, Discount Clubs, and Discount Superstores A. Allowed fac;ade treatments
Architectural elements shall be incorporated into the fa cades of the bu1ld1ng creating visual interest and ach1ev ing compatibility within the design of the surrounding
commerc a, structures.
1 Building forms shall be designed to create visual inter est on all sides of the structure and the architectural concept shall be cors1stent on all sides of the building

2. Second and third story volumes shall be stepped,
sloped or grouped "Ith one story volumes to reduce
the apparent mass to human scale.

3. Entries to individual building and public spaces be
tweer buildings shall be emphasized "'1th h1ghl ghted
massing and art cu lated roof forms.

4. Building facades shall be recessed or projected at a minimum of every sixty feet.
5 The building height roof pitch shall be varied.

6. Building facade colors shall be earth toned· muted
colors, building trim may be accented with brighter and contrasting colors.
7 Where appropriate courtyards and or outdoor seating
areas shall be incorporated into the site plan design.

B. Prohibited fac;ade treatments
-he following architectural elements and treatments are prohibited·

1. Large scale uninterrupted walls not otherwise art1cu 6-6
lated by form fenestration, or materials.

2. Massive building elements such as timber beams and
or columns that are out of scale with the architectural style.

3. False facades and other applied ornamentation unre
lated to the rest of the building or structure.

4. High contrast color brightly colored glazed tile or
highly reflective surfaces.

5. Bold application of colors such as stripes, accents or super graphics.

6. Use of the following materials 1s prohibited.

7. Heavy textured stucco, such as Spanish lace, swirl or heavy trowel

8. Vinyl, corrugated metal or alur'11nium s1d1ng

9. Common plywood or masonite siding,

10. Standard concrete block,

11. Rustic materials utilized as primary wall surfaces and dark earth tone colors· and
1 2. Over application of bright accents or trim colors.

C. Building Entrance
Commercial structures subject to this Section shall pro v1de customers with at least two building entrances 1n
_iiap er 6 2" <; te P 2nn nr, Deve1oprr nt and Ope a• .,g 5n.,da (is f > Ce•.:.... ,nrl u�e

6.20.020 Big Box, Discount Clubs, and Discount Superstores order to encourage greater d1stribut1on of parking act1v ity Additional entrances can be located at one of the two sides of the building and or the rear of the building. f multiple entries are not practical the structure shall have the appearance of having two entries and 1n this regard the distinction between the front and rear of the struc ture shall be blurred through the application of similar architectural treatments.

D. Pedestrian Linkage
The site plan shall reflect and facilitate safe pedestrian ac cess linking the building to sidewalks adJacent to project street s)

1. The site plan shall reflect the off street parking require men ts per Chapter 4.50 Parking Standards

2. To avoid the appearance of a vast expanse of park
ing lot pav111g no rr>ore tran 60 percent of the total
required parking shall be located between the front
facade of the building and the street fror,tage, unless the configuration of the site 1n question precludes this parking arrangement.

3. Lighting within the parking lot shall be shielded and

6.20.030 Data Centers
A. Visual Interest
BuildiPg forms shal be designed to create visual interest on all sides of the structure and the architectural cor,cept shall be cor,sistent on all sides of the build1r,g

8. Color
:xterior facade colors shall be earth toned· n,uted colors. building trim may be accented with brighter and con
trasting colors.

6.20.040 Emergency Shelters
A. Purpose and Applicability
This Section establishes development and operatmg
standards for emergency shelters consistent with Govern ment Code §65583 aH4 BJ. Emergency shelters include
other interim 1ntervent1ons. 1nclud111g but not l1rr1ted to 'lav1gat1on centers. bridgt:. housirg and respite or recu perat1ve care, as defined 111 Government Code ::,65583 a 4' C.
designed so as not to spill over to the adJacent proper ties.
4 At least five percent of the total interior area devoted to parking shall be landscaped.

5. A landscaped area shall be provided at a minimum of
every 8 parking spaces.
6 Landscaping shall be providt:?d at the budding entrance betvveen the parking lot and the front of the building.

7. Landscaping shall be provided in compliance with
Chapter 4.40 Landscape Standardsl.

E. Property Maintenance
Commercial properties supporting a big box store as
defined by this Section whether occupied or vacant. shall be maintained so that the structure and surrounding
property are not allowed to fall into a state of deferred maintenance and neglect. Tris includes the budding
exterior, parking lot maintenance and landscaping or the property.

← All documents from this meeting